UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO |
Commission File Number
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) |
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
(Address of principal executive offices) |
(Zip Code) |
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class |
|
Trading Symbol(s) |
|
Name of each exchange on which registered |
|
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files).
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
|
☐ |
|
Accelerated filer |
|
☐ |
|
|
|
|
|||
|
☒ |
|
Smaller reporting company |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
|
|
|
|
|
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market on June 30, 2021 was $
The number of shares of Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 11, 2022 was
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Registrant's definitive Proxy Statement relating to the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K where indicated. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the Registrant's fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.
Table of Contents
|
|
Page |
PART I |
|
|
Item 1. |
1 |
|
Item 1A. |
15 |
|
Item 1B. |
39 |
|
Item 2. |
39 |
|
Item 3. |
39 |
|
Item 4. |
39 |
|
|
|
|
PART II |
|
|
Item 5. |
40 |
|
Item 6. |
41 |
|
Item 7. |
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
42 |
Item 7A. |
58 |
|
Item 8. |
59 |
|
Item 9. |
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
59 |
Item 9A. |
59 |
|
Item 9B. |
61 |
|
Item 9C. |
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
61 |
|
|
|
PART III |
|
|
Item 10. |
62 |
|
Item 11. |
62 |
|
Item 12. |
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
62 |
Item 13. |
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
62 |
Item 14. |
62 |
|
|
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
Item 15. |
63 |
|
Item 16. |
65 |
|
|
66 |
|
|
F-1 |
i
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies, and other future conditions. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “envision,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate” and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. For example, all statements we make relating to: our ability to grow our business, expand access to our patients and our payors and invest in our platform; our plan to partner with additional hospital systems, large primary care groups and other specialist groups; our expectation that we will continue to open de novo center and acquire new centers; our growth rates and financial results; our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives and strategies; and our expected market opportunity are forward-looking statements.
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties, factors and assumptions described in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The forward-looking statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K represent our views as of the date of this report. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as required by law.
Channels of Disclosure of Information
We announce material information to the public through filings with the SEC, the investor relations page on our website, www.lifestance.com, press releases, public conference calls and public webcasts. The information disclosed by the foregoing channels could be deemed to be material information. As such, we encourage investors, the media and others to follow the channels listed above and to review the information disclosed through such channels. Any updates to the list of disclosure channels through which we will announce information will be posted on the investor relations page on our website.
ii
Risk Factors Summary
An investment in our common stock involves risks. You should consider carefully the following risks, which are discussed more fully in "Item 1A. Risk Factors", and all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K before investing in our common stock. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
iii
PART I
Item 1. Business
Overview
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. ("LifeStance Health Group", "LifeStance Health", "LifeStance" or the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on January 28, 2021. The Company was formed for the purpose of completing a public offering and related transactions (collectively referred to as the “IPO”) in order to carry on the business of LifeStance TopCo, L.P. and subsidiaries.
Our vision is a truly healthy society where mental and physical healthcare are unified to make lives better. Our mission is to help people lead healthier, more fulfilling lives by improving access to trusted, affordable and personalized mental health care. To fulfill this mission, we have built one of the nation’s largest outpatient mental health platforms based on number of clinicians and geographic scale.
We are dedicated to improving the lives of our patients by reimagining mental health through a disruptive, tech-enabled in-person and virtual care delivery model built to expand access and affordability, improve outcomes and lower overall health care costs. We combine a personalized, digitally-powered patient experience with differentiated clinical capabilities and in-network insurance relationships to fundamentally transform patient access to mental health treatment. By revolutionizing the way mental health care is delivered, we believe we have, an opportunity to improve the lives and health of millions of individuals.
We employed 4,790 licensed mental health clinicians through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices in 32 states as of December 31, 2021. Our clinicians offer patients a comprehensive suite of mental health services, spanning psychiatric evaluations and treatment, psychological and neuropsychological testing, and individual, family and group therapy. We treat a broad range of mental health conditions, including anxiety, depression, bipolar disorder, eating disorders, psychotic disorders and post-traumatic stress disorder. Patients can receive care virtually through our online delivery platform or in-person at one of our conveniently located centers. Through our more than 250 payor relationships, including national agreements with multiple payors, patients can utilize their in-network benefits when they receive care from one of our clinicians, enhancing access and affordability.
Mental illness is a large and growing crisis that creates a significant burden on the healthcare ecosystem. One in five U.S. adults and one in six youths will experience mental illness each year and over 50% of adults will experience mental health issues during their lifetime. This incidence has been worsening in recent decades. This prevalence makes mental health a greater disease burden than cancer or heart disease. This disease burden has a broader impact across all of healthcare—healthcare costs for individuals with mental health conditions, including depression, have been shown to be approximately three and a half times higher than for people without those conditions.
However, there are significant barriers to addressing this crisis:
1
We founded LifeStance to solve these challenges. More broadly, we recognized that addressing this unmet need would require a transformation of how mental health care is built and delivered. We developed powerful incentives for each of our stakeholders—patients, clinicians, payors and primary care and specialist physicians—to align with our mission, adopt our platform and drive our growth.
We Provide Patients Access to Convenient, Affordable, High-Quality Care
We are the front-door to comprehensive outpatient mental health care. Our clinicians offer patients comprehensive services to treat mental health conditions across the clinical spectrum. Our in-network payor relationships improve patient access by allowing patients to access care without significant out-of-pocket cost or delays in receiving treatment. Our personalized, data-driven comprehensive care meets patients where they are through convenient virtual and in-person settings. Three quarters of patients prefer in-person mental healthcare. We support our patients throughout their care continuum with purpose-built technological capabilities, including online assessments, digital provider communication, and seamless internal referral and follow-up capabilities.
We Empower Clinicians to Improve the Lives of Their Patients
We empower clinicians to focus on patient care and relationships by providing what we believe is a superior workplace environment, as well as clinical and technology capabilities to deliver high-quality care. We offer a unique employment model for clinicians in a collaborative clinical environment—with clinicians employed by our subsidiaries and affiliated practices—and we improve patient access through in-network payor contracts and primary care and specialist physician referrals. Our integrated platform and national infrastructure reduce administrative burdens for clinicians while increasing engagement and satisfaction. Our digital platform enables collaboration across the clinician team. Our clinicians are dedicated to our mission—in 2021, we were Certified by Great Place to Work, the global authority on workplace culture, employee experience and leadership behaviors proven to deliver market-leading revenue, employee retention and increased innovation.
We Improve Outcomes and Reduce Costs for Payors and Their Members
We partner with payors to deliver access to high-quality outpatient mental health care to their members at scale. Long-term analyses demonstrate that $1 spent on collaborative mental health care saves $6.50 in total medical costs, representing a compelling opportunity for us to drive improved health outcomes and significant cost savings. Through our validated patient outcomes and extensive scale, we offer payors a pathway to achieving these savings in the broader healthcare system. By offering access to our services, payors also have an opportunity to reduce their employer customers’ significant mental health costs arising from higher employee absenteeism and lower productivity.
We Enable Primary Care and Specialist Physicians to Deliver Superior Care
We collaborate with primary care and specialist physicians to enhance patient care. Primary care is an important setting for the treatment of mental health conditions—primary care physicians are often the sole contact for over 50% of patients with a mental illness. We partner with primary care physicians and specialist physician groups across the country to provide a mental healthcare network for referrals and, in certain instances, through co-location to improve the diagnosis and treatment of their patients. Our measurable patient outcomes also provide primary care and specialist physicians with a valuable, validated treatment path to improve the overall health of our mutual patients.
We Have an Opportunity to Transform Healthcare as a Whole
To truly transform healthcare, the integration of mental and physical care is increasingly recognized as a critical priority. It is estimated that over one-third of all patients with chronic physical diseases have a co-occurring mental health disorder. Our scale, breadth of capabilities and value proposition to our key stakeholders position us to enable this transformation, which we are already undertaking. We co-locate our clinicians to facilitate seamless mental health care treatment and enable collaborative care consultation with other care providers. We have over 10 integrated care programs underway, including partnerships with Medicare Advantage plans, employers, and chronic care providers as we lead efforts that seek to demonstrate the ability of fully-integrated mental health models to improve holistic health outcomes. We envision a future where the coordination and delivery of mental and physical care is accomplished collaboratively between primary care and mental health providers to improve overall patient health, and we are actively working to lead the mental health industry in this direction.
2
We Have Experienced Significant Growth
We have a demonstrated track record of growth. Our number of employed clinicians increased from 1,404 as of December 31, 2019, to 3,097 as of December 31, 2020 and to 4,790 as of December 31, 2021.
We generate revenue on a per-visit basis when a patient receives care from one of our clinicians. Depending on the state, our clinicians are either employed directly through our subsidiaries or through our affiliated practices, for which we manage day-to-day operations pursuant to long-term management services contracts. Our revenue is generally derived from in-network insurance coverage, pursuant to which our subsidiaries or affiliated practices are reimbursed for patient services. For the year ended December 31, 2021, 90% of our revenue was derived from commercial in-network payors, 5% of our revenue was derived from government payors, 4% of our revenue was derived from patients on a self-pay basis and 1% of our revenue was derived from non-patient services. Our contracts with payors are typically structured as fee-for-service arrangements, with negotiated reimbursement rates for our clinical services. With respect to our affiliated practices, our revenue is derived from management fees negotiated under our management services contracts. We believe we are well-positioned to grow our revenue by catering to each of our stakeholders and remaining focused on our patient-centered mission.
We estimate that the outpatient mental healthcare market in the United States was approximately $116 billion as of 2020. We expect that the market will nearly double from 2020 to 2025 at a compound annual growth rate of 14%, to approximately $215 billion.
We Deliver Value for All Key Stakeholders in the Healthcare Ecosystem
Our model is built to empower each of the healthcare ecosystem’s key stakeholders and align around our shared goal of delivering a healthier life for patients by creating access to high-quality mental health care.
Our Patients Gain Access to High-Quality Care When and Where They Need It
Our clinicians treated more than 570,000 unique patients through approximately 4.6 million visits in 2021. We aim to deliver value to our patients in multiple ways:
Our Clinicians Are Empowered to Focus on Improving the Lives of Their Patients
We deliver value to our clinicians through our "Seven Points of Value" clinician value proposition:
3
Our Payor Partners Expand Access, Improve Outcomes and Lower Costs
We have over 250 in-network payor relationships offering access to our clinician team. We deliver value to our payor partners in several ways:
4
Our Primary Care and Specialist Physician Partners Can More Effectively Improve the Lives of their Patients
We partner with primary care physicians and specialist physician groups, to deliver improved health outcomes for our shared patients:
Our Strategies for Growth
We believe we are well positioned to sustain our strong track record of growth and accomplish our mission to reimagine mental health care in the United States. To achieve this, we are anchored on our vision to deliver the highest-quality care for our patients and our value proposition to our key stakeholders.
Highly Scalable Platform with Proven Growth Playbook
We believe we have developed a highly replicable playbook that allows us to enter new markets and pursue growth through multiple vectors. To enter new markets, we generally seek to establish our clinician base in those markets by acquiring high-quality practices with a track record of clinical excellence and in-network payor relationships.
Once we enter a market, we build market density by hiring or acquiring clinicians in that market. To drive growth in our clinician base, we have developed an in-house clinician recruiting model that is built on our compelling clinician value proposition. Our proprietary pipeline of clinician groups around the country also provides us with the opportunity to selectively expand our clinician base via tuck-in acquisitions. We believe our guiding principle of creating a national platform built with a patient and clinician focus makes us the partner of choice for smaller, independent practices.
In addition to acquiring and expanding existing practices, we open de novo centers to provide physical locations for our clinicians to deliver on our hybrid model of in-person or virtual care. From our inception through December 31, 2021, we have successfully opened 226 de novo centers and completed 77 acquisitions of existing practices.
Our clinician productivity drives center profitability, as evidenced by our de novo centers generating an attractive and predictable return on investment. All but one of our de novo centers that have been open for 18 months or longer have achieved profitability within that time period.
Expand Presence in Our Existing Markets
We believe we have built a powerful market growth engine that allows us to rapidly grow our presence within our markets and unlock potential latent demand through our differentiated scale, access and affordability. We have a significant opportunity to scale within our existing footprint. We estimate that there are approximately 650,000 mental health clinicians in the United States, which provides us with a meaningful runway to grow from our current base of 4,790 employed clinicians, as of December 31, 2021. Our investments in technology are a critical component of our growth, improving our patient and clinician experience and enabling us to leverage our platform scale to expand our reach. Our virtual and in-person care model allows us to optimize our utilization within our existing center and clinician footprint while flexibly scaling our platform capacity across our markets to meet demand. Our existing payor and primary care physician relationships further support this rapid growth by improving our patient access as we grow in our markets. Our unified technology and operational platform is also highly scalable, helping us sustain our rapid growth.
Enter into New Markets
We believe our model is highly replicable nationally. We identify new markets based on the core characteristics of attractive patient population demographics, substantial clinician recruiting opportunities, untreated patient communities and a
5
diverse group of payors. We are able to enter new markets and grow our clinician base in those markets via acquisitions of clinician groups and through clinician hiring. Acquired centers and de novo centers provide a physical location for our clinicians, allowing care to be delivered in-person or virtually based on optimal patient care. Our multiple national payor contracts ensure we have immediate in-network coverage in our new markets, transforming patient access and unlocking potential latent demand. The highly fragmented nature of our industry provides us with significant opportunity to build and expand our presence across the United States.
Consistent with the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, in certain states, we acquire and operate some of our centers as affiliated practices.
Grow Our Partnerships with Key Stakeholders
We enjoy preferred national relationships with payors based on our scale, comprehensive service offering and ability to integrate mental health care. We have over 250 in-network payor relationships. We are focused on improving the lives of our patients through validated outcomes that enable health care cost savings and further increasing our value as a partner to payors, primary care and specialist physicians and employers. Our goal is to continue to closely integrate mental and physical care. We believe that increased integration across the industry could enable payors to realize their population health goals and enable our primary care and specialist physician partners to successfully operate within value-based care and outcomes-driven reimbursement models. As we continue to grow, we see an opportunity to augment the scope of our relationships with each of our stakeholders, including by entering into risk-sharing partnerships. We believe our deepening relationships with each of these key health care stakeholders will further drive our success as we benefit from continued growth in our patient referral networks.
Advance Integrated Care Models
Long-term analyses demonstrate that $1 spent on collaborative mental health care saves $6.50 in total medical costs, representing a compelling opportunity for us to drive improved health outcomes and significant cost savings. We are currently pioneering collaborative care models with our payor partners in several of our markets, embedding mental health clinicians into primary care centers to evaluate and treat patients in a single setting. We co-locate our clinicians in primary care and specialist offices. We are also in programs with partners in certain chronic disease populations to identify and treat co-occurring mental health conditions, with the goal of improving overall health outcomes. Over time, our goal is to continue to evolve our offering toward a fully-integrated care model in which primary care and specialist physicians and mental health clinicians work together to develop and provide personalized treatment plans for shared patients. By collaborating as a team for shared patients, we believe we will not only be able to provide a seamless response to patients’ needs in a unified practice but also deliver better outcomes and lower overall medical costs.
Highly Experienced Executive Team
Our executive team has a proven track record, having successfully founded and led several patient-centric healthcare businesses. Our leadership team has an average of over 20 years of experience across operational, technology and clinical roles in healthcare and technology businesses. We believe our executive team’s extensive experience will continue to drive our success.
Our Integrated Platform Is Reimagining Mental Health
We have purpose-built an integrated platform to reimagine how mental health care is delivered. Our patient-focused platform combines differentiated clinical capabilities with a personalized, digitally-powered patient experience designed to transform patient access and treatment.
Extensive Scale, Breadth and Access
We are reimagining access to mental health care in the United States. We are one of the nation’s largest providers of outpatient mental health care in the country based on the number of clinicians we employ through our subsidiaries and our affiliated practices and our geographic scale, employing 4,790 dedicated clinicians in 32 states, as of December 31, 2021. In 2021, our clinicians treated more than 570,000 unique patients through approximately 4.6 million visits. We serve all patient demographics through a comprehensive suite of mental health services to treat the most common mental health conditions. Our care delivery model enables patient access via virtual or in-person visits, at their convenience. We believe the scale, breadth and depth of our offering is unmatched in our industry.
Our Clinicians
We strive to provide a best-in-class working environment for our 4,790 employed psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists and therapists. We believe our dedicated employment model offers a superior value proposition compared to independent practice. We employ a comprehensive range of mental health professionals to provide multi-disciplinary clinical modalities through our subsidiaries and our affiliated practices. We serve all patient demographics—children, adolescents, adults and
6
geriatrics. Patients have seamless access to our team of licensed mental health clinicians, including psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists and therapists. Our breadth of clinical capabilities facilitates coordination across psychiatric and psychotherapy treatment modalities, limiting the need to refer patients externally as their needs are met within our comprehensive service offerings. Our clinicians have access to our digital platform, which allows for shared electronic medical records for internal communication, and facilitates patient referrals within our clinician team, both of which support our collaborative approach to care.
Our Clinical Services
We offer a comprehensive suite of services to meet patients’ needs across their mental health care journey. Our clinicians provide services spanning psychiatric evaluations and treatment, psychological and neuropsychological testing, and individual, family and group therapy. We treat a broad range of mental health conditions, including anxiety, depression, bipolar disorder, eating disorders, psychotic disorders and post-traumatic stress disorder. We use evidence-based approaches to ensure effective treatment. Our outcomes data is tracked and shared with our clinicians to monitor patient progress and adjust treatment as needed to achieve the best possible patient treatment results.
Our Digital Strategy
We believe that, while advanced digital capabilities are an essential part of the future of mental health care delivery, it is difficult to replicate and replace the in-person, human aspect of care. As a result, we have built a holistic, people-driven, digitally enabled care experience.
From the first interaction with LifeStance, our digital capabilities enable us to improve patient access, match patients with clinicians more efficiently and successfully, inform clinician decisions through data-driven insights and streamline referrals and consultations.
We are uniting virtual and in-person treatment with the goal to redefine the delivery of mental care for consumers across the ecosystem—one that delivers virtual engagement as personalized and human as the best in-person visits, and in-person visits as simple and seamless as the best digital experiences.
Across all three pathways and constituencies, we believe LifeStance delivers distinct value today, while continuing to shape and bring to life a vision for potentially even greater value in the future.
Our Hybrid Care Delivery Model
We deliver comprehensive care to our patients through a seamless and convenient virtual and in-person experience that allows patients to choose how they access their treatment. Within our care delivery model, patients can easily switch from virtual to in-person care due to unforeseen circumstances—for example, if they are delayed at work, traveling or at home with an ill child—which improves continuity of care. This flexibility is especially critical in certain circumstances when, for example, a patient changes medications and a two-week follow-up is necessary to ensure effectiveness. Our hybrid virtual and in-person delivery model is also crucial in treating certain mental health conditions, such as active substance abuse, eating disorders and autism, where we believe in-person treatment is essential to generate successful outcomes compared to virtual-only delivery models.
Our Centers
When they choose to do so, our patients can receive in-person care at one of our 534 centers, both acquired and de novo. Currently, our typical de novo center comprises 3,500 to 4,500 square feet and 10 to 12 clinician exam rooms. We systematically locate our de novo centers within a given market to ensure convenient coverage for in-person access to care. To provide our patients and clinicians with flexibility, our centers are generally open five days a week from 7:00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m. local time, with some open on Saturdays. Each de novo center offers a comprehensive clinical care team of clinicians offering psychiatric and psychotherapy services.
We aim to provide a superior in-person patient experience. Our de novo centers are built and fully outfitted to architectural design standards to create a comfortable and welcoming experience for our patients and clinicians that is replicated across our markets. Our spaces are compassionate, human-centric environments, thoughtfully designed to support best practices in mental health care, while providing a collaborative and inclusive backdrop for patients and clinicians alike.
Our Virtual Care
To enhance patient access, we offer patients the ability to conduct a given visit with their clinician virtually. Our virtual visit experience is convenient and easy to use. Patients can schedule their visit online and are able to conduct their visit via our digital platform at the time of their appointment from their computer, mobile device or tablet. In advance of their appointments, patients are sent an automatic reminder via text or e-mail, depending on their preference, with a link to launch the visit. We further optimize patient engagement through our convenient digital tools, including online messaging, adherence reminders, online prescription refills and online payments. Our patient portal allows patients and clinicians to
7
communicate regularly, which is critical in a variety of circumstances, including for example, to help prevent errors in medication dosing and compliance. By offering these accessible tools, we believe patients are more likely to seek care and maintain appointments, driving further engagement and improving health outcomes.
Our Patient Acquisition Strategy
We focus on driving growth in our patient base primarily through two avenues: pursuing contracts with payors on a national, regional and local level; and our development of referral relationships with physicians, most notably in primary care, as well as specialist physicians.
Our Payor Relationships
As of December 31, 2021, we had a large and diverse base of over 250 national, regional and local payors. Our dedicated payor relationship team is divided into three regions to ensure that strong relationships with regional operations teams and insurance companies are cultivated. Our payor contracting teams consist of professionals with decades of experience working with large national payors. We believe this expertise is critical to allowing our team to engage with payors more effectively than other providers. Our teams negotiate, implement and manage new payor relationships, drive regional rate improvement and advance key initiatives. We enter into individually negotiated regional contracts with regional entities comprising national payors. Two payors individually exceeded 10% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021; UnitedHealthcare and Anthem, comprising 19% and 14%, respectively. Our contracts with payors are generally fee-for-services arrangements. Only a nominal number of our contracts provide for incremental payments tied to the attainment of quality or performance metrics, and such payments comprised an immaterial portion of our revenue during the period.
Our Physician Relationships
As of December 31, 2021, we had a large base of regional referring primary care physicians, specialist physicians and other network providers. Within our markets, we partner with primary care practice groups, specialists, health systems and academic institutions to refer patients to our centers and clinicians. To achieve this we have center leadership teams that build and maintain relationships with our referring partner networks. These teams focus primarily on creating awareness of our platform and services including existing and new centers as well the introduction of newly hired clinicians with appointment availability. When establishing new centers, we seek to build relationships with proximally located primary care and specialty offices as well as psychiatric hospitals to raise awareness. We achieve this through in-person visits as well as offline and online marketing. We established ongoing rapport with these groups by making progress reports, discharge summaries and outcomes data available.
Our Marketing Efforts
We also use marketing strategies to develop our national brand to increase brand awareness and promote additional channels of patient recruitment. Our channel marketing strategies are online through web, social media and paid social ad campaigns and search engines, including direct-to-consumer paid search optimization. Clinicians accepting new patients can be booked for appointments directly online. We also hand out a limited number of printed brochures or other marketing materials to raise awareness of the Company locally.
Organization
Some states have laws that prohibit business entities with non-physician owners from practicing medicine, which are generally referred to as the corporate practice of medicine. See “—Government Regulation—Corporate Practice and Fee-Splitting.” In states where we are not subject to corporate practice of medicine laws, we operate our business through centers that are wholly owned by our subsidiaries. In states where the corporate practice of medicine doctrine applies, in order to comply with such laws, we do not own the centers or directly employ the clinicians. Instead, such practices are owned by Dr. Anisha Patel-Dunn, our Chief Medical Officer, or other licensed clinical leadership employees. However, we own substantially all of the assets of the center and enter into a long-term management services contract with the center pursuant to which we provide all the services to the center that it needs to operate, with the exception of medical or clinical services. As of December 31, 2021, 289 of our 534 centers were operated as affiliated practices. We manage our wholly-owned centers and affiliated practices consistently and generally do not distinguish between our wholly-owned centers and affiliated practices in operating our business, subject to compliance with applicable law.
Our subsidiaries directly employ the clinicians who practice at our wholly-owned centers, whereas, with respect to our affiliated practices, our affiliated practices directly employ the clinicians. Any payment to a clinician at an affiliated practice is made pursuant to the clinician’s employment agreement with the affiliated practice (not through the management services contract).
8
Payor Agreements
We and our affiliated practices have over 250 payor relationships across multiple independent regional and national contracts. These relationships allow members to utilize their in-network benefits when such individual elects to receive service from one of our clinicians. As of December 31, 2021, our contracts with payors typically provide for an initial term of one to three years and auto-renewal thereafter for additional one year terms, with a majority of those agreements in automatic annual renewal stages. The contracts with our three largest payor partners are entered into on substantially consistent terms. In most markets, our practices have been contracted (in-network with payors) for more than a decade. While length of contract and economic terms are often negotiated, payors generally use form contracts that contain terms and conditions that are standard in the industry. A small number of our agreements with payors also include terms and conditions to incentivize us and facilitate our ability to provide quality care to that plan’s members, with modest bonus payments tied to quality or utilization metrics.
The contracts governing the relationships with our payors include terms such as the period of performance, reimbursement rates and termination clauses. Typically, these contracts provide for a pre-determined fee based on a negotiated fee for service schedule or a customary charge that is typically a certain percentage of the fees specified in the CMS Medicare Physician Fee Schedule that is charged to the patient and the payor when a patient covered by the payor obtains services from one of our clinicians.
Many of our contracts are terminable for convenience by either the payor or us after a notice period has passed. The related notice period in our contracts is negotiated on a case-by-case basis and is dependent on many factors, some of which are outside of our control. Most of our contracts include cure periods for certain breaches, during which time we may attempt to resolve any issues that would trigger a payor’s ability to terminate the contract. Certain of our contracts may be terminated immediately by the payor if we lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose our liability insurance, become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or receive an exclusion, suspension or debarment from state or federal government authorities. Additionally, if a payor were to lose applicable licenses, go bankrupt, lose liability insurance, become insolvent, file for bankruptcy or become excluded, suspended or debarred by state or federal government authorities, our contract with such payor could in effect be terminated. The loss, termination or renegotiation of any contract could negatively impact our results. In addition, as payors’ businesses respond to market dynamics and financial pressures, and as they make strategic business decisions in respect of the lines of business they pursue and programs in which they participate, we expect that certain of our payors will, from time to time, seek to restructure their agreements with us.
The contracts with our payors impose other obligations on us. For example, we typically agree that all services provided under the payor contract and all employees providing such services will comply with the payor’s policies and procedures. Further, upon termination, we are generally obligated to continue the provision of covered services to a member for a certain amount of time or a given event, for example, for a period of 60 days or until the member is discharged from services. In addition, in most instances, we have agreed to indemnify our payors against certain third-party claims, which may include claims relating to the services performed under the agreement.
Competition
The market for mental health services is competitive. We compete in a highly fragmented market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as patients, clinicians, payor partners and physician partners. Our competitors primarily include other mental health providers that deliver services virtually or in-person. Our indirect competitors also include episodic consumer-driven point solutions, such as in-person and virtual life coaching, digital therapy and support tools and other technologies related to mental health care. As the demand and market for mental health services continue to grow, we may also face competition from new market entrants, including major retailers that have recently begun to offer in-person and virtual mental health care in certain markets. However, as our market grows, new stakeholders in the healthcare ecosystem could provide increased partnership opportunities for us. Each of the individual geographic areas in which we operate has a different competitive landscape. In each of our markets we compete with other mental health providers for patients and in contracting with commercial payors. In addition, we face intense competition from other clinical practices, hospitals, health systems and other outpatient mental health providers in recruiting psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists, therapists, and other health care professionals.
The principal competitive factors in our industry include:
9
We believe that we compete favorably with our competitors on the basis of these factors and we believe the offerings of competitors inadequately simultaneously address the needs of key stakeholders or fail to do so at scale. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.”
Government Regulation
The healthcare industry and the practice of medicine are governed by an extensive and complex framework of federal and state laws, which continue to evolve and change over time. The costs and resources necessary to comply with these laws are high. Our profitability depends in part upon our ability to operate in compliance with applicable laws and to maintain all applicable licenses. As the applicable laws and rules change, we are likely to make conforming modifications in our business processes from time to time. In some jurisdictions where we operate, neither our current nor our anticipated business model has been the subject of formal judicial or administrative interpretation. A review of our business by courts or regulatory authorities could result in determinations that could adversely affect our operations or health care regulatory environment may change in a way that impacts our operations.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, state and federal regulatory authorities loosened or removed a number of regulatory requirements in order to increase the availability of telehealth. For example, many state governors issued executive orders permitting physicians and other health care professionals to practice in their state without any additional licensure or by using a temporary, expedited or abbreviated licensure process so long as they hold a valid license in another state. In addition, changes were made to the Medicare and Medicaid programs (through waivers and other regulatory authority) to increase access to telehealth by, among other things, increasing reimbursement, permitting the enrollment of out of state providers and eliminating prior authorization requirements. It is uncertain how long these COVID-19 related regulatory changes will remain in effect and whether they will continue beyond this public health emergency period. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our reimbursement rates for telehealth and in-person care were substantially similar. This was driven by contractual arrangements with our payor partners or payor policies, which we expect to remain in effect.
Practice of Medicine
Corporate Practice and Fee-Splitting
The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in certain of the states in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine or practice of psychology by lay-persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing providers’ professional judgment.
In these states, we contract with affiliated practices, who in turn employ or retain licensed clinicians and other staff to deliver mental health care services to patients. We enter into management contracts with our affiliated practices pursuant to which we provide a wide range of administrative services and receive payment from our affiliated practices. These administrative services arrangements are subject to state laws, including those in certain of the states where we operate, which prohibit the practice of medicine and the corporate practice of psychology by, and/or the splitting of professional fees with, non-professional persons or entities such as general business corporations.
Corporate practice and fee-splitting prohibitions vary widely from state to state. In addition, such prohibitions are subject to broad powers of interpretation and enforcement by state regulators. Our failure to comply could lead to adverse action against us and/or our clinicians by courts or state agencies, civil or criminal penalties, loss of clinician licenses, or the need to restructure our business model and/or clinician relationships, any of which could harm our business.
10
Practice of Medicine and Provider Licensing
The practice of medicine and the practice of psychology are subject to various federal, state, and local laws and requirements, including, among other things, laws relating to quality and adequacy of care, clinical personnel, supervisory requirements, mental health, medical equipment, and the prescribing and dispensing of pharmaceuticals and controlled substances.
Telehealth Provider Licensing, Medical Practice, Certification and Related Laws and Guidelines
Clinicians who provide professional medical services to a patient via telehealth must, in most instances, hold a valid license to practice medicine in the state in which the patient is located. Federal and state laws also limit the ability of clinicians to prescribe pharmaceuticals and controlled substances via telehealth. We have established systems for ensuring that our affiliated clinicians are appropriately licensed under applicable state law and that their provision of telehealth to our members occurs in each instance in compliance with applicable rules governing telehealth. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to adverse action against our clinicians, which could harm our business model and/or clinicians relationships and have a negative impact on our business.
State and Federal Health Information Privacy and Security Laws
HIPAA
We must comply with various federal and state laws related to the privacy and security of personal identifiable information ("PII"), including health information. In particular, the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 ("HIPAA") establishes privacy and security standards that limit the use and disclosure of protected health information ("PHI") and requires the implementation of administrative, physical, and technical safeguards to ensure the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of PHI. HIPAA’s requirements are also directly applicable to the contractors, agents, and other business associates of covered entities that create, receive, maintain, or transmit PHI in connection with their provision of services to covered entities. Certain of our entities and affiliated practices are covered entities, while our management service entities are business associates.
Violations of HIPAA may result in civil and criminal penalties. The civil penalties include civil monetary penalties of up to $60,226 per violation, not to exceed $1,806,757 for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year (as of 2021, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation), and in certain circumstances, criminal penalties with fines up to $250,000 per violation and/or imprisonment. However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards.
We are also subject to the HIPAA breach notification rule, which requires covered entities to notify affected individuals of breaches of unsecured PHI. In addition, covered entities must notify the Office of Civil Rights ("OCR") and the local media if a breach affects more than 500 individuals. Breaches affecting fewer than 500 individuals must be reported to OCR on an annual basis. The HIPAA regulations also require business associates to notify the covered entity of breaches by the business associate.
Many states in which we operate have their own laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, including health information. We must comply with such laws in the states where we do business in addition to our obligations under HIPAA. In some states, such as California, state privacy laws are even more protective than HIPAA. It may sometimes be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent state laws. State data privacy and security laws are subject to change, and we could be subject to financial penalties and sanctions if we fail to comply with these laws.
42 C.F.R. Part 2 and Other Privacy Laws
The Federal Substance Abuse Confidentiality Regulations known as 42 C.F.R. Part 2 serve to protect patient records created by federally assisted programs for the treatment of substance use disorders. The federal government could initiate criminal charges for violations of Part 2, which include $500 for the first offense; and $5,000 for all subsequent offenses and seek fines up to $5,000 per violation for individuals and $10,000 per violation for organizations. Under the CARES Act, Congress also gave the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services ("HHS") the authority to issue civil monetary penalties for violations of Part 2, ranging from $100 to $50,000 per violation depending on the level of culpability.
In addition to federal and state laws protecting the privacy and security of personal information, we may be subject to other types of federal and state privacy laws, including laws that prohibit unfair privacy and security practices and deceptive statements about privacy and security, along with laws that impose specific requirements on certain types of activities, such as data security and texting.
In recent years, there have been a number of well publicized data breaches involving the improper use and disclosure of PII and PHI. Many states have responded to these incidents by enacting laws requiring holders of personal information to maintain safeguards and to take certain actions in response to a data breach, such as providing prompt notification of the
11
breach to affected individuals and state officials and provide credit monitoring services and/or other relevant services to impacted individuals. In addition, under HIPAA and pursuant to the related contracts that we enter into with our clients who are covered entities, we must report breaches of unsecured PHI to our clients following discovery of the breach. Notification must also be made in certain circumstances to affected individuals, federal authorities and others.
Association and network rules
In addition to the applicable privacy and data security laws, we may be subject to card association rules and regulations. For example, an independent standards-setting organization, the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Security Standards Council developed a set of comprehensive requirements concerning payment card account security through the transaction process, called the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard ("PCI DSS"). All merchants and service providers that store, process and transmit payment card data are required to comply with PCI DSS as a condition to accepting credit cards. We must implement certain data security measures and are subject to annual reviews to ensure compliance with PCI standards worldwide and are subject to fines if we fail to maintain a valid certificate or are otherwise are found to be non-compliant.
Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws
Federal Stark Law
We are subject to the federal physician Ethics in Patient Referrals Act, commonly known as the Stark Law, which prohibits physicians from referring Medicare or Medicaid patients to an entity for the provision of certain “designated health services” if the referring physician or a member of the physician’s immediate family has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including an ownership interest or a compensation arrangement) with the entity, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute, which means intent to violate the law is not required. In addition, the government and some courts have taken the position that claims presented in violation of various fraud, waste, and abuse laws, including the Stark Law, can be considered a predicate legal violation to submission of a false claim under the federal False Claims Act (described below) on the grounds that a provider impliedly certifies compliance with all applicable laws and rules when submitting claims for reimbursement. Penalties for violating the Stark Law may include: denial of payment for services ordered in violation of the law, recoupments of monies paid for such services, civil penalties for each violation and three times the dollar value of each such service, and exclusion from participation in government health care programs. Violations of the Stark Law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Federal Anti-Kickback Statute
We are also subject to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, which, subject to certain exceptions known as “safe harbors,” prohibits the knowing and willful offer, payment, solicitation or receipt of any bribe, kickback, rebate or other remuneration, in cash or in kind, in return for, or to induce, the (1) the referral of a person covered by government health care programs, (2) the furnishing or arranging for the furnishing of items or services reimbursable under government health care programs, or (3) the purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging or recommending the purchasing, leasing, or ordering, of any item or service reimbursable under government health care programs. Federal courts have held that the Anti-Kickback Statute can be violated if just one purpose of a payment is to induce referrals. Actual knowledge of this statute or specific intent to violate it is not required, which makes it easier for the government to prove that a defendant had the state of mind required for a violation. In addition to a few statutory exceptions, the Office of Inspector General ("OIG") of the HHS has promulgated safe harbor regulations that outline categories of activities that are deemed protected from prosecution under the Anti-Kickback Statute, provided all applicable criteria are met. The failure of a financial relationship to meet all of the applicable safe harbor criteria does not necessarily mean that the particular arrangement violates the Anti-Kickback Statute, but business arrangements that do not fully satisfy all elements of a safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by OIG and other enforcement authorities. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute can result in exclusion from government health care programs as well as civil and criminal penalties, including fines of $105,563 per violation (as of 2021, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation) and three times the amount of the unlawful remuneration. Violations of the Anti-Kickback Statute could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Although we believe that our arrangements with physicians and other referral sources comply with current law and available interpretative guidance, as a practical matter, it is not always possible to structure our arrangements so as to fall squarely within an available safe harbor.
False Claims Act
The federal False Claims Act prohibits knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, false claims to government programs, such as Medicare or Medicaid. In addition, the improper retention of an overpayment for 60 days or more is also a basis for a False Claim Act action, even if the claim was originally submitted appropriately. Some states have adopted similar fraud and false claims laws. Government agencies engage in significant civil and criminal enforcement efforts against health care companies under the False Claims Act and other civil and criminal statutes. False Claims Act investigations can be
12
initiated not only by the government, but by private parties through qui tam (or whistleblower) lawsuits. Penalties for False Claims Act violations include fines ranging from $11,803 to $23,607 per false claim or statement (as of 2021, and subject to annual adjustments for inflation), plus up to three times the amount of damages sustained by the federal government. Violations of the False Claims Act violations can also result in exclusion from participation in government health care programs.
State Fraud, Waste and Abuse Laws
Several states in which we operate have also adopted similar fraud, waste, and abuse laws to those described above. The scope and content of these laws vary from state to state and are enforced by state courts and regulatory authorities. Some states’ fraud and abuse laws, known as “all-payor laws,” are not limited to government health care programs, but apply more broadly to items or services reimbursed by any payor, including commercial insurers. Liability under state fraud, waste, and abuse laws could result in fines, penalties, and restrictions on our ability to operate in those jurisdictions.
Other Health Care Laws
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act ("HITECH"), and their implementing regulations, includes several separate criminal penalties for making false or fraudulent claims to non-governmental payors. The health care fraud statute prohibits knowingly and recklessly executing a scheme or artifice to defraud any health care benefit program, which includes private payors. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment, or exclusion from government health care programs. The false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact by any trick, scheme, or device, or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services. Violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines or imprisonment. This statute could be used by the government to assert criminal liability if a health care provider knowingly fails to refund an overpayment.
In addition, the Civil Monetary Penalties Law imposes civil administrative sanctions for, among other violations, (1) inappropriate billing of services to government health care programs, (2) employing or contracting with individuals or entities who are excluded from participation in government health care programs, and (3) offering or providing Medicare or Medicaid beneficiaries with any remuneration, including full or partial waivers of co-payments and deductibles, that are likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier (subject to an exception for non-routine, unadvertised co-payment and deductible waivers based on individualized determinations of financial need or exhaustion of reasonable collection efforts).
Intellectual Property
Our intellectual property is an important asset of the Company that enables us to develop, market, and sell our services and enhance our competitive position. We rely on trademarks, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and employee non-disclosure and invention assignment agreements to establish and protect our proprietary rights.
Employees and Human Capital Resources
LifeStance Health is Great Place to Work, certified by the Great Place to Work Institute which is the global authority on workplace culture. When asked what make LifeStance Health a Great Place to Work, our team members most valued Flexibility, Caring People, Management, Support Staff and Inclusion. In addition, nearly 85% of employees say, “I feel like I can bring my authentic self to work”.
As of December 31, 2021, we employed approximately 6,635 employees through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices, of which 3,662 were directly employed through our subsidiaries and 2,973 were directly employed by our affiliated practices. The clinicians of our affiliated practices have entered into employment agreements directly with our affiliated practices. All employees of our subsidiaries and affiliated practices are located in the United States. We engage temporary employees, independent contractors and consultants as needed to support our operations. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement.
At LifeStance Health, we are building a culture that represents our values:
Our employees are deeply compassionate, dedicated advocates for mental health and overall wellbeing. Over the last year, we have implemented a number of initiatives to support our employees’ health and wellbeing, in several ways:
13
Employee health & wellness: As a company focused on mental health, the culture and community we build with our employees is paramount. We have taken several steps to ensure we continue to support them both within and outside of the workplace.
First, we initiated quarterly satisfaction surveys, townhalls and a communication channel called Better Together, providing agency for clinicians and team members to share feedback that we can address timely in addition to celebrating key moments and milestones together. This accessible and personalized approach to communication parallels our mission and values and helps clinicians feel like while they are caring for patients, LifeStance is caring for them.
Second, recognizing that financial security is an important attribute of mental health, we developed a long-term incentive program to award employee stock grants – including to clinicians – providing meaningful rewards for furthering our mission of enhancing access to mental health care. In addition, we redesigned our medical benefits and wellness plans to significantly improve affordability and access for our team members including enhancements to parental leave, enhanced mental health benefits, and care navigation support for employees and extended family members.
Third, we implemented a systematic way of identifying clinicians and team members who may be experiencing burnout or compassion fatigue and offer peer-to-peer support through our national clinical team. In addition, all clinicians are assigned champions who initiate routine one-on-one communications to ensure that we are giving our clinicians opportunities to be heard and supported. These initiatives are especially important with lower social contact in the workplace resulting from the pandemic and team members working remotely.
Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Belonging: Our National Diversity, Equity and Inclusion ("DEI") Committee is guided by the vision of fostering a workplace in which individuals of all backgrounds are welcomed by a culture of inclusion and respect. As a committee we are focused on education, cultural humility, celebrating difference and taking effective action to ensure every staff member and patient under our care understands that LifeStance is a safe place for them to be their authentic selves.
At LifeStance, culture starts with leadership—over 70% of our clinicians, 50% of our executive leadership team and 40% of our Board of Directors are diverse by gender or race/ethnicity.
Finally, we developed an in-house training, education and professional development program which is designed to promote a community-based approach to learning and enable team members to build relationships across locations. We are collaborating with our National DEI Committee and local DEI chapters to weave our value of Celebrating Difference into content and training modules. The combination of these initiatives is how we get Better Together at LifeStance.
Community: Another attribute of happiness and well-being is participation in pro-social giving. In support of this and further increasing access to affordable mental health care, LifeStance endowed the LifeStance Health Foundation in June 2021. The Foundation was developed to award grants, award scholarships and support organizations that share our mission with a focus on especially vulnerable patients including youth and adolescents, underrepresented minority communities and the underemployed/uninsured. To date, the LifeStance Health Foundation has awarded more than $400,000 to both national and local non-profits working to destigmatize access to mental healthcare including The Mental Health Coalition, the U.S. Olympic and Paralympic Foundation, Washington Recovery Alliance, Hillsboro Schools Foundation and Peer Health Exchange. In addition, we held a peer-to-peer recognition event called Giving Thanks over the holiday season which culminated in a day of celebrating individual clinicians and team members for how they make lives better every day and making a donation from LifeStance Health Foundation to nearly 120 local non-profit organizations nominated by our teams.
We are very proud to support our employees and their commitment to our mission which improves the health and wellbeing of patients across the communities we serve. While world events over the last few years have destigmatized mental health in important ways, our clinicians and team members chose a career in mental healthcare long before it was in the spotlight. Their compassion, expertise, and advocacy are making a difference. At LifeStance Health, we make lives better.
General Corporate Information
On January 28, 2021, LifeStance Health Group, Inc. was incorporated in the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 4800 N. Scottsdale Road, Suite 6000, Scottsdale, Arizona 85251. Our telephone number is (602) 767-2100. Our website address is www.lifestance.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this filing and you should not consider any information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this filing. We are a holding company and all of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices.
Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and, if applicable, amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on or through our web site, www.lifestance.com, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. The SEC’s
14
website, www.sec.gov, contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report, before deciding to invest in our common stock. If any of the following risks should occur, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we do not currently deem material may also become important factors that adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
We may not grow at the rates we historically have achieved or at all, even if our key metrics may imply future growth, including if we are unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives and business strategies.
We have experienced significant growth since our inception in 2017. We continually execute a number of growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans designed to enhance our business. For example, our strategy includes recruiting new clinicians, growing our business by opening de novo centers, acquiring high-quality existing centers, building our relationships with payors and developing strategic relationships with other primary care and specialist physicians to offer an integrated care model. The anticipated benefits from these efforts are based on several assumptions that may prove to be inaccurate. Moreover, we may not be able to successfully complete these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans and realize all of the benefits, including growth targets, that we expect to achieve, or it may be more costly to do so than we anticipate.
Future revenue may not grow at historic rates or may decline. Our future growth will depend, in part, on our ability to attract and retain a sufficient number of qualified clinicians and support personnel, our ability to continue to successfully identify and execute on expansion opportunities, and our ability to demonstrate the value of our platform. A variety of risks could cause us not to realize some or all of these growth plans and benefits. These risks include, among others, labor market dynamics, delays in the anticipated timing of activities related to such growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans, increased difficulty and cost in implementing these efforts, including difficulties in complying with evolving regulatory requirements, and the incurrence of other unexpected costs associated with operating the business. Moreover, our continued implementation of these programs may disrupt our operations and performance. If, for any reason, the benefits we realize are less than our estimates or the implementation of these growth initiatives, strategies and operating plans negatively impacts our operations or costs more or takes longer to effectuate than we expect, or if our assumptions prove inaccurate, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed.
If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase proportionally or at all, and we may be unable to execute on our business strategy.
Our significant growth in recent periods may put strain on our business, operations and employees. For example, we added 164 centers through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices in 2021 and grew from 1,404 employed active clinicians as of December 31, 2019 to 3,097 clinicians as of December 31, 2020, and to 4,790 clinicians as of December 31, 2021. We have also significantly increased the number of patient visits conducted over this period. We anticipate that our operations will continue to rapidly expand. To manage our current and anticipated future growth effectively, we must continue to maintain and enhance our financial and accounting systems and our IT infrastructure. In addition, in order for our clinicians to effectively provide virtual services to patients, we need to provide them with adequate IT and technology support.
Failure to effectively manage our growth could also lead us to over-invest or under-invest in development and operations, result in or exacerbate weaknesses in our infrastructure, systems or controls, give rise to operational mistakes, financial losses, loss of productivity or business opportunities and result in loss of employees and reduced productivity of remaining employees. Our growth is expected to require significant capital expenditures. As we expand and make related upfront capital expenditures, including leasing new centers, developing our platform, and hiring clinicians within those centers, our margins may be reduced during those periods as we will not recognize patient service revenue until those centers open and begin patient visits. If our management is unable to effectively manage our growth, our expenses may increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase or may grow more slowly than expected and we may be unable to implement our business strategy, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
15
We face competition for experienced clinicians that may increase labor costs and reduce profitability if we are unable to retain clinicians.
Our ability to retain and attract qualified clinicians is critical to our ability to provide high quality care to patients and successfully cultivate and maintain strong relationships in the communities we serve. If we cannot recruit and retain our base of experienced and qualified clinicians, our expenses may increase and our revenues may decline. We have recently experienced an accelerated rate of attrition, which has had and may continue to have adverse effects on our business, financial condition, results of operations, as well as our ability to open new centers.
As we implement actions to reduce attrition and increase hiring of clinicians, we expect to experience increases in our labor costs, primarily due to higher wages and greater benefits required to retain and attract qualified healthcare personnel, and such increases may adversely affect our profitability. To attract, train and retain qualified clinicians, we offer competitive compensation and benefit packages (including an equity incentive program), which may require significant investment. These measures may not be enough to attract and retain the personnel we require to operate our business effectively and efficiently. Furthermore, while we attempt to manage overall labor costs in the most efficient way, our efforts to manage them may have limited effectiveness and may lead to increased turnover and other challenges.
In addition, hiring new clinicians involves challenges, including the ability to manage decreased profitability and increases expenses incurred during each clinician’s development and ramp-up period. Rising expenses including wage inflation could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain high-quality clinicians. The substantial management time and resources which our new clinicians require may result in disruption to our existing business operations, which may harm our profitability. Our inability to successfully address these challenges and other factors may adversely affect the quality and profitability of our business operations as we pursue our growth and human capital strategy.
Our growth depends on our ability to recruit, acquire and retain clinicians.
Our model requires us to continue to hire clinicians and establish a patient base in order to produce a return on investment. When we enter new markets, we may encounter difficulties in attracting new clinicians due to competition and area demographics and may encounter difficulties in attracting new patients due to a lack of patient familiarity with our brand, our lack of familiarity with local patient preferences, and preexisting relationships between patients and clinicians who are not affiliated with our Company. We cannot be certain that we will produce the anticipated revenues or return on investment or that our performance will not be materially adversely affected by new or expanded competition in our market areas.
We plan to acquire existing high-quality centers as part of our business strategy and may acquire other companies or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations, and we may have difficulty integrating any such acquisitions successfully or realizing the anticipated benefits therefrom.
Historically, a part of our business strategy has been the acquisition of existing high-quality centers with in-network payor relationships. We plan to continue to evaluate and make acquisitions pursuant to our strategy and may also seek to acquire or invest in businesses or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our business and our platform, enhance our capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. The pursuit of potential acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses in identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are consummated.
We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from acquired centers due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to:
Our inability to successfully integrate or realize the anticipated benefits from acquisitions could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. If our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our results of operations based on this impairment assessment process, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
16
We may decide to incur additional debt in connection with an acquisition or issue our common stock or other securities to the equity holders of the acquired business, which would potentially dilute the ownership of our existing stockholders. We cannot predict the number, timing or size of future acquisitions or the effect that any such transactions might have on our operating results.
We operate in a competitive industry, and if we are not able to compete effectively, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.
The market for mental health care is competitive. We compete in a highly fragmented market with direct and indirect competitors that offer varying levels of impact to key stakeholders such as patients, clinicians, payor partners, and primary care and other specialist physician partners. Our competitive success is contingent on our ability to address the needs of key stakeholders efficiently and with superior outcomes at scale compared with competitors. We compete across various segments within the mental health care market, including with respect to traditional health care providers and medical practices, technology platforms, care management and coordination, digital health, telehealth and health information exchange. Competition in our market involves changing technologies, evolving regulatory requirements and industry expectations, and changes in clinician and patient needs. If we are unable to keep pace with the evolving needs of our patients and clinicians and the evolving competitive landscape in a timely and efficient manner, demand for our services may be reduced and our business, financial condition and results of operations would be harmed.
Each of the individual geographic areas in which we operate has a different competitive landscape. In each of our markets, we compete with other outpatient mental health providers for patients and in contracting with commercial payors. In addition, we face intense competition from other clinical practices, hospitals, health systems and other outpatient mental health providers in recruiting psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists, therapists, and other health care professionals. The inability to attract new clinicians would negatively affect our financial results.
Our competitors primarily include other outpatient mental health providers that deliver care in-person or through virtual visits. Our indirect competitors also include episodic consumer-driven point solutions, such as in-person and virtual life coaching, digital therapy and support tools and other technologies related to mental health care services. In addition to established mental health providers, we may face additional competition from new market entrants, including major retailers that have recently begun to offer in-person and virtual mental health care in certain markets. Generally, practices, certain hospitals, and other outpatient mental health providers in the local communities we serve provide services similar to those we offer, and, in some cases, our competitors may offer a broader array of services, more flexible hours or more desirable locations to patients and outpatient mental health providers than ours, and may have larger or more specialized medical staffs to serve patients. Furthermore, health care consumers are now able to access patient satisfaction data, as well as standard charges for services, to compare competing outpatient mental health providers; if any of our centers or our affiliated practices achieve poor results (or results that are lower than our competitors’) on patient satisfaction surveys, or if our standard charges are or are perceived to be higher than our competitors, we may attract fewer patients. Additional quality measures and trends toward clinical or billing transparency, including recently enacted price transparency rules that would require third-party payors to make their pricing information publicly available, may have a negative impact on our competitive position and patient volumes, as patients may prefer to use lower-cost health care providers if they deliver services that are perceived to be similar in quality to ours. Competition from specialized providers, medical practices, retailers, digital health companies and other parties could negatively impact our revenue and market share.
We may encounter competitors that have greater name recognition, longer operating histories or more resources than us. Further, our current or potential competitors may be acquired by third parties with greater available resources. As a result, our competitors may be able to respond more quickly and effectively than we can to new or changing opportunities, technologies, standards or patient or clinician requirements and may have the ability to initiate or withstand substantial price competition. In light of these factors, even if our model is more effective than those of our competitors, current or potential patients or clinicians may choose to turn to our competitors. If we are unable to successfully compete in the mental healthcare market, our business and prospects would be materially harmed.
If the markets in which we compete achieve our forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.
Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. In particular, the size and growth of the overall U.S. mental healthcare market is subject to significant variables, including a changing regulatory environment and population demographics, which can be difficult to measure, estimate or quantify. Estimating and forecasting growth opportunities in any given market are difficult and affected by multiple variables such as population growth, concentration of prospective patients and population density, among other things. Further, we may not be able to sufficiently penetrate certain market segments included in our estimates and forecasts, including due to limited deployable capital, ineffective marketing efforts or the inability to develop sufficient presence in a given market to attract patients or contract with payors or primary care and other specialist physician
17
partners in that market. In addition, increased unemployment may lead to a loss of insurance benefits for patients, negatively impacting their ability to access our services and, in turn, our financial performance. For these reasons, the estimates and forecasts in this Annual Report relating to the size and expected growth of our target markets may prove to be inaccurate. Even if the markets in which we compete meet our size estimates and forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.
If reimbursement rates paid by third-party payors are reduced or if third-party payors otherwise restrain our ability to obtain or deliver care to patients, our business could be harmed.
Private third-party payors pay for the services that we provide to many of our patients. During the year ended December 31, 2021, 96% of our patients were commercially insured as of their latest visit. If any commercial third-party payors reduce their reimbursement rates or elect not to cover some or all of our services, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be harmed. Third-party payors may also elect to create narrow networks, which may exclude our clinicians. Two payors individually exceeded 10% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2021; UnitedHealthcare and Anthem, comprising 19% and 14% of our total revenue, respectively. Our payor relationships generally operate across multiple independent regional contracts. Changes in reimbursement rates from these or other large commercial payors could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
Our commercial payor contracts are typically structured as fee-for-service arrangements, pursuant to which we, or our affiliated practices, collect the fees for patient services. Under these arrangements, we assume financial risks related to changes in the mix of insured and uninsured patients and patients covered by government-sponsored health care programs, third-party reimbursement rates and patient volume.
A portion of our revenue comes from government health care programs. Payments from federal and state government programs are subject to statutory and regulatory changes, administrative rulings, interpretations and determinations, requirements for utilization review and federal and state funding restrictions, each of which could increase or decrease program payments, as well as affect the cost of providing services to patients and the timing of payments. We are unable to predict the effect of recent and future policy changes on our operations. In addition, the uncertainty and fiscal pressures placed upon federal and state governments as a result of, among other things, deterioration in general economic conditions and the funding requirements from federal healthcare reform legislation, may affect the availability of taxpayer funds for Medicare and Medicaid programs. Changes in government health care programs may reduce the reimbursement we receive from them or private payors and could adversely impact our business and results of operations.
A substantial decrease in patient volume, an increase in the number of uninsured or underinsured patients or an increase in the number of patients covered by government health care programs, as opposed to commercial plans that have higher reimbursement levels, could reduce our profitability and adversely impact future growth. In addition, we may be unable to enter new payor contracts on favorable terms, or at all. In some cases, our revenue decreases if our volume or reimbursement decreases, but our expenses, including clinician compensation, may not decrease proportionately.
There has also been a recent trend in the healthcare sector of payors shifting to new models and value-based care arrangements. Changing legislation and other regulatory and executive developments have led to the creation of new models of care and other initiatives in both the government and private sector. Value-based care incentivizes health care providers to improve both the health and well-being of their patients while concurrently managing the medical expenses or “spend” of a particular population. Value-based care reimbursement models implemented by government health care programs or private third-party payors could materially change the manner in which mental health providers are reimbursed. Any failure on our part to adequately implement strategic initiatives to adjust to these marketplace developments could have a material adverse impact on our business.
A nominal number of our current contracts provide for incremental payments tied to the attainment of quality or performance metrics. If we fail to obtain these metrics in future periods, our revenue may decrease relative to past periods. In addition, we may enter into contracts in the future that may include parallel or full risk sharing for identified populations. These agreements would expose us to significant financial downside in the event that we are not able to improve outcomes and reduce total cost of care for the populations. These contracts may include components of medical spending, increasing the size of potential downside risk relative to traditional fee-for-service mental health spending.
The federal government and several states have enacted laws restricting the amount out-of-network providers of services can charge and recover for such services.
In December 2020, in connection with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, the No Surprises Act introduced national limitations on physician billing for certain services furnished by providers who are not in-network with the patient’s self-insured health plan, individual or group health plan (including fully-insured plans) that became effective on January 1, 2022. In addition, several states where we conduct business have enacted or are considering similar laws that would apply to patients having state-regulated insurance. For example, Florida, Ohio and Texas have adopted their own balance billing laws
18
that, in certain cases, prohibit out-of-network providers from billing patients in excess of in-network rates. These measures could limit the amount we can charge and recover for services we furnish where we have not contracted with the patient’s insurer, and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. Moreover, these measures could affect our ability to contract with certain payors and under historically similar terms and may cause, and the prospect of these changes may cause, payors to terminate their contracts with us and our affiliated practices, further affecting our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There is also risk that additional legislation at the federal and state level will give rise to major third-party payors leveraging this legislation or related changes as an opportunity to terminate and renegotiate existing reimbursement rates.
Financial pressures on patients, as well as economic conditions, may adversely affect our patient volume.
We may be adversely affected by patients’ unwillingness to pay for treatment by our clinicians. Higher numbers of unemployed individuals generally translate into more individuals without health care insurance to help pay for services, thereby increasing the potential for persons to elect not to seek treatment if they cannot afford to self-pay. Growth of patient receivables or deterioration in the ability to collect on these accounts, due to changes in economic conditions or otherwise, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, patients with high deductible insurance plans may be less likely to seek treatment as a result of higher expected out-of-pocket costs.
We may receive reimbursement for virtual services that is less than for comparable in-person services, which would negatively impact revenue and results of operations.
From time to time, we may operate in states that have not adopted laws related to parity between reimbursement rates for virtual services and in-person care. If we are not able to enter into regional payor contracts that provide for reimbursement parity between in-person and virtual services, private payors may not reimburse for virtual services at the same rates as in-person care for all patients within that market. Currently, our reimbursement rates for virtual services and in-person care are substantially similar. This is driven by contractual arrangements with our payor partners or payor policies. If we are not able to enter into or renew payor contracts on these terms or if payor policies change, we may receive reimbursement for virtual services that is less than comparable to in-person services in such states, which would negatively impact our revenue with respect to such markets, and as a result, our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to timely or accurately bill for our services could have a negative impact on our patient service revenue, bad debt expense and cash flow.
Billing for our services is complex. The practice of providing mental health services in advance of payment or prior to assessing a patient’s ability to pay for such services may have a significant negative impact on our patient service revenue, bad debt expense and cash flow. We bill numerous and varied payors, including self-pay patients and various forms of commercial insurance providers. Different payors typically have differing forms of billing requirements that must be met prior to receiving payment for services rendered. Self-pay patients and third-party payors may fail to pay for services even if they have been properly billed. Reimbursement to us is typically conditioned, among other things, on our providing the proper procedure and diagnosis codes. Incorrect or incomplete documentation and billing information could result in non-payment for services rendered or reduction in reimbursement. Additional factors that could complicate our billing include variation in coverage for similar services among various payors and the difficulty of adherence to specific compliance requirements, coding and various other procedures mandated by responsible parties. To the extent the complexity associated with billing for our services causes delays in our cash collections, we assume the financial risk of increased carrying costs associated with the aging of our accounts receivable as well as the increased potential for bad debt expense.
We face inspections, reviews, audits and investigations under our commercial payor contracts and pursuant to federal and state programs. These audits could have adverse findings that may negatively affect our business, including our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition and reputation.
We are subject to various inspections, reviews, audits and investigations to verify our compliance with applicable laws and regulations and any payor-specific requirements. Commercial payors and government programs reserve the right to conduct audits. We also periodically conduct internal audits and reviews of our regulatory compliance. An adverse inspection, review, audit or investigation could result in:
19
We have in the past and may in the future be required to refund amounts we have been paid and/or pay fines and penalties as a result of these inspections, reviews, audits and investigations. If adverse inspections, reviews, audits or investigations occur and any of the results noted above occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the legal, document production and other costs associated with complying with these inspections, reviews, audits or investigations could be significant.
We are dependent on credentialing our clinicians under our insurance contracts at the time of hire.
We are responsible for credentialing our existing and new clinicians, and all of our clinicians need to be credentialed, either by us or by a contracted third party. The amount of time and expense required to complete credentialing varies substantially between payor and region and is largely out of our control. Any delay in completing credentialing will result in a delay in clinicians seeing patients and a concomitant delay in generating revenue, which may materially affect our business. We may not be able to delegate credentialing for new centers that we may acquire in the future, which could result in delays in entry to new markets. Any failure of our clinicians to maintain credentials and licenses could result in delays in our ability to deliver care to patients, and therefore adversely affect our reputation and our business. If we are required to cover expenses related to new clinician credentialing in amounts greater than we anticipate, our forecasts for our financial condition and results of operations may not align with management's expectations.
Our business depends on our ability to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems.
Our business is dependent on maintaining effective information systems as well as the integrity and timeliness of the data we use to serve our patients, support our clinicians and payor partners and operate our business. Because of the large amount of data that we collect and manage, it is possible that hardware failures or errors in our systems could result in data loss or corruption or cause the information that we collect to be incomplete or contain inaccuracies that our partners regard as significant. If our data were found to be inaccurate or unreliable due to fraud or other error, or if we, or any of the third-party vendors we engage, were to fail to maintain information systems and data integrity effectively, we could experience operational disruptions that may impact our patients and clinicians and hinder our ability to provide care to patients, retain and attract patients, establish reserves, report financial results timely and accurately and maintain regulatory compliance, among other things.
Our information technology strategy and execution are critical to our continued success. We must continue to invest in long-term solutions that will enable us to anticipate patient needs and expectations, enhance the patient experience, act as a differentiator in the market, protect against rapidly changing cybersecurity risks and threats, and keep pace with evolving privacy and security laws, requirements and regulations, including changes in payment regimes such as the PCI DSS. Our success is dependent, in large part, on maintaining the effectiveness of existing technology systems and continuing to deliver and enhance technology systems that support our business processes in a cost-efficient and resource-efficient manner. We have identified certain weaknesses with respect to our IT function. See “—Risks Related to Our Common Stock—We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weaknesses is not effective, or we fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired, which could harm our business and negatively impact the value of our common stock.”
Increasing regulatory and legislative changes place additional demands on our information technology infrastructure that could have a direct impact on resources available for other projects tied to our strategic initiatives for our technology platform. In addition, recent trends toward greater patient engagement in health care require new and enhanced technologies, including more sophisticated applications for mobile devices. Connectivity among technologies is becoming increasingly important. We and our third-party vendors must also develop new systems to meet current market standards and keep pace with continuing changes in information processing technology, evolving industry and regulatory standards and patient needs. Failure to do so may present compliance challenges and impede our ability to deliver care to patients in a competitive manner. Further, because system development projects are long-term in nature, they may be more costly than expected to complete and may not deliver the expected benefits upon completion. Additional development projects may be needed or arise in the future and we may not have the necessary resources to complete such development projects. Further, the technological advances of our competitors or future competitors may result in our technologies or future technologies become uncompetitive or obsolete. Our failure to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of our information technology and other business systems could adversely affect
20
our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow. Similarly, if our third party vendors fail to effectively invest in, implement improvements to and properly maintain the uninterrupted operation and data integrity of their own information technology systems, interruptions in their systems or network may result in disruptions of our own systems and business operations.
If we cannot license rights to use technologies on reasonable terms, our ability to provide digital services, including virtual visits, and develop our technology platform would be inhibited.
We license certain rights to use technologies related to our digital services, including virtual visits, patient visit scheduling, patient-clinician matching, and other services, and, in the future, we may identify additional third-party intellectual property that we may need to license in order to engage in our business. However, such licenses may not be available on acceptable terms or at all. The licensing or acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and several more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater development or commercialization capabilities. In addition, such licenses may be non-exclusive, which could give our competitors access to the same intellectual property licensed to us. If we are unable to enter into the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or at all, if any necessary licenses are subsequently terminated, if our licensors fail to abide by the terms of the licenses, if our licensors fail to prevent infringement by third parties, or if the licensed intellectual property rights are found to be invalid or unenforceable, our business could be adversely affected. Moreover, we could encounter delays and other obstacles in our attempt to develop alternatives.
We lease all of our centers and may experience risks relating to lease termination, lease expense escalators, lease extensions and special charges.
We currently lease all of our centers. Our leases are typically on terms ranging from one to seven years. Each of our leases provides that the lessor may terminate the lease, subject to applicable cure provisions, for a number of reasons, including failure to pay rent as specified or default of terms of the lease that are not cured within a specified notice period including, but not limited to, abandonment of the space, use of the space of a purpose not permitted under the lease, failure to maintain the premises in good condition, or creation and maintenance of a nuisance. If a lease agreement is terminated, we may not be able to enter into a new lease agreement on similar or better terms or at all.
Our lease obligations often include annual fixed rent escalators ranging between 2% and 3% or variable rent escalators based on a consumer price index. These escalators could impact our ability to satisfy certain obligations and financial covenants and place an additional burden on our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, particularly if such escalator rates outpace growth in our operating results.
As we continue to expand and have leases with different start dates, it is likely that some number of our leases will expire each year. Our lease or license agreements often provide for renewal or extension options. These rights may not be exercised in the future or we may not be able to satisfy the conditions precedent to exercising any such renewal or extension. If we are not able to renew or extend our leases at or prior to the end of the existing lease terms, or if the terms of such options are unfavorable or unacceptable to us, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Leasing centers pursuant to binding lease agreements may limit our ability to exit markets. For instance, if a center subject to a lease becomes unprofitable, we may be required to continue operating such center or, if allowed by the landlord, to close such center, we may remain obligated for the lease payments on such center. We could incur special charges relating to the closing of such center, including lease termination costs or impairment charges, which would reduce our profits and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Upon an event of default, remedies available to our landlords generally include, without limitation, terminating such lease agreement, repossessing and reletting the leased properties and requiring us to remain liable for all obligations under such lease agreement, including the difference between the rent under such lease agreement and the rent payable as a result of reletting the leased properties, or requiring us to pay the net present value of the rent due for the balance of the term of such lease agreement. The exercise of such remedies could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity.
We depend on our executive team, and the loss of one or more of our executive officers or key employees or an inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees could harm our business.
Our success depends largely upon the continued service of our key executive officers. These executive officers are at-will employees and therefore they may terminate employment with us at any time with no advance notice. We also do not maintain any key person life insurance policies. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would likely involve significant time and costs and may significantly delay or
21
prevent the achievement of our business objectives. Our business would be harmed if we fail to adequately plan for succession of our executives or if we fail to effectively recruit, integrate, retain and develop key talent and/or align our talent with our business needs.
Litigation arising in the ordinary course of business, including in connection with commercial disputes or employment claims, against us could be costly and time-consuming to defend.
We are subject, and in the future may become subject from time to time, to legal proceedings, claims and inquiries that arise in the ordinary course of business such as claims brought by our partners in connection with commercial disputes, consumer class action claims, employment claims made by our current or former employees or other claims or proceedings. Litigation may result in substantial costs, settlement and judgments and may divert management’s attention and resources, which may substantially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Insurance may not cover such claims, may not provide sufficient payments to cover all of the costs to resolve one or more such claims and may not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the market price of our common stock.
Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our centers may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, power outages, fires, floods, nuclear disasters and acts of terrorism or other criminal activities, which make it difficult or impossible for us to operate our business for some period of time. Although we deliver care in both in-person and digital settings, such disruptions in our operations could negatively impact our business and results of operations and harm our reputation. Although we maintain an insurance policy covering damage to property we lease, such insurance may not be sufficient to compensate for losses that may occur. Any such losses or damages could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our physician partners’ facilities may be harmed or rendered inoperable by such natural or man-made disasters, which may cause disruptions, difficulties or other negative effects on our business and operations, with respect to our integrated care model.
The COVID-19 pandemic, including efforts to contain the spread of the coronavirus and the introduction of new variants, has impacted, and may continue to impact, our business.
This pandemic, as well as intensified measures undertaken to contain the spread of COVID-19, could cause disruptions and severely impact our business, including, but not limited to:
We cannot predict with any certainty whether and to what degree the disruption caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and reactions thereto will continue after the first quarter of 2022, and expect to face difficulty accurately predicting our internal financial forecasts. The pandemic also presents challenges to our workforce, including both clinicians and support personnel. As a result of these challenges, we have experienced labor force dynamics which impact our ability to retain clinicians.
We observed an uptick in visit cancellations in late December and have seen that continue into the first quarter of 2022, primarily due to clinician and patient illness. However, it is not possible for us to accurately determine the extent to which COVID-19 impacted our patient visits and related revenues in 2021, and if these impacts, if any, will continue after the first quarter 2022. It is also not possible to predict whether any vaccine or antiviral treatment will mitigate any adverse results of the pandemic or accelerate a restoration of normal operations. The COVID-19 pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks identified elsewhere in this Annual Report.
22
We, our clinicians and affiliated practices may become subject to medical liability claims, which could cause us to incur significant expenses and may require us to pay significant damages if not covered by insurance.
Our business entails the risk of medical liability claims against us, our clinicians and our affiliated practices. Although we, our clinicians and our affiliated practices carry insurance covering medical malpractice claims in amounts that we believe are appropriate in light of the risks attendant to our business, successful medical liability claims could result in substantial damage awards that exceed the limits of our and our clinicians’ insurance coverage. Our affiliated practices and clinicians carry professional liability insurance, and we separately carry a professional liability insurance policy, which covers medical malpractice claims. In addition, professional liability insurance is expensive and insurance premiums may increase significantly in the future, particularly as we expand our services. As a result, adequate professional liability insurance may not be available to our clinicians, our affiliated practices or to us in the future at acceptable costs or at all.
Any claims made against us that are not fully covered by insurance could be costly to defend against, result in substantial damage awards against us and divert the attention of our management and our affiliated medical group from our operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any claims may adversely affect our business or reputation.
If we fail to cost-effectively develop widespread brand awareness and maintain our reputation, or if we fail to achieve and maintain market acceptance for our mental health services, our business could suffer.
We believe that developing and maintaining widespread awareness of our brand and maintaining our reputation for delivering high-quality care to patients is important to attract new patients and clinicians and maintain existing patients and clinicians. In addition, we have a growing number of strategic relationships with primary care and other specialist physician partners to develop our integrated care model and referral networks. Market acceptance of our services and patient acquisition depends on educating people, as well as payors and partners, as to the distinct features, ease-of-use, positive lifestyle impact, efficacy, quality and other perceived benefits of our platform as compared to alternatives. In particular, market acceptance is dependent on our ability to sufficiently saturate a particular geographic area to deliver care to local patients. The level of saturation required depends on the needs of the local market and the preferences of the patients in that market. Further, we rely on referrals and placed advertisements to spread brand awareness. Referrals are dependent on patients relaying positive experiences with our services and clinicians. If we are not successful in demonstrating to existing and potential patients, clinicians and payors the benefits of our platform, if we are not able to sufficiently saturate a market in convenient locations for patients, or if we are not able to achieve the support of payors and physician partners for our model and services, we could experience lower than expected patient retention. Further, the loss or dissatisfaction of patients or clinicians may substantially harm our brand and reputation, inhibit widespread adoption of our services, reduce our revenue, and impair our ability to attract or retain patients and clinicians.
Our brand promotion activities may not generate awareness or increase revenue and, even if they do, any increase in revenue may not offset the expenses we incur in building our brand. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand, we may fail to attract or retain patients, clinicians, payors and physician partners necessary to realize a sufficient return on our brand-building efforts or to achieve the widespread brand awareness we seek.
If our trademarks and trade names are not adequately protected, we may not be able to build name recognition in our markets of interest and our competitive position may be harmed.
The registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names that we own may be challenged, infringed, circumvented, declared generic, lapsed or determined to be infringing on or dilutive of other marks. We may not be able to protect our rights in these trademarks and trade names, which we need in order to build name recognition with potential patients and clinicians. In addition, third parties have filed, and may in the future file, for registration of trademarks similar or identical to our trademarks, thereby impeding our ability to build brand identity and possibly leading to market confusion. If they succeed in registering or developing common law rights in such trademarks, and if we are not successful in challenging such third-party rights, we may not be able to use these trademarks to develop brand recognition of our technology platform or other services. In addition, there could be potential trade name or trademark infringement claims brought by owners of other registered trademarks or trademarks that incorporate variations of our registered or unregistered trademarks or trade names. If we are unable to establish or protect our trademarks and trade names, or if we are unable to build name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively, which could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock.
Our quarterly results of operations have varied and may vary significantly in the future, and period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations may not be meaningful. Accordingly, our quarterly results should not be relied upon
23
as an indication of future performance. Our quarterly financial results may fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, without limitation, the following:
Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to execute our growth strategy in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. In addition, the covenants in the Credit Agreement among LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc., Capital One, National Association, and each lender party thereto, dated May 14, 2020 (the “May 2020 Credit Agreement”), as amended, may limit our ability to obtain additional debt, and any failure to adhere to these covenants could result in penalties or defaults that could further restrict our liquidity or limit our ability to obtain financing. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:
As a result, failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to execute our growth strategy in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.
Risks Related to Healthcare and Data Privacy Regulation
We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry and if we fail to comply with these laws and government regulations, we could incur penalties or be required to make significant changes to our operations or experience adverse publicity, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The U.S. healthcare industry is heavily regulated and closely scrutinized by federal and state governments. Comprehensive statutes and regulations govern the manner in which we provide and bill for services and collect reimbursement from governmental programs and private payors, our contractual relationships with affiliated clinicians, vendors and patients, our marketing activities and other aspects of our operations. Of particular importance are:
24
25
Because of the breadth of these laws and the need to fit certain activities within one of the statutory exceptions and safe harbors available, it is possible that some of our business activities could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. Achieving and sustaining compliance with these laws may prove costly. Failure to comply with these laws and other laws can result in civil and criminal penalties such as fines, damages, overpayment recoupment, loss of enrollment status and exclusion from the Medicare and Medicaid programs. The risk of our being found in violation of these laws and regulations is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are sometimes open to a variety of interpretations. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application of these laws and regulations to our business or any other failure to comply with regulatory requirements could create liability for us and negatively affect our business. Any action against us for violation of these laws or regulations, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses, divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business and result in adverse publicity.
To enforce compliance with the federal laws, the U.S. Department of Justice and the OIG have continued their scrutiny of health care providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Dealing with investigations can be time- and resource-consuming and can divert management’s attention from the business. Any such investigation or settlement could increase our costs or otherwise have an adverse effect on our business. In addition, because of the potential for large monetary exposure under the federal False Claims Act, which provides for treble damages and mandatory minimum penalties of $11,803 to $23,607 per false claim or statement, health care providers often resolve allegations without admissions of liability for significant and material amounts to avoid the uncertainty of treble damages that may be awarded in litigation proceedings. Such settlements often contain additional compliance and reporting requirements as part of a consent decree, settlement agreement or corporate integrity agreement. Given the significant size of actual and potential settlements, it is expected that the government will continue to devote substantial resources to investigating health care providers’ compliance with the health care reimbursement rules and fraud and abuse laws.
We are, and may in the future be, a party to various lawsuits, demands, claims, qui tam suits, governmental investigations and audits (including investigations or other actions resulting from our obligation to self-report suspected violations of law) and other legal matters, any of which could result in, among other things, substantial financial penalties or awards against us, mandated refunds, substantial payments made by us, required changes to our business practices, exclusion from future participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other health care programs and possible criminal penalties, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and materially harm our reputation. In March 2020, we received a Civil Investigative Demand from the U.S. Attorney’s Office of the Northern District of Georgia involving an investigation of a laboratory arrangement. We do not believe that we are a target of the investigation or that there is any material exposure based on our internal review. We do not know how the investigation will be resolved, to what extent it may be expanded, or whether we or our employees will be subject to further investigation, enforcement action or related penalties that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The laws, regulations and standards governing the provision of health care services may change significantly in the future. We cannot assure you that any new or changed health care laws, regulations or standards will not materially adversely affect our business. We cannot assure you that a review of our business by judicial, law enforcement, regulatory or accreditation authorities will not result in a determination that could adversely affect our operations.
Regulations related to health care are evolving. To the extent regulations revert to their pre-COVID-19 state, particularly with respect to state licensure laws, our ability to provide virtual service across regions will be hampered.
In a regulatory climate that is uncertain, our operations may be subject to direct and indirect adoption, expansion or reinterpretation of various laws and regulations. Compliance with these future laws and regulations may require us to change our practices at an undeterminable and possibly significant initial monetary and recurring expense. These additional monetary expenditures may increase future overhead, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to provide virtual services in certain jurisdictions. Areas of government regulation that, if changed, could be costly to
26
us include: rules governing the practice of medicine by physicians; laws relating to licensure requirements for psychiatrists and other licensed mental health professionals; laws limiting the corporate practice of medicine and professional fee-splitting; laws governing the issuance of prescriptions in an online setting; cybersecurity and privacy laws; and laws and rules relating to the distinction between independent contractors and employees.
In addition, a few states have imposed different, and, in some cases, additional, standards regarding the provision of services virtually. The unpredictability of this regulatory landscape means that sudden changes in policy regarding standards of care and reimbursement are possible. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are required to adapt our business model, we may be limited to only in-person services, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are dependent on our relationships with affiliated practices, which we do not own, to provide health care services, and our business would be harmed if those relationships were disrupted or if our arrangements with these entities became subject to legal challenges.
The corporate practice of medicine prohibition exists in some form, by statute, regulation, board of medicine or attorney general guidance, or case law, in certain of the states in which we operate. These laws generally prohibit the practice of medicine or practice of psychology by lay-persons or entities and are intended to prevent unlicensed persons or entities from interfering with or inappropriately influencing providers’ professional judgment. Due to the prevalence of the corporate practice of medicine doctrine, including in certain of the states where we conduct our business, we enter into management services contracts with our affiliated practices to provide a wide range of administrative and operations support services to these practices. Under the management contracts between LifeStance and each affiliated practice, we provide various administrative and management services in exchange for management fees set forth in our management services contracts. To the extent our ability to receive cash fees from the affiliated practices is limited, our ability to use that cash for growth, debt service or other uses may be impaired and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. In addition, the affiliated practices are owned by our Chief Medical Officer and other licensed clinical leadership employees. In the event of any such employee’s death or disability or upon certain other triggering events, we maintain the right to direct the transfer of the ownership of the affiliated practices to another licensed physician.
Our ability to perform medical and virtual services in a particular U.S. state is directly dependent upon the applicable laws governing the practice of medicine, health care delivery and fee splitting in such locations, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The extent to which a U.S. state considers particular actions or relationships to constitute the practice of medicine is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by professional boards and state attorneys general, among others, each of which has broad discretion. There is a risk that U.S. state authorities in some jurisdictions may find that our contractual relationships with outpatient mental health practices, which govern the provision of medical and virtual services and the payment of administrative and operations support fees, violate laws prohibiting the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting. The extent to which each state may consider particular actions or contractual relationships to constitute improper influence of professional judgment varies across the states and is subject to change and to evolving interpretations by state boards of medicine and state attorneys general, among others. Accordingly, we must monitor our compliance with laws in every jurisdiction in which we operate on an ongoing basis. Our activities and arrangements, if challenged, could be found to be in violation with the law. Additionally, it is possible that the laws and rules governing the practice of medicine, including the provision of virtual services, and fee splitting in one or more jurisdictions may change in a manner adverse to our business. While the management contracts prohibit us from controlling, influencing or otherwise interfering with the practice of medicine by the affiliated clinicians, and provide that clinicians retain exclusive control and responsibility for all aspects of the practice of medicine and the delivery of medical services, there can be no assurance that our contractual arrangements and activities with affiliated practices will be free from scrutiny from U.S. state authorities, and we cannot guarantee that subsequent interpretation of the corporate practice of medicine and fee-splitting laws will not circumscribe our business operations. State corporate practice of medicine doctrines also often impose penalties on health care clinicians themselves for aiding the corporate practice of medicine, which could discourage clinicians from participating in our network. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could harm our business.
While we expect that our relationships with our affiliated practices will continue, a material change in our relationship with these entities, or among the affiliated practices, whether resulting from a dispute among the entities, a challenge from a governmental regulator, a change in government regulation, or the loss of these relationships or contracts with outpatient mental health practices, could impair our ability to provide services to our patients and could harm our business.
27
The impact of healthcare reform legislation and other changes in the healthcare industry and in health care spending on us is currently unknown, but may harm our business.
Our revenue is dependent on the healthcare industry and could be affected by changes in health care spending, reimbursement and policy. The healthcare industry is subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (the “Affordable Care Act” or the “ACA”) in 2010 made major changes in how health care is delivered and reimbursed, and increased access to health insurance benefits to the uninsured and underinsured population of the United States.
Since its enactment, there have been judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the ACA as well as efforts to repeal or replace certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court's decision, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance covered through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. In addition to these legal challenges, the Biden administration may advance new health care policy goals and objectives through statute, regulation and executive order. For example, the Biden administration has indicated an intent to propose a public health insurance option, which, if enacted, could significantly change the competitive landscape among commercial insurance carriers.
Other legislative changes to provider reimbursement have been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 (known as Medicare sequestration) and subsequent extensions, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2021, unless additional Congressional action is taken. The sequestration reductions will be phased in gradually with a 1% sequestration reduction between April 1 and June 30, 2022; the full 2% sequestration reduction will begin on July 1, 2022. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other health care funding, which may materially adversely affect customer demand and affordability for our business and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations. Additional changes that may affect our business include the expansion of new programs such as Medicare payment for performance initiatives for physicians under the Medicare Access and CHIP Reauthorization Act of 2015 (“MACRA”), which will not be fully implemented until later in 2022. At this time, it is unclear how the introduction of the MACRA program will impact overall physician reimbursement.
Such changes in the regulatory environment may also result in changes to our payor mix that may affect our operations and revenue. In addition, certain provisions of the ACA authorize voluntary demonstration projects, which include the development of bundling payments for acute, inpatient hospital services, physician services and post-acute services for episodes of hospital care. Further, the ACA may adversely affect payors by increasing medical costs generally, which could have an effect on the industry and potentially impact our business and revenue as payors seek to offset these increases by reducing costs in other areas. Certain of these provisions are still being implemented and the full impact of these changes on us cannot be determined at this time.
Uncertainty regarding future amendments to the ACA as well as new legislative proposals to reform health care and government insurance programs, along with the trend toward managed health care in the United States, could result in reduced demand and prices for our services. We expect that additional state and federal health care reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that federal and state governments and other third-party payors will pay for health care products and services, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If our or our vendors’ security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to our employees’, patients’ or partners’ data is obtained, our systems may be perceived as insecure, we may incur significant liabilities, including through private litigation or regulatory action, our reputation may be harmed, and we could lose patients and partners.
Our business involves the storage and transmission of proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data, including personal information of employees and others, as well as the PHI of our patients. Several laws and regulations require us to keep this information secure. Because of the extreme sensitivity of the information we store and transmit, the security features of our and our third-party vendors’ computer, network and communications systems infrastructure are critical to the success of our business. Our security features and processes or our vetting and oversight of third parties may
28
not be sufficient for all circumstances. We also exercise limited control over third-party vendors, which increases our vulnerability to problems with the technology and information services they provide. Determined threat actors would likely be able to penetrate our security or the security of our vendors with enough skills, resources, and time. A breach or failure of our or our third-party vendors’ network, hosted service providers or vendor systems could result from a variety of circumstances and events, including third-party action, employee negligence or error, malfeasance, computer viruses, cyber-attacks by computer hackers such as denial-of-service and phishing attacks, nation-state attacks, political protests, failures during the process of upgrading or replacing software and databases, power outages, hardware failures, telecommunication failures, user errors or catastrophic events. Information security risks have generally increased in recent years because of the proliferation of new technologies and the increased sophistication and activities of perpetrators of cyber-attacks. We are also dependent on a technology supply chain that involves many third parties, some of whom may not be known to us, and each of these companies may also be a source of potential risk to our patients, operations and reputation. Hackers and data thieves are increasingly sophisticated and operating large-scale and complex automated attacks, including on companies within the healthcare industry. As cyber threats continue to evolve, we and our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate all potential threats. We may be required to expend additional resources to further enhance our information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. For example, in December 2021, LifeStance Health became aware of, and investigated a vulnerability, known as Log4j, that impacted systems and services worldwide, including those used by us and our third-party vendors. If our or our third-party vendors’ security measures fail or are breached, it could result in unauthorized persons accessing sensitive patient data (including PHI), a loss of or damage to our data, or an inability to access data sources, process data or provide our services to our patients. A security incident may even remain undetected for an extended period, and we or our third-party vendors may be unable to anticipate such threats and attacks or implement adequate preventive measures. Such failures or breaches of our or our third-party vendors’ security measures, or our or our third-party vendors’ inability to effectively resolve such failures or breaches in a timely manner, could severely damage our reputation, adversely affect patient, provider or investor confidence in us, and reduce the demand for our services from existing and potential patients. In addition, we could face litigation, damages for contract breach, monetary penalties or regulatory actions for violation of applicable laws or regulations, and incur significant costs to comply with applicable data breach notification laws and to implement remedial measures to prevent future occurrences and mitigate past violations. Although we maintain insurance covering certain security and privacy damages and related expenses, we may not carry insurance or maintain coverage sufficient to compensate for all liability and in any event, insurance coverage would not address the reputational damage that could result from a security incident.
Our Board of Directors is briefed periodically on cybersecurity and risk management issues and we have implemented a number of processes to avoid cyber threats and to protect privacy. However, the processes we have implemented in connection with such initiatives may be insufficient to prevent or detect improper access to confidential, proprietary or sensitive data, including personal data. In addition, the competition for talent in the data privacy and cybersecurity space is intense, and we may be unable to hire, develop or retain suitable talent capable of adequately detecting, mitigating or remediating these risks. Our failure to adhere to, or successfully implement processes in response to, evolving cybersecurity threats and changing legal or regulatory requirements in this area could result in legal liability or damage to our reputation in the marketplace.
Should an attacker gain access to our network or the network of our third-party vendor, including by way of example, using compromised credentials of an authorized user, we are at risk that the attacker might successfully leverage that access to compromise additional systems and data. Certain measures that could increase the security of our systems, such as data encryption (including data at rest encryption), heightened monitoring and logging, scanning for source code errors or deployment of multi-factor authentication, take significant time and resources to deploy broadly, and such measures may not be deployed in a timely manner or be effective against an attack. As cybersecurity threats continue to evolve, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to continue to modify or enhance our protective measures or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities. The inability to implement, maintain and upgrade adequate safeguards could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our information systems must be continually updated, patched and upgraded to protect against known vulnerabilities. The volume of new vulnerabilities has increased markedly, as has the criticality of patches and other remedial measures. In addition to remediating newly identified vulnerabilities, previously identified vulnerabilities must also be continuously addressed. Accordingly, we are at risk that cyber-attackers exploit these known vulnerabilities before they have been addressed. Due to the systems and platforms that we operate, the increased frequency at which vendors are issuing security patches to their products, the need to test patches and, in some cases, coordinate with clients and vendors, before they can be deployed, we continuously face the substantial risk that we cannot deploy patches in a timely manner. These risks can be heightened as we acquire and work to integrate additional centers. We are also dependent on third-party vendors to keep their systems patched and secure in order to protect our information systems and data. Any failure related to these activities and any breach of our information systems could result in significant liability and have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and financial condition.
29
Our use and disclosure of PII, including PHI, is subject to federal and state privacy and security regulations, and our failure to comply with those regulations or to adequately secure such information we hold could result in significant liability or reputational harm and, in turn, substantial harm to our affiliated practices, affiliated clinicians, patient base and revenue.
The privacy and security of PII stored, maintained, received or transmitted electronically is a major issue in the United States. While we strive to comply with all applicable privacy and security laws and regulations, as well as our own posted privacy policies, legal standards for privacy, including but not limited to “unfairness” and “deception,” as enforced by the Federal Trade Commission and state attorneys general, continue to evolve and any failure or perceived failure to comply may result in proceedings or actions against us by government entities or others, or could cause us to lose customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Recently, there has been an increase in public awareness of privacy issues in the wake of revelations about the activities of various government agencies and in the number of private privacy-related lawsuits filed against companies. Any allegations about us, our affiliated practices or our affiliated clinicians with regard to the collection, processing, use, disclosure, or security of PII or other privacy-related matters, even if unfounded and even if we are in compliance with applicable laws, could damage our reputation and harm our business.
We also publish statements to our patients and stakeholders that describe how we handle and protect personal information. If federal or state regulatory authorities or private litigants consider any portion of these statements to be untrue or misleading, we may be subject to claims of deceptive practices, which could lead to significant liabilities and consequences, including, without limitation, costs of responding to investigations, defending against litigation, settling claims and complying with regulatory or court orders.
Numerous foreign, federal and state laws and regulations govern collection, dissemination, use and confidentiality of personally identifiable health information, including state privacy and confidentiality laws (including state laws requiring disclosure of breaches) and HIPAA.
HIPAA establishes a set of basic national privacy and security standards for the protection of PHI, by health plans, health care clearinghouses and certain health care providers, referred to as covered entities, and the business associates with whom such covered entities contract for services, which includes us. Certain of our entities and affiliated practices are covered entities, while our management service entities are business associates.
HIPAA requires covered entities and business associates to develop and maintain policies and procedures with respect to PHI that is used or disclosed, including the adoption of administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect such information. HIPAA also implemented the use of standard transaction code sets and standard identifiers that covered entities must use when submitting or receiving certain electronic health care transactions, including activities associated with the billing and collection of health care claims.
HIPAA imposes mandatory penalties for certain violations. Penalties for violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations include civil monetary penalties of up to $60,226 per violation, not to exceed $1,806,757 for violations of the same standard in a single calendar year (as of 2021, and subject to periodic adjustments for inflation). However, a single breach incident can result in violations of multiple standards, which could result in significant fines. A person who knowingly obtains or discloses individually identifiable health information in violation of HIPAA may face a criminal penalty of up to $50,000 and up to one-year of imprisonment. The criminal penalties increase if the wrongful conduct involves false pretenses or the intent to sell, transfer, or use identifiable health information for commercial advantage, personal gain, or malicious harm. HIPAA also authorizes state attorneys general to file suit on behalf of their residents. While HIPAA does not create a private right of action allowing individuals to sue us in civil court for violations of HIPAA, its standards have been used as the basis for duty of care in state civil suits such as those for negligence or recklessness in the misuse or breach of PHI. Any such penalties or lawsuits could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, HIPAA mandates that the Secretary of HHS conduct periodic compliance audits of HIPAA covered entities or business associates for compliance with the HIPAA Privacy and Security Standards. It also tasks HHS with establishing a methodology whereby harmed individuals who were the victims of breaches of unsecured PHI may receive a percentage of the Civil Monetary Penalty fine paid by the violator.
HIPAA further requires that patients be notified of any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of their unsecured PHI that compromises the privacy or security of such information, with certain exceptions related to unintentional or inadvertent use or disclosure by employees or authorized individuals. HIPAA specifies that such notifications must be made “without unreasonable delay and in no case later than 60 calendar days after discovery of the breach.” If a breach affects 500 patients or more, it must be reported to HHS without unreasonable delay, and HHS will post the name of the breaching entity on its public website. Breaches affecting 500 patients or more in the same state or jurisdiction must also be reported to the local media. If a breach involves fewer than 500 people, the covered entity must record it in a log and notify HHS at least annually. We have experienced minor breaches of PHI in the ordinary course of business, but none have involved more than 500 individuals. Further, the HHS OCR published a proposed rule in January of 2021, which, among
30
other things calls for greater care coordination and an individual’s rights to access patient records. The proposed rule specifically encourages the disclosure of PHI when needed to help individuals experiencing substance use disorder, serious mental illness and in emergency circumstances. The proposed rule is subject to a regulatory suspension announced by the Biden administration and we do not know when (or if) the final rule will be published or whether there may be additional changes to the regulations, but when it is, we will need to evaluate and potentially update our HIPAA regulatory programs and documentation to ensure compliance with such requirements.
Additionally, we may be required to comply with the Federal Substance Abuse Confidentiality Regulations known as 42 C.F.R. Part 2. In July 2020, new regulations overhauled these laws to better align with HIPAA and make other updates to facilitate better coordination of care in response to the opioid epidemic. The federal government could initiate criminal charges for violations of Part 2, which include $500 for the first offense; and $5,000 for all subsequent offenses and seek fines up to $5,000 per violation for individuals and $10,000 per violation for organizations. Under the CARES Act, Congress also gave HHS the authority to issue civil money penalties for violations of Part 2, ranging from $100 to $50,000 per violation depending on the level of culpability.
Further, the U.S. federal government and various states and governmental agencies have adopted or are considering adopting various laws, regulations and standards regarding the collection, use, retention, security, disclosure, transfer and other processing of sensitive and personal information. For example, California implemented the California Confidentiality of Medical Information Act, that imposes restrictive requirements regulating the use and disclosure of health information and other personally identifiable information. These laws and regulations are not necessarily preempted by HIPAA, particularly if a state affords greater protection to individuals than HIPAA. Where state laws are more protective, we have to comply with the stricter provisions. In addition to fines and penalties imposed upon violators, some of these state laws also afford private rights of action to individuals who believe their personal information has been misused. California has also implemented the California Consumer Privacy Act ("CCPA"), which came into effect on January 1, 2020 and, which increases privacy rights for California residents and imposes obligations on companies that process their personal information. Among other things, the CCPA requires covered companies to provide new disclosures to California consumers and provide such consumers new data protection and privacy rights, including the ability to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action may increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. The CCPA has been amended from time to time, and it is possible that further amendments will be enacted, but even in its current format remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA will be interpreted and enforced. Additionally, the recently passed California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which will become operational in 2023, will significantly modify the CCPA, including expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain sensitive personal information, and creating a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and CPRA. We will need to evaluate and potentially update our privacy regulatory programs to ensure compliance with such requirements, and our review and update may not be able to achieve full compliance within the allowed period of time.
The Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act (“CDPA”) was signed into law on March 2, 2021 and will go into effect on January 1, 2023. The CDPA provides consumers with new rights to access, correct, delete and obtain a copy of the personal information a covered business holds about them, and to opt out of certain data processing activities. Significantly, covered business will also be required to obtain opt-in consent before collecting or processing “sensitive data” and to conduct “Data Protection Assessments” in specified circumstances. The state attorney general can assess penalties up to $7,500 per violation. We are assessing the effects that CDPA will have on our business.
There are many other state-based data privacy and security laws and regulations that may impact our business. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to increase over time, may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies, divert resources from other initiatives and projects and could restrict the way services involving data are offered, all of which may adversely affect our results of operations. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in Congress of a new federal data protection and privacy law to which we may be subject.
The interplay of federal and state laws may be subject to varying interpretations by courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our clients and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability. Further, as regulatory focus on privacy issues continues to increase and laws and regulations concerning the protection of personal information expand and become more complex, these potential risks to our business could intensify. Changes in laws or regulations associated with the enhanced protection of certain types of sensitive data, such as PHI or PII, along with increased customer demands for enhanced data security infrastructure, could greatly increase our cost of providing our services, decrease demand for our services, reduce our revenue and/or subject us to additional liabilities.
31
In addition to the applicable federal and state laws, we are also subject to PCI DSS, a self-regulatory standard that requires companies that process payment card data to implement certain data security measures. If we or our payment processor fail to comply with the PCI DSS, we may incur significant fines or liability and lose access to major payment card systems. Our systems are subject to annual review under the PCI DSS requirements, and we have historically had, may now have, and may have in the future have items that require improvement. Industry groups may in the future adopt additional self-regulatory standards by which we are legally or contractually bound.
Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of their exceptions and safe harbors, it is possible that our business activities can be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of health care reform. Federal, state and foreign enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between health care companies and health care providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. Any such investigations, prosecutions, convictions or settlements could result in significant financial penalties, damage to our brand and reputation, and a loss of customers, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Laws regulating scope of clinician practices and supervision requirements may constrain our ability to grow and meet patient needs.
Each state regulates the scope of practice under our clinicians’ licenses. There is substantial variation across states in scope of practice for many clinician types, including nurse practitioners. In a number of states in which we operate, nurse practitioners are required to have physician supervisors, in particular in connection with the prescription of Schedule II drugs. The need to provide supervisors may constrain our ability to add new clinicians to the practice, meet patient need or serve specific geographic regions. Further, supervision and scope of license laws are subject to frequent change by state legislative bodies. Changes decreasing the scope of license or increasing the onerousness of supervision requirements could adversely affect our ability to meet patient need and ultimately negatively impact our business and results of operations.
Regulations related to telehealth are still evolving. To the extent regulations revert to their pre-COVID state, our ability to provide or be reimbursed for certain telehealth services could be impaired.
Given the uncertain regulatory climate, government regulations regarding the provision of telehealth services have been unpredictable, and sudden changes could be costly to us or have a material effect on our business. Further, some states impose strict standards on using telehealth to prescribe certain classes of controlled substances that can be commonly used to treat mental health disorders. The unpredictability of this regulatory landscape means that sudden changes in policy regarding standards of care and reimbursement are possible. If a successful legal challenge or an adverse change in the relevant laws were to occur, and we were unable to adapt our business model accordingly, our operations in the affected jurisdictions would be disrupted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we are required to adapt our business model, we may be limited to only in person services, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Recent growth in our telehealth services has been facilitated by significant reduction of regulatory and reimbursement barriers for telehealth services in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, including expansion of reimbursement for telehealth services, and easing of state licensure policies for clinicians, enabling more clinicians to serve patients in more states. During the public health emergency, the Drug Enforcement Agency is permitting providers to prescribe certain control substances through telehealth without requiring those providers to have conducted an in-person medical evaluation. To the extent these regulations revert to their pre-COVID state, our ability to provide certain telehealth services may be impaired, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Indebtedness
Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business and growth prospects.
As of December 31, 2021, we had $161.2 million in principal amount outstanding under our May 2020 Credit Agreement. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
Our indebtedness and the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt have important consequences, including:
32
Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations.
In addition, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in penalties or defaults, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. Any refinancing of our indebtedness could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.
The terms of the May 2020 Credit Agreement restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.
The May 2020 Credit Agreement contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:
You should read the discussion under the heading “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” for further information about these covenants.
The restrictive covenants in the May 2020 Credit Agreement require us to satisfy certain financial condition tests. Our ability to satisfy those tests can be affected by events beyond our control. In addition, the May 2020 Credit Agreement contains a financial maintenance covenant requiring compliance with a maximum leverage ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.
A breach of the covenants or restrictions under the May 2020 Credit Agreement could result in an event of default. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the acceleration of any other debt we may incur to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
33
These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.
The transition away from LIBOR may adversely affect our cost to obtain financing.
On July 27, 2017, the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling banks to submit London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rates after 2021. The U.K. Financial Conduct Authority and the ICE Benchmark Administration (the “IBA”) ceased publication in their current form for (i) 1-week and 2-month U.S. Dollar LIBOR rates immediately following the publication on December 31, 2021 and announced they will cease publication in their current form for overnight, 1-month, 3-month, 6-month and 12-month LIBOR rates immediately following the publication on June 30, 2023. The Alternative Reference Rates Committee, a steering committee comprised of U.S. financial market participants, selected and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York has recommended the Secured Overnight Finance Rate (“SOFR”), as an alternative to LIBOR. SOFR is a broad measure of the cost of borrowing cash in the overnight U.S. treasury repo market. There can be no assurance that rates linked to SOFR or associated changes to the adoption of SOFR will be as favorable to us as LIBOR and may result in an effective increase in the applicable interest rate on our current or future debt obligations, including our May 2020 Credit Agreement.
Risks Related to Our Common Stock
Our Principal Stockholders control us, and their interests may conflict with ours or yours.
As of December 31, 2021, investment entities affiliated with TPG Inc. ("TPG"), affiliates of Silversmith Capital Partners ("Silversmith"), and affiliates of Summit Partners ("Summit" and together with TPG and Silversmith, our "Principal Stockholders"), collectively, beneficially owned approximately 64.3% of our common stock. The Principal Stockholders together will control the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, which enables them to control the election of the members of the Board of Directors and other corporate decisions. Even when the Principal Stockholders cease to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as the Principal Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Principal Stockholders will still be able to significantly influence the composition of our Board of Directors and the approval of actions requiring stockholder approval. Accordingly, for such period of time, the Principal Stockholders will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. In particular, for so long as the Principal Stockholders continue to own a significant percentage of our stock, the Principal Stockholders will be able to cause or prevent a change of control of us or a change in the composition of our Board of Directors and could preclude any unsolicited acquisition of us. The concentration of ownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a premium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of us and ultimately might affect the market price of our common stock.
The Principal Stockholders and their affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities, including investments in the healthcare industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Principal Stockholders and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other stockholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that none of the Principal Stockholders, any of their affiliates or any director who is not employed by us (including any non-employee director who serves as one of our officers in both his director and officer capacities) or its affiliates will have any duty to refrain from engaging, directly or indirectly, in the same business activities or similar business activities or lines of business in which we operate. The Principal Stockholders also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, each of the Principal Stockholders may have an interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in its judgment, could enhance its investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq and, as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections as those afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such governance requirements.
The Principal Stockholders together control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of Nasdaq. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:
34
We may elect to utilize one or more of these exemptions. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.
We are an emerging growth company and our compliance with the reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Acts of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For as long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to comply with certain requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), and may also take advantage of the reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements and the exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and obtaining stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, the information we provide stockholders is different than the information that is available with respect to other public companies. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock, and our stock price may be more volatile.
In addition, under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period.
We have in the past and will continue to incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to compliance with our public company responsibilities and corporate governance practices.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of Nasdaq, and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. We expect that we will need to hire additional accounting, finance, and other personnel in connection with our efforts to comply with the requirements of being, a public company, and our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time towards maintaining compliance with these requirements. Our management and other personnel has and will also need to continue to devote a substantial amount of time towards compliance with the additional reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These requirements have and will continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. These rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.
We have identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting and may identify additional material weaknesses in the future or fail to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting. If our remediation of the material weaknesses is not effective, or we fail to develop and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements or comply with applicable laws and regulations could be impaired, which could harm our business and negatively impact the value of our common stock.
In connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
35
We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements due to an insufficient complement of resources in the accounting/finance and IT functions, with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training. This material weakness contributed to the following additional material weaknesses:
|
We did not maintain formal accounting policies and procedures, and did not design and maintain controls related to significant accounts and disclosures to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures, including controls over account reconciliations, segregation of duties and the preparation and review of journal entries. |
|
|
|
These material weaknesses resulted in material misstatements related to the identification and valuation of intangible assets acquired in business combinations that impacted the classification of intangible assets and goodwill, related impacts to amortization and income tax expense, and the restatement of our previously issued annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 with respect to such intangibles assets acquired in business combinations. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of substantially all of the financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. |
|
|
|
We did not design and maintain effective controls over IT general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain: (i) program change management controls for financial systems to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications, programs, and data to appropriate Company personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements. |
These IT deficiencies did not result in a material misstatement to our consolidated financial statements; however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact maintaining effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, we have determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.
We are in the process of designing and implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and remediate the control deficiencies which led to the material weaknesses. As of December 31, 2021, we are in process of performing the following remedial actions:
36
We have made progress towards designing and implementing the plan to remediate the material weaknesses and will continue to review, revise, and improve the design and implementation of our internal controls as appropriate. Although we have made enhancements to our control procedures, these material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until our controls are operational for a sufficient period of time, tested, and management concludes that these controls are operating effectively.
We intend to evaluate current and projected resource needs on a regular basis and hire additional qualified resources as needed. Our ability to maintain qualified and adequate resources to support the Company and our projected growth will be a critical component of our internal control environment.
If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and effective disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results in a timely manner or prevent fraud, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company.
We are not currently required to comply with the rules of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial report for that purpose, nor have we engaged an independent registered public accounting firm to perform an audit of our internal control over financial reporting as of any balance sheet date or for any period reported in our consolidated financial statements. We are required to comply with the SEC's rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports. Although we are required to disclose changes that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting on a quarterly basis, we are not required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act until our second annual report on Form 10-K. Our independent registered public accounting firm will first be required to audit the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the first year we are no longer an “emerging growth company” and may identify additional material weakness. Any failure to maintain effective disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition and could cause a decline in the trading price of our common stock.
Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.
In addition to beneficial ownership by our Principal Stockholders of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, and the Delaware General Corporate Law (the “DGCL”), contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified Board of Directors and the ability of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential acquirer. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the Company may be unsuccessful.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, and also provide that the federal district courts will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), each of which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, stockholders, or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:
37
Our certificate of incorporation also provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action against us or any of our directors, officers, employees or agents and arising under the Securities Act. However, Section 22 of the Securities Act provides that federal and state courts have concurrent jurisdiction over lawsuits brought the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. To the extent the exclusive forum provision restricts the courts in which claims arising under the Securities Act may be brought, there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such a provision. We note that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. This provision does not apply to claims brought under the Exchange Act.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in certain corporate opportunities, which could adversely impact our business.
Each of our Principal Stockholders and the members of our Board of Directors who are affiliated with them, by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, will not be required to offer us any corporate opportunity of which they become aware and can take any such corporate opportunity for themselves or offer it to other companies in which they have an investment. We, by the terms of our certificate of incorporation, expressly renounce any interest or expectancy in any such corporate opportunity to the extent permitted under applicable law, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Our certificate of incorporation will not be able to be amended to eliminate our renunciation of any such corporate opportunity arising prior to the date of any such amendment.
Our Principal Stockholders are in the business of making investments in companies and any of our Principal Stockholders may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. These potential conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects if our Principal Stockholders allocate attractive corporate opportunities to themselves or their affiliates instead of to us.
Our stock price is volatile, and the value of our common stock may decline.
The market price of our common stock is highly volatile and may fluctuate or decline substantially as a result of a variety of factors. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our results of operations and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:
38
These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our results of operations and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. While we believe that results of operations for any particular quarter are not necessarily a meaningful indication of future results, fluctuations in our quarterly results of operations could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.
We do not expect to pay any dividends for the foreseeable future.
We do not currently pay dividends and do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock is solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur.
If securities or industry analysts publish unfavorable or inaccurate research about our business, our common stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares is influenced, in part, by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2. Properties
Our corporate headquarters is located in Scottsdale, Arizona pursuant to the terms of an eight-year lease that was entered into February 2021 for approximately 20,000 square feet of space. In addition, our subsidiaries and affiliated practices lease space for clinic services at each of our 534 centers. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our current needs.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we are subject to various legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, which arise in the ordinary course of business. While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, we do not believe that the outcome of any of these matters, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.
39
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Securities Market Information
Our common stock has been listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LFST” since June 10, 2021. Prior to that, there was no public trading market for our common stock.
Holders of Record
As of March 11, 2022, there were approximately 108 stockholders of record for our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividend Policy
We do not currently pay dividends and do not currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock in the future. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our credit facilities and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors, which may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.
Stock Performance Graph
The following graph and related information shows a comparison of the cumulative total return for our common stock, Standard & Poor's 500 Index ("S&P 500") and the S&P Health Care Index ("S&P Health Care") between June 10, 2021 (the date our common stock commenced trading on Nasdaq) through December 31, 2021. All values assume an initial investment of $100 and reinvestment of any dividends. However, no dividends have been declared on our common stock to date. The stock price performance on the following graph represents past performance and is not necessarily indicative of possible future stock price performance.
40
|
|
6/10/2021 |
|
|
6/30/2021 |
|
|
7/30/2021 |
|
|
8/30/2021 |
|
|
9/30/2021 |
|
|
10/29/2021 |
|
|
11/30/2021 |
|
|
12/31/2021 |
|
||||||||
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
127.21 |
|
|
$ |
108.22 |
|
|
$ |
66.58 |
|
|
$ |
66.21 |
|
|
$ |
54.70 |
|
|
$ |
36.26 |
|
|
$ |
43.47 |
|
S&P 500 |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
101.38 |
|
|
$ |
103.68 |
|
|
$ |
106.83 |
|
|
$ |
101.61 |
|
|
$ |
108.64 |
|
|
$ |
107.73 |
|
|
$ |
112.43 |
|
S&P 500 Health Care |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
|
$ |
100.69 |
|
|
$ |
105.46 |
|
|
$ |
108.00 |
|
|
$ |
101.72 |
|
|
$ |
106.89 |
|
|
$ |
106.89 |
|
|
$ |
112.69 |
|
The information above shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that section, and shall not be incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, regardless of any general incorporation language in those filings.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans
The information required by this item will be set forth in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
None.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities
On June 14, 2021, we completed the initial public offering of our common stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-257086), which was declared effective on June 9, 2021.
On June 14, 2021, we issued and sold 32,800,000 shares of common stock and TPG, Silversmith and Summit (collectively, the "Selling Stockholders") sold 7,200,000 shares of common stock, at an offering price of $18.00 per share. On June 25, 2021, the Selling Stockholders sold an additional 6,000,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the option granted to the underwriters. Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Jefferies LLC acted as representatives of the underwriters for the offering. We received net proceeds of approximately $558.0 million.
There has been no material change in the use of proceeds as described in the final prospectus for our IPO filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), with the SEC, on June 11, 2021 (the “Final Prospectus”).
Item 6. [Reserved]
41
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. These forward-looking statements are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risk and uncertainties described under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in or implied by any forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation on January 28, 2021 for the purpose of completing an IPO and related transactions in order to carry on the business of LifeStance TopCo, L.P. (“LifeStance TopCo”) and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated practices. LifeStance Health Group, Inc. wholly-owns the equity interest of LifeStance TopCo and operates and controls all of the business and affairs and consolidates the financial results of LifeStance TopCo and its wholly owned subsidiaries and affiliated practices. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, the terms "LifeStance Health Group", "LifeStance Health", "LifeStance", “we”, and “our” as used herein refer to LifeStance Health Group and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated practices.
Our Business
We are reimagining mental health through a disruptive, tech-enabled care delivery model built to expand access, address affordability, improve outcomes and lower overall health care costs. We are one of the nation’s largest outpatient mental health platforms based on the number of clinicians we employ through our subsidiaries and our affiliated practices and our geographic scale, employing 4,790 licensed mental health clinicians across 32 states as of December 31, 2021. In 2021, our clinicians treated over 570,000 unique patients through approximately 4.6 million visits. Our patient-focused platform combines a personalized, digitally-powered patient experience with differentiated clinical capabilities and in-network insurance relationships to fundamentally transform patient access and treatment. By revolutionizing the way mental health care is delivered, we believe we have an opportunity to improve the lives and health of millions of individuals.
Our model is built to empower each of the healthcare ecosystem’s key stakeholders—patients, clinicians, payors and primary care and specialist physicians—by aligning around our shared goal of delivering better outcomes for patients and providing high-quality mental health care.
42
We have a demonstrated track record of growth. From our inception in March 2017 through December 31, 2021, we have successfully opened 226 de novo centers and completed 77 acquisitions. We increased our total number of centers from 170 as of December 31, 2019, to 370 as of December 31, 2020 and to 534 as of December 31, 2021.
TPG Acquisition and Comparability of Results
On May 14, 2020, TPG acquired a majority of the equity interests of LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc in a series of transactions that we refer to in this Annual Report as the “TPG Acquisition.” Immediately prior to the TPG Acquisition, LifeStance Health, LLC completed a reorganization pursuant to which the equity holders of LifeStance Health, LLC, including affiliates of Summit and affiliates of Silversmith received a distribution of 100% of the equity interests of LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., a direct subsidiary of LifeStance Health, LLC, in complete redemption of their Class A common units, Class C common units, Preferred A units, and Preferred A-1 units of LifeStance Health, LLC. Pursuant to the TPG Acquisition, (i) the historic equity holders of LifeStance Health, LLC contributed a portion of their shares of LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. to LifeStance TopCo in exchange for Class A-1 and A-2 common units of LifeStance TopCo and (ii) an indirect subsidiary of LifeStance TopCo merged with and into LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., with shareholders of LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. receiving cash consideration in connection with cancellation of the remainder of their shares, for aggregate equity and cash consideration of approximately $1.05 billion. In connection with the TPG Acquisition, on May 14, 2020, LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. entered into a new credit agreement, under which LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. borrowed $210.0 million in term loans and $50.0 million in delayed draw loans, payable in quarterly principal and interest payments, with a maturity date of May 14, 2026. At the same time, LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. also obtained access to a revolving credit facility with a total borrowing commitment of $20.0 million in interest-only payments until the maturity date of May 14, 2025. See Note 3 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
For the year ended December 31, 2019 and for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020, we present the financial statements of LifeStance Health, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated practices. Affiliates of TPG formed LifeStance TopCo on April 13, 2020 for the purpose of facilitating the TPG Acquisition. For the period from April 13, 2020 (the date of formation of LifeStance TopCo) to December 31, 2020 and for the period from January 1, 2021 to June 14, 2021 (the effective date of our IPO, we present the financial statements of LifeStance TopCo and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated practices and for the period from June 14, 2021 through December 31, 2021, we present the financial statements of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and affiliated practices. For the period from April 13, 2020 through May 13, 2020, the operations of LifeStance TopCo were limited to those incident to its formation and the TPG Acquisition, which were not significant. Because it resulted in a change of control, the TPG Acquisition was accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that our assets and liabilities be recognized on the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value as of the acquisition date. LifeStance Health, LLC was determined to be LifeStance TopCo’s predecessor. As a result of the TPG Acquisition, the key financial metrics and historical consolidated financial data below are presented on a Successor and Predecessor basis, resulting in the 2020 historical results being presented separately for the period from January 1, 2020 through May 14, 2020 (the “Predecessor 2020 Period”) and for the period from April 13, 2020 through December 31, 2020 (the “Successor 2020 Period”). Due to the change in the basis of accounting resulting from the TPG Acquisition, the consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor and Successor periods are not necessarily comparable.
Initial Public Offering
On June 14, 2021, we completed our IPO in which we issued and sold 32,800,000 shares of common stock and the Selling Stockholders sold 7,200,000 shares of common stock, at an offering price of $18.00 per share. The Selling Stockholders granted the underwriters an option to purchase an additional 6,000,000 shares of common stock. The underwriters exercised in full their option to purchase additional shares, and the sale of the option shares was completed on June 25, 2021. We received net proceeds of $548.9 million after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $32.5 million and deferred offering costs of $9.0 million. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders, including the option shares.
Prior to the IPO, each of the holders of partnership interests in LifeStance TopCo contributed its partnership interests to us in exchange for shares of our common stock (including shares of common stock issued as restricted stock subject to vesting) (the “Organizational Transactions”). Following the contribution of partnership interests, LifeStance TopCo became wholly owned by us. The number of shares of common stock that each such holder of partnership interests in LifeStance TopCo received was determined based on the value that such holder would have received under the distribution provisions of the limited partnership agreement of LifeStance TopCo, with shares of common stock valued by reference to the IPO price. All 1,046,195,481 of LifeStance TopCo’s outstanding redeemable and common Class A units and 152,619,565 Class B units (the “Class B Units”, “Profits Interests Units” or “Profits Interests”) were contributed in exchange for 310,082,697 shares of our common stock plus 30,765,951 shares of common stock issued as restricted stock subject to vesting. As a result of this
43
contribution and exchange, we reclassified $71.6 million of redeemable units and $1.0 billion of common units to additional paid in capital and $3.4 million to common stock on our consolidated balance sheets.
In connection with the voluntary prepayment of $294.0 million related to borrowings outstanding as of June 15, 2021, we recognized the extinguishment of debt charge within interest expense of $14.4 million during the second quarter of 2021 related to the prepayment charge and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.
See further discussion related to the IPO as described in Note 1, Nature of the Business to LifeStance Health Group, Inc.'s audited consolidated financial statements.
COVID-19 Impact
With the COVID-19 pandemic placing an unprecedented strain on daily life, existing trends in mental health care have worsened dramatically since the beginning of the pandemic—41% of adults reported at least one adverse mental health condition, including symptoms of mental illness or substance abuse related to the pandemic. Quarantining and lockdown measures have resulted in furloughs and layoffs, dramatically increasing stressors and leading to poorer overall mental and physical health.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we took the following actions in 2020 and 2021 to ensure the safety of our employees and their families and to address the physical, mental and social health of our patients:
While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic has increased stressors associated with mental health, we believe that a combination of factors contribute to our total patient visits and related revenue, including, among others, long-term trends in reduced stigmatization of mental health. Even before the pandemic, we saw the need to have a platform supported by leading technology to give us the ability to treat patients virtually or in-person. Our prior investment in our technology platform, most notably in our digital capabilities, became an essential component for continuing to deliver care to our patients during the pandemic. We observed an impact on appointments in mid-March 2020 as patients moved to shelter-at-home and increased cancellations. By the end of March 2020, appointments and visits had returned to normal levels. We observed an uptick in cancellations in late December and have seen that continue into the first quarter of 2022, primarily due to clinician and patient illness. Our clinician recruitment opportunities have also increased as a result of the pandemic, driven by an increase in clinician supply from those seeking more stable employment models. While we continue to take advantage of clinician recruitment opportunities, recent changes in the labor market dynamics driven by pandemic-related burnout have also impacted retention. With independent clinicians facing higher technology costs, shifting consumer behavior and challenges from the uncertain economic environment, our pipeline of acquisition targets grew and assisted in our 2020 footprint expansion.
Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, our payor contracts or payor policies typically provided for rate parity for our care services regardless of whether visits are conducted in-person or virtually. As a result, even if temporary rate parity provisions that were enacted in response to the COVID-19 pandemic are not permanently extended, we do not expect such actions to have a meaningful impact on our business.
We believe COVID-19 represents a paradigm shift in the importance of and focus on mental health care. We have seen significant increase in patient demand as well as payor and employer adoption of mental health coverage options during the pandemic and it is now integrated into health care offerings more than ever before. We feel the spotlight the pandemic has put on the need for mental health care will have a positive impact on our industry and business for years to come.
Key Factors Affecting Our Results
Expanding Center Capacity and Visits Within Existing Centers
We have built a powerful organic growth engine which enables us to drive growth within our existing footprint.
44
Our Clinicians
As of December 31, 2021, we employed 4,790 psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists and therapists through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices. We generate revenue on a per visit basis as clinical services are rendered by our clinicians. As our existing centers mature, we grow capacity through investments in office expansion to increase our average clinicians per center and enhance overall utilization. Recruiting new clinicians and retaining existing clinicians in our existing centers enables us to see more patients per center by expanding our patient visit capacity. We believe our dedicated employment model offers a superior value proposition compared to independent practice. Our network relationships provide clinicians with ready access to patients. We also enable clinicians to manage their own patient volumes. Our platform promotes a clinically-driven professional culture and streamlines patient access and care delivery, while optimizing practice administration processes through technology. We believe we are an employer of choice in mental health, allowing us to employ highly qualified clinicians.
We believe we have significant opportunity to grow our employed clinician base—we estimate that there are approximately 650,000 mental health clinicians in the United States, providing us with a meaningful runway to grow from our current base of 4,790 clinicians employed through our subsidiaries and affiliated practices, as of December 31, 2021. To capitalize on this opportunity, we have developed a rigorous and exclusive in-house national clinician recruiting model that works closely with our regional clinical teams to select the best candidates and fulfill capacity in a timely manner. As we grow our clinician base, we can grow our business, expand access to our patients and our payors and invest in our platform to further reinforce our differentiated offering to clinicians. We have available physical capacity to add clinicians to our existing centers, as well as an opportunity to add new clinicians with the roll-out of de novo centers and acquire additional clinicians through our acquisition strategy. Our virtual care offering also allows clinicians to see more patients without investments in incremental physical space, expanding our patient visit capacity beyond in-person only levels.
Our Patients
We believe our ability to attract and retain patients to drive growth in our visits and meet the availability of our clinician base will enable us to grow our revenue. We believe we have a significant opportunity to increase the number of patients we serve in our existing markets. In 2021, our clinicians treated more than 570,000 unique patients through approximately 4.6 million visits. We believe our ability to deliver more accessible, flexible, affordable and effective mental health care is a key driver of our patient growth. We believe we provide a superior and differentiated mental health care experience that integrates virtual and in-person care to deliver care in a convenient way for our patients, meeting our patients where they are. Our in-network payor relationships allow our patients to access care without significant out-of-pocket cost or delays in receiving treatment. We treat mental health conditions across the clinical spectrum through a clinical approach that delivers improved patient outcomes. We support our patients throughout their care continuum with purpose-built technological capabilities, including online assessments, digital provider communication, and seamless internal referral and follow-up capabilities.
We utilize multiple strategies to add new patients to our platform, including our primary care and specialist physician relationships, internal referrals from our clinicians, our payor relationships and our dedicated marketing efforts. We have established a large network of over 250 national, regional and local payors that enables their members to be referred to us as patients. Payors refer patients to our platform to drive improvement in health outcomes for their members, reduction in total medical costs and increased member satisfaction and retention. Within our markets, we partner with primary care practice groups, specialists, health systems and academic institutions to refer patients to our centers and clinicians. Our local marketing teams build and maintain relationships with our referring partner networks to create awareness of our platform and services, including the opening of new centers and the introduction of newly hired clinicians with appointment availability. We also use online marketing to develop our national brand to increase brand awareness and promote additional channels of patient recruitment.
Our Primary Care and Specialist Physician Referral Relationships
We have built a powerful patient referral network through partnerships with primary care physicians and specialist physician groups across the country. We deliver value to our provider partners by offering a more efficient referral base, delivering improved outcomes for our mutual patients, and enabling more integrated care and lower total health care costs. As we continue to scale nationally, we plan to partner with additional hospital systems, large primary care groups and other specialist groups to help streamline their mental health network needs and drive continued patient growth across our platform. Our vision over time is to further integrate our mental health care services with those of our medical provider partners. By co-locating and driving towards integration with primary care providers, we can enhance our clinician’s access to patients. We anticipate that we will continue to grow these relationships while evolving our offering toward a fully-integrated care model in which primary care and our mental health clinicians work together to develop and provide personalized treatment plans for shared patients. We believe these efforts will help to further align our model with that of other health care providers increasing our value to them and driving new opportunities to partner to grow our patient base.
45
Our Payors
We have over 250 payor relationships, including national contracts with multiple payors that allow access to our services through in-network coverage for their members. We believe the alignment of our model with our payor partners’ population health objectives encourages third-party payors to partner with us. We believe we deliver value to our payor partners in several ways, including access to a national clinician employee base, lower total medical costs, measurable outcomes, and stronger member and client value proposition through the offering of in-network mental health services. As a result, we have consistently expanded our payor relationships from 111 as of December 31, 2019, to 206 as of December 31, 2020 and to over 250 as of December 31, 2021. A majority of our revenue is derived from commercial in-network insurance coverage – for the year ended December 31, 2021, our payor mix by revenue was 90% commercial in-network payors, 5% government payors, 4% self-pay and 1% non-patient services revenue. The strength of our payor relationships and our value proposition allowed us to secure rate parity between in-person and virtual visits, either by contract or payor policy. To expand this network and grow access to covered patients, we continue to establish new payor relationships and national contracts while also seeking to drive regional rate improvement for our patients and clinicians. We believe our payor relationships differentiate us from our competitors and are a critical factor in our ability to expand our market footprint in new regions by leveraging our existing national payor relationships. As we continue to grow, we believe our scale, breadth and access will continue to be enhanced, further strengthening the value of our platform to payors.
Expand our Center Base Within Existing and New Markets
We believe we have developed a highly replicable playbook that allows us to enter new markets and pursue growth through multiple vectors. We typically identify new markets based on the core characteristics of patient population demographics, substantial clinician recruiting opportunities, untreated patient communities and a diverse group of payors. To enter new markets, we seek to open de novo centers or acquire high-quality practices with a track record of clinical excellence and in-network payor relationships. Once we enter a new market, our powerful organic growth engine drives our growth through de novo openings, center expansions, clinician recruiting and tuck-in acquisitions. We anticipate focusing on continued expansion, both in our existing markets and in new geographies, where mental health care remains a large unmet need.
De Novo Builds
Our de novo center strategy is a component of our organic growth engine to build our capacity and increase density in our existing management service agreements. From our inception in 2017 through December 31, 2021, we have successfully opened 226 de novo centers, including 106 de novo centers in 2021, 78 de novo centers in 2020 and 27 de novo centers in 2019. We believe there is a significant opportunity to use de novo center openings to unlock potential patient need in our existing markets and new markets that we have determined are attractive to enter. We systematically locate our centers within a given market to ensure convenient coverage for in-person access to care. We believe our successful de novo program and national clinician recruiting team can support additions of new centers and clinicians.
This year, we transitioned to a more sustainable design for all new de novo centers going forward that reimagines the mental healthcare experience for both patients and clinicians while reinforcing our commitment to sustainability.
Acquisitions
We have built a proprietary pipeline of acquisition targets, providing us with significant opportunities to scale through potential acquisitions. We believe the highly fragmented nature of the mental health market provides us with a meaningful opportunity to execute on our acquisition playbook. We seek to acquire select practices that meet our standards of high-quality clinical care and align with our mission. We believe our guiding principle of creating a national platform built with a patient and clinician focus makes us a partner of choice for smaller, independent practices. Our acquisition strategy is deployed both to enter new markets and in our existing markets. In new markets, acquisitions allow us to establish a presence with high-quality practices with a track record of clinical excellence and in-network payor relationships that can be integrated into our national platform. In existing markets, acquisitions allow us to grow our geographic reach and clinician base to expand patient access. For newly acquired centers, we typically fully integrate them into our operational and technology infrastructure within four to six months following an acquisition. As of December 31, 2021, we had completed 77 acquisitions of existing practices, since our inception.
Center Margin
As we grow our platform, we seek to generate consistent returns on our investments. See “—Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures—Center Margin” for our definition of Center Margin and reconciliation to (loss) income from operations. We believe this metric best reflects the economics of our model as it includes all direct expenses associated with our patients’ care. We seek to grow our Center Margin through a combination of (i) growing revenue through clinician hiring and retention, patient growth and engagement, hybrid virtual and in-person care, existing office expansion, and in-network
46
reimbursement levels, and (ii) leveraging on our fixed cost base at each center. For acquired centers, we also seek to realize operational, technology and reimbursement synergies to drive Center Margin growth.
Investments in Growth
We will continue to focus on long-term growth through investments in our centers and technology. In addition, we expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in the foreseeable future due to our planned investments in growth initiatives and public company infrastructure.
Key Metrics and Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We evaluate the growth of our footprint through a variety of metrics and indicators. The following table sets forth a summary of the key financial metrics we review to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate our business plan and make strategic decisions:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total revenue |
|
$ |
667,511 |
|
|
$ |
265,556 |
|
|
|
$ |
111,661 |
|
|
$ |
212,518 |
|
(Loss) income from operations |
|
|
(286,353 |
) |
|
|
6,741 |
|
|
|
|
8,695 |
|
|
|
15,241 |
|
Center Margin |
|
|
201,508 |
|
|
|
86,292 |
|
|
|
|
32,884 |
|
|
|
62,396 |
|
Net (loss) income and comprehensive |
|
|
(307,197 |
) |
|
|
(13,125 |
) |
|
|
|
(24,945 |
) |
|
|
5,669 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
|
49,154 |
|
|
|
37,470 |
|
|
|
|
12,665 |
|
|
|
24,400 |
|
Center Margin and Adjusted EBITDA are not measures of financial performance under GAAP and are not intended to be substitutes for any GAAP financial measures, including revenue, (loss) income from operations or net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income, and, as calculated, may not be comparable to companies in other industries or within the same industry with similarly titled measures of performance. Therefore, non-GAAP measures should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.
Center Margin
We define Center Margin as (loss) income from operations excluding depreciation and amortization and general and administrative expenses. Therefore, Center Margin is computed by removing from (loss) income from operations the costs that do not directly relate to the delivery of care and only including center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization. We consider Center Margin to be an important measure to monitor our performance relative to the direct costs of delivering care. We believe Center Margin will be useful to investors to measure whether we are sufficiently controlling the direct costs of delivering care.
Center Margin is not a financial measure of, nor does it imply, profitability. The relationship of (loss) income from operations to center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization is not necessarily indicative of future profitability from operations. Center Margin excludes certain expenses, such as general and administrative expenses, and depreciation and amortization, which are considered normal, recurring operating expenses and are essential to support the operation and development of our centers. Therefore, this measure may not provide a complete understanding of the operating results of our Company as a whole, and Center Margin should be reviewed in conjunction with our GAAP financial results. Other companies that present Center Margin may calculate it differently and, therefore, similarly titled measures presented by other companies may not be directly comparable to ours. In addition, Center Margin has limitations as an analytical tool, including that it does not reflect depreciation and amortization or other overhead allocations.
47
The following table provides a reconciliation of (loss) income from operations, the most closely comparable GAAP financial measure, to Center Margin:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(Loss) income from operations |
|
$ |
(286,353 |
) |
|
$ |
6,741 |
|
|
|
$ |
8,695 |
|
|
$ |
15,241 |
|
Adjusted for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
54,136 |
|
|
|
27,710 |
|
|
|
|
3,335 |
|
|
|
6,095 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
433,725 |
|
|
|
51,841 |
|
|
|
|
20,854 |
|
|
|
41,060 |
|
Center Margin |
|
$ |
201,508 |
|
|
$ |
86,292 |
|
|
|
$ |
32,884 |
|
|
$ |
62,396 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA
We present Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP performance measure, to supplement our results of operations presented in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance, and may be helpful to securities analysts, institutional investors and other interested parties in understanding our operating performance and prospects. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measure and, as calculated, may not be comparable to companies in other industries or within the same industry with similarly titled measures of performance. Therefore, our Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or in isolation from, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as net income or loss.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income excluding interest expense, depreciation and amortization, (benefit) provision for income taxes, (loss) gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration, stock and unit-based compensation, management fees, loss on disposal of assets, transaction costs, offering related costs and other expenses. We include Adjusted EBITDA in this Annual Report because it is an important measure upon which our management assesses, and believes investors should assess, our operating performance. We consider Adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure because it helps illustrate underlying trends in our business and our historical operating performance on a more consistent basis.
However, Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, including:
A reconciliation of net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income to Adjusted EBITDA is presented below for the periods indicated. We encourage investors and others to review our financial information in its entirety, not to rely on any
48
single financial measure and to view Adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with net (loss) income and comprehensive (loss) income.
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net (loss) income and comprehensive |
|
$ |
(307,197 |
) |
|
$ |
(13,125 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(24,945 |
) |
|
$ |
5,669 |
|
Adjusted for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Interest expense |
|
|
38,911 |
|
|
|
19,112 |
|
|
|
|
3,020 |
|
|
|
5,409 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
54,136 |
|
|
|
27,710 |
|
|
|
|
3,335 |
|
|
|
6,095 |
|
Income tax (benefit) provision |
|
|
(25,908 |
) |
|
|
(4,022 |
) |
|
|
|
(2,319 |
) |
|
|
2,206 |
|
Loss (gain) on remeasurement |
|
|
2,610 |
|
|
|
576 |
|
|
|
|
(322 |
) |
|
|
(229 |
) |
Stock and unit-based |
|
|
259,439 |
|
|
|
1,452 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
54 |
|
Management fees (1) |
|
|
1,445 |
|
|
|
142 |
|
|
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
— |
|
Loss on disposal of assets |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Transaction costs (2) |
|
|
3,762 |
|
|
|
3,937 |
|
|
|
|
33,247 |
|
|
|
2,186 |
|
Offering related costs (3) |
|
|
8,747 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Endowment to the LifeStance |
|
|
10,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Other expenses (4) |
|
|
3,185 |
|
|
|
1,567 |
|
|
|
|
635 |
|
|
|
3,010 |
|
Adjusted EBITDA |
|
$ |
49,154 |
|
|
$ |
37,470 |
|
|
|
$ |
12,665 |
|
|
$ |
24,400 |
|
49
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Acquired center integration (1) |
|
$ |
2,303 |
|
|
$ |
1,201 |
|
|
|
$ |
413 |
|
|
$ |
1,101 |
|
Former owner fees (2) |
|
|
588 |
|
|
|
284 |
|
|
|
|
217 |
|
|
|
860 |
|
Impairment of loans (3) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
581 |
|
Other (4) |
|
|
294 |
|
|
|
82 |
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
468 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
3,185 |
|
|
$ |
1,567 |
|
|
|
$ |
635 |
|
|
$ |
3,010 |
|
Components of Revenue and Expenses
Total Revenue
Total revenue consists primarily of consideration we expect to be entitled to in exchange for all patient activities. We bill each patient or third-party payor on a fee-for-service basis as medical services are rendered. Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. Performance obligations are determined based on the nature of the services provided, and generally each individual counselling session is a performance obligation.
We have relationships with over 250 third-party payors. We determine the transaction price under these contracts based on standard charges for services provided net of price concessions related to contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients in accordance with our policy and/or implicit price concessions provided to patients. The differences between the price at which we expect to receive from patients and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments or discounts, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net revenues. Contractual adjustments and discounts are based on contractual agreements, discount policies and historical experience. We use historical patient visit rates, our historical mix of services performed and current reimbursement rates to help us analyze and explain historical patient service revenue. To achieve efficiencies and provide consistent access to care for patients across the country, we may negotiate regional or national contracts with certain payors in lieu of location specific agreements. Some of our third-party payor contracts are inherited through acquisitions of practices with existing contracts where we did not have an existing relationship with that payor in the market. During each of the year ended December 31, 2019 (Predecessor), the Predecessor 2020 Period and the Successor 2020 Period three payors individually exceeded 10% of our revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), two payors individually exceeded 10% of our revenue. Our payor relationships generally operate across multiple independent regional contracts. We have patients covered by third-party payors, which include commercial health insurers and governmental payors under programs such as Medicare, and uninsured patients. Governmental payors and uninsured patients account for a small portion of our total revenue.
Operating Expenses
Center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization
Center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization includes the costs we incur to operate our centers, consisting primarily of salaries, wages and employee benefits for clinicians and patient support, occupancy costs such as rent and utilities, medical supplies, insurance and other operating expenses. Center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization do not include an allocation of general and administrative expenses noted below, as they are not directly related to the act of seeing patients or providing care at our centers. Clinicians include psychiatrists, APNs, psychologists and therapists. Patient
50
support employees include welcome coordinators and clinical technicians. We expect our center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization to continue to increase in the short- to medium-term as we strategically invest to expand our business and to potentially capture more of our market opportunity.
General and administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries, wages and employee benefits for our executive leadership, finance, human resources, marketing, billing and credentialing support and technology infrastructure and stock and unit-based compensation for all employees. In addition, general and administrative expenses include insurance and corporate occupancy costs.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists primarily of depreciation on leasehold improvements and other fixed assets as well as amortization on trade name and non-competition agreement intangibles.
Other Income (Expense)
Other income (expense) consists primarily of gains and losses on remeasurement of a contingent consideration liability where the performance condition was not met or likelihood of payment increases, transaction costs related to legal, consulting and other expenses, related party management fees, interest expense on our credit facilities and amortization of debt issue costs. We expect our interest expense and transaction costs to increase in the short- to medium-term as we strategically invest to expand our business.
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
We account for income taxes using an asset and liability approach. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
In determining whether a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is necessary, we analyze both positive and negative evidence related to the realization of deferred tax assets and inherent in that, assess the likelihood of sufficient future taxable income. We also consider the expected reversal of deferred tax liabilities and analyze the period in which these would be expected to reverse to determine whether the taxable temporary difference amounts serve as an adequate source of future taxable income to support the realizability of the deferred tax assets. No valuation allowance was recognized as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor). In addition, we consider whether it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by taxing authorities based on the technical merits of the position.
51
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Year Ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), the Successor 2020 Period, and the Predecessor 2020 Period
The following table sets forth a summary of our financial results for the periods indicated:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
TOTAL REVENUE |
|
$ |
667,511 |
|
|
$ |
265,556 |
|
|
|
$ |
111,661 |
|
|
$ |
212,518 |
|
OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Center costs, excluding |
|
|
466,003 |
|
|
|
179,264 |
|
|
|
|
78,777 |
|
|
|
150,122 |
|
General and administrative |
|
|
433,725 |
|
|
|
51,841 |
|
|
|
|
20,854 |
|
|
|
41,060 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
54,136 |
|
|
|
27,710 |
|
|
|
|
3,335 |
|
|
|
6,095 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
$ |
953,864 |
|
|
$ |
258,815 |
|
|
|
$ |
102,966 |
|
|
$ |
197,277 |
|
(LOSS) INCOME FROM |
|
$ |
(286,353 |
) |
|
$ |
6,741 |
|
|
|
$ |
8,695 |
|
|
$ |
15,241 |
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(Loss) gain on remeasurement |
|
|
(2,610 |
) |
|
|
(576 |
) |
|
|
|
322 |
|
|
|
229 |
|
Transaction costs |
|
|
(3,762 |
) |
|
|
(3,937 |
) |
|
|
|
(33,247 |
) |
|
|
(2,186 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
(38,911 |
) |
|
|
(19,112 |
) |
|
|
|
(3,020 |
) |
|
|
(5,409 |
) |
Other expense |
|
|
(1,469 |
) |
|
|
(263 |
) |
|
|
|
(14 |
) |
|
|
— |
|
Total other expense |
|
$ |
(46,752 |
) |
|
$ |
(23,888 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(35,959 |
) |
|
$ |
(7,366 |
) |
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE |
|
|
(333,105 |
) |
|
|
(17,147 |
) |
|
|
|
(27,264 |
) |
|
|
7,875 |
|
INCOME TAX BENEFIT |
|
|
25,908 |
|
|
|
4,022 |
|
|
|
|
2,319 |
|
|
|
(2,206 |
) |
NET (LOSS) INCOME AND |
|
$ |
(307,197 |
) |
|
$ |
(13,125 |
) |
|
|
$ |
(24,945 |
) |
|
$ |
5,669 |
|
Total Revenue
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), total revenue was $667.5 million. For the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor 2020 Period, total revenue was $265.6 million and $111.7 million, respectively. Total revenue was composed of $660.2 million of patient service revenue and $7.3 million of nonpatient revenue.
We anticipate revenue growth to continue to be driven by our de novo and acquisition strategy as well as our ability to increase patient visits at existing centers through our ability to accommodate virtual sessions in addition to our in-person visits.
Operating Expenses
Center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization was $466.0 million, primarily consisting of $406.1 million of center-based compensation. In addition, occupancy costs consisting of center rent and utilities and other operating expenses consisting of office supplies and insurance totaled $59.9 million. For the Successor 2020 Period, center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization was $179.3 million, primarily consisting of $159.7 million of center-based compensation. In addition, occupancy costs consisting of center rent and utilities and other operating expenses consisting of office supplies and insurance totaled $19.6 million. For the Predecessor 2020 Period, center costs, excluding depreciation and amortization was $78.8 million, primarily consisting of $70.3 million center-based compensation. In addition, occupancy costs consisting of center rent and utilities and other operating expenses consisting of office supplies and insurance totaled $8.5 million.
52
General and administrative
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), general and administrative expenses were $433.7 million, consisting primarily of $357.9 million in salaries, wages and employee benefits, which included $259.4 million of stock and unit-based compensation expense primarily relating to the modifications to covert the Class B Profits Interests Units to restricted stock, acceleration of vesting terms, and the additional RSUs granted at the time of IPO, as well as $17.1 million in occupancy costs and $58.7 million in other operating expenses, including professional services, directors' and officers' insurance and the endowment to the LifeStance Health Foundation. For the Successor 2020 Period, general and administrative expenses were $51.8 million, consisting primarily of $35.6 million in salaries, wages and employee benefits, as well as $6.3 million in occupancy costs and $9.9 million in other operating expenses, including professional services and insurance. For the Predecessor 2020 Period, general and administrative expenses were $20.9 million, consisting primarily of $14.6 million in salaries, wages and employee benefits as well as $2.5 million in occupancy costs and $3.8 million in other operating expenses, including professional services and corporate insurance.
Depreciation and amortization
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), depreciation and amortization expense was $54.1 million. For the Successor 2020 Period, depreciation and amortization expense was $27.7 million. For the Predecessor 2020 Period, depreciation and amortization expense was $3.3 million. This was primarily due to the amortization of intangibles and depreciation during the periods.
Other Income (Expense)
(Loss) gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), loss on remeasurement of contingent consideration was $2.6 million. For the Successor 2020 Period, loss on remeasurement of contingent consideration was $0.6 million. For the Predecessor 2020 Period, gain on remeasurement of contingent consideration was $0.3 million. This was primarily due to changes in the weighted probability of achieving the performance and operational targets.
Transaction costs
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), transaction costs were $3.8 million, primarily consisting of legal, consulting and other expenses. For the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor 2020 Period, transaction costs were $3.9 million and $33.2 million, respectively, primarily consisting of $32.9 million of costs related to the TPG Acquisition and legal, consulting and other expenses in connection with other acquisitions that closed in the Predecessor 2020 Period.
Interest expense
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), interest expense was $38.9 million, primarily consisting of $14.4 million related to our voluntary prepayment of borrowings outstanding with IPO proceeds, in connection with which we incurred an extinguishment of debt charge within interest expense consisting of the $8.8 million prepayment charge and the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs of $5.6 million. For the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor 2020 Period, interest expense was $19.1 million and $3.0 million, respectively. Interest in the Successor 2020 Period consisted of interest expense under our May 2020 Credit Agreement and a write-off of unamortized debt issue costs related to the debt modification. Interest expense in the Predecessor 2020 Period primarily consisted of interest on our term loans under our Prior Credit Agreement (as defined below).
Other income (expense)
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), other expense was $1.5 million, primarily consisting of the management termination fee incurred of $1.2 million as a result of our IPO. For the Successor 2020 Period, other expense was $0.3 million and primarily consisted of related party management fees of $0.2 million. For the Predecessor 2020 Period, other expense was $14 thousand and consisted of related party management fees.
Income Tax Benefit
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), income tax benefit was $25.9 million. For the Successor 2020 Period and the Predecessor 2020 Period, the income tax benefit was $4.0 million and $2.3 million, respectively. The increase was primarily due to the increase in taxable loss for the period.
Comparison of the Successor 2020 Period, the Predecessor 2020 Period, and the Year Ended December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
See discussion of the comparison of the Successor 2020 Period, the Predecessor 2020 Period and the year ended December 31, 2019 (Predecessor) in the Final Prospectus, section “—Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition—Results of Operations”.
53
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We measure liquidity in terms of our ability to fund the cash requirements of our business operations, including working capital needs, capital expenditures, including to execute on our de novo strategy, contractual obligations, debt service, acquisitions, settlement of contingent considerations obligations, and other commitments with cash flows from operations and other sources of funding. Our principal sources of liquidity to date have included cash from operating activities, cash on hand and amounts available under the credit agreement, dated August 28, 2018, with Capital One, National Association (the “Prior Credit Agreement”) and the May 2020 Credit Agreement executed simultaneously with the TPG Acquisition on May 14, 2020. We had cash and cash equivalents of $148.0 million and $18.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
We believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our operating and capital needs for at least the next 12 months. Our assessment of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement and involves risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could vary because of, and our future capital requirements will depend on, many factors, including our growth rate, the timing and extent of spending to acquire new centers and expand into new markets and the expansion of marketing activities. We may in the future enter into arrangements to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, services and technologies. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. We may be required to seek additional equity or debt financing. In the event that additional financing is required from outside sources, we may not be able to raise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital when desired, or if we cannot expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities because we lack sufficient capital, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
Our future obligations primarily consist of our debt and lease obligations. We expect our cash generation from operations and future ability to refinance or secure additional financing facilities to be sufficient to repay our outstanding debt obligations and lease payment obligations. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was an aggregate principal amount of $161.2 million and $373.8 million, respectively, outstanding under the May 2020 Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2021, our non-cancellable future minimum operating third-party lease payments totaled $251.1 million, and our non-cancellable future minimum operating related-party lease payments totaled $12.2 million.
Debt
Prior Credit Agreement
On August 28, 2018, we entered into the Prior Credit Agreement, which provided for term loans of $15.0 million and revolving credit commitments of $20.0 million. On March 15, 2019, we executed the First Amendment to the Prior Credit Agreement, which added delayed draw term loan commitments of $40.0 million, and increased the outstanding term loans and revolving credit commitments to $65.0 million and $25.0 million, respectively. On March 13, 2020, we executed the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement to further secure $50.0 million of delayed draw term loan commitments. On May 14, 2020, in connection with the TPG Acquisition, the Prior Credit Agreement, including the delayed draw term loan commitments, was repaid.
Borrowings under the Prior Credit Agreement were subject to an interest rate of a base rate plus 3% or LIBOR plus 4.00%, or 4.25% if the leverage ratio as determined under the Prior Credit Agreement (“Prior Credit Agreement Total Net Leverage Ratio”) exceeded 3.50:1.00. We were required to make interest only payments through June 30, 2019 and were required to make equal installments of 0.25% of the aggregate principal of the Term Loans (as defined in the Prior Credit Agreement) on the last business day of each March, June, September, and December thereafter. Under the terms of the Prior Credit Agreement, we were subject to a requirement to maintain a Prior Credit Agreement Total Net Leverage Ratio of less than 5.00:1.00 through 2020, stepping down to 4.00:1.00 by the end of 2021. We were in compliance with the financial covenants since the inception of the Prior Credit Agreement through payoff. The borrowings under the Prior Credit Agreement were collateralized by substantially all of our equity interests in subsidiaries and debt securities.
May 2020 Credit Agreement
On May 14, 2020 and in connection with the TPG Acquisition, LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., one of our subsidiaries, entered into the May 2020 Credit Agreement. The May 2020 Credit Agreement provides for senior secured credit facilities (the “Credit Facilities”) in the form of (i) $37.5 million original and delayed draw principal amount of Closing Date Term B-1 Loans and $222.5 million original and delayed draw principal amount of Closing Date Term B-2 Loans (“Closing Date Term Loans”), and (ii) $20.0 million of Revolving Commitments. On November 4, 2020, we entered into the First Amendment to the May 2020 Credit Agreement which, among other things, provided for incremental Credit Facilities in the form of $16.6 million original principal amount of First Amendment Term B-1 Loans and $98.4 million original principal amount of First Amendment Term B-2 Loans (“First Amendment Term Loans”). On February 1, 2021, we entered into the Second Amendment to the Credit Agreement (“Second Amendment”). The Second Amendment provides for
54
incremental delayed draw term loans in the aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million. The Second Amendment delayed draw term loans are subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the May 2020 Credit Agreement. On April 30, 2021, we entered into the Third Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “Third Amendment”). The Third Amendment provides for incremental delayed draw term loans in the aggregate principal amount of $70.0 million. The Third Amendment delayed draw term loans are subject to the substantially same terms and conditions as those set forth in the May 2020 Credit Agreement. In connection with the voluntary prepayment of $294.0 million related to borrowings outstanding as of June 15, 2021, we recognized the extinguishment of debt charge within interest expense of $14.4 million during the second quarter of 2021 related to the prepayment charge and the write-off of unamortized debt issue costs.
The Closing Date Term Loans and First Amendment Term Loans are scheduled to mature on May 14, 2026, and the Revolving Commitments are scheduled to mature on May 14, 2025. The loans under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to adjusted LIBOR plus an applicable margin (i) in the case of Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, ranging from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (ii) in the case of Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, ranging from 8.22% to 8.72% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iii) in the case of loans under the Revolving Commitments, ranging from 4.50% to 4.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iv) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, of 3.00% per annum and (v) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, of 7.09% per annum. In addition, we are required to pay a quarterly undrawn commitment fee of 2.0% per annum on the undrawn delayed draw term loan commitments under the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans and Closing Date Term B-2 Loans (increasing to 3.0% per annum following May 14, 2021), and we are required to pay a quarterly undrawn commitment fee of 1.0% per annum on the undrawn delayed draw term loan commitments under the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans and First Amendment Term B-2 Loans (increasing to 2.0% per annum following the first anniversary of the First Amendment Date).
Our obligations under the Credit Facilities are guaranteed by Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc. and certain of our direct and indirect subsidiaries. We are subject to certain affirmative and negative covenants until maturity, including limitations on our ability to incur additional debt or make capital expenditures and to pay dividends. The Credit Facilities also contain a maximum Total Net Leverage Ratio (as defined in the May 2020 Credit Agreement) financial maintenance covenant that requires our consolidated Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of each fiscal quarter to not exceed 8.00:1.00, which maximum level steps down to 7.25:1.00 beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2022 and to 7.00:1.00 beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2023. Total Net Leverage Ratio means the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt (as defined in the May 2020 Credit Agreement) outstanding as of the last day of the test period, minus the Unrestricted Cash Amount (as defined in the May 2020 Credit Agreement) on such last day, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the May 2020 Credit Agreement) for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis (“Credit Agreement Consolidated EBITDA”). These restrictive covenants utilize Credit Agreement Consolidated EBITDA, which reflects further adjustments beyond those included in Adjusted EBITDA.
Credit Agreement Consolidated EBITDA includes a cap for de novo start up costs of $1.5 million for each such new de novo facility, not to exceed 10% of Credit Agreement Consolidated EBITDA, in the aggregate, and allows for the adjustment of retention, relocation, recruiting or completion bonuses or recruiting costs, severance costs, transition costs, curtailments or modifications to pension and post-employment employee benefit plans costs in connection with the establishment or acquisition of a new practice, as well as certain pro forma acquisition run rate adjustments. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we were in compliance with all financial covenants under the Credit Facilities.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods indicated:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
(in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
$ |
9,420 |
|
|
$ |
(21,969 |
) |
|
|
$ |
13,436 |
|
|
$ |
17,048 |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(194,076 |
) |
|
|
(836,091 |
) |
|
|
|
(25,078 |
) |
|
|
(73,375 |
) |
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
313,856 |
|
|
|
876,889 |
|
|
|
|
35,385 |
|
|
|
48,463 |
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
129,200 |
|
|
$ |
18,829 |
|
|
|
$ |
23,743 |
|
|
$ |
(7,864 |
) |
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period |
|
|
18,829 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
3,481 |
|
|
|
11,345 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period |
|
$ |
148,029 |
|
|
$ |
18,829 |
|
|
|
$ |
27,224 |
|
|
$ |
3,481 |
|
Cash Flows Provided by (Used in) Operating Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), operating activities provided $9.4 million of cash, primarily impacted by our $307.2 million net loss and offset by net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $2.1 million and non-cash charges of $314.5 million. During the Successor 2020 Period, operating activities used $22.0
55
million of cash, primarily impacted by a $13.1 million net loss, net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities of $38.3 million and offset by non-cash charges of $29.4 million. During the Predecessor 2020 Period, operating activities provided $13.4 million of cash, primarily impacted by our $24.9 million net loss and net cash from the TPG Acquisition.
Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), investing activities used $194.1 million, primarily resulting from our business acquisitions totaling $99.6 million and purchases of property and equipment of $94.5 million. During the Successor 2020 Period, investing activities used $836.1 million of cash, primarily impacted by $646.7 million used in connection with acquisition of the Predecessor, $164.1 million used in business acquisitions and purchases of property and equipment of $25.3 million. During the Predecessor 2020 Period, investing activities used $25.1 million of cash, primarily resulting from $12.8 million of property and equipment purchases and business acquisitions of $12.3 million.
Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), financing activities provided $313.9 million of cash, resulting primarily from our IPO of net proceeds of $548.9 million, borrowings of $98.8 million under the May 2020 Credit Agreement, partially offset by payments of loan obligations of $311.4 million, payments of debt issue costs of $2.4 million, a prepayment for the debt paydown of $8.8 million and payments of contingent consideration of $12.3 million. During the Successor 2020 Period, financing activities provided $876.9 million of cash, primarily impacted by contributions from members related to the acquisition of the Predecessor of $633.6 million, proceeds from the May 2020 Credit Agreement of $392.1 million and contributions from members of $21.0 million. This was partially offset by payments of loan obligations of $156.8 million, payments of debt issue costs of $8.7 million and payments of contingent consideration of $4.3 million. During the Predecessor 2020 Period, financing activities provided $35.4 million of cash, primarily resulting from additional borrowings under the Prior Credit Agreement of $74.4 million, partially offset by payments of loan obligations of $18.2 million, payments of debt issue costs of $0.7 million and payments of contingent consideration of $19.1 million.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report include the results of (i) LifeStance Health, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities consolidated by LifeStance Health, LLC in which LifeStance Health, LLC has an interest and is the primary beneficiary for the Predecessor periods, (ii) LifeStance TopCo, L.P., its wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities consolidated by LifeStance TopCo, L.P. in which LifeStance TopCo, L.P. has an interest and is the primary beneficiary for the Successor periods and (iii) LifeStance Health Group, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries and variable interest entities consolidated by LifeStance Health Group, Inc. in which LifeStance Health Group, Inc. has an interest and is the primary beneficiary for the periods subsequent to the completion of the IPO and related transactions. Preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires our management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that impact the reported amount of total revenue and expenses, assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We consider an accounting estimate to be critical when (1) the estimate made in accordance with GAAP is complex in nature or involves a significant level of estimation uncertainty and (2) the use of different judgments, estimates and assumptions have had or are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations in our consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report. Our critical accounting estimates are described below.
Total Revenue
Total revenue is reported at the amount that reflects the consideration to which we expect to be entitled to in exchange for providing patient care. These amounts are due from patients, third-party payors (including health insurers and government programs) and others and include variable consideration for retroactive adjustments due to settlement of audits, reviews and investigations. Generally, we bill patients and third-party payors several days after the services are performed. Revenue is recognized as performance obligations are satisfied. We have elected the practical expedient not to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as we expect the period between when service is transferred to a customer and when the customer pays for the service will be one year or less.
In patient revenue, the patient is our customer, and a signed patient treatment consent generally represents a written contract between us and the patient. Performance obligations are determined based on the nature of the services we provide. Generally, our performance obligations are satisfied over time and relate to counselling sessions that are discrete in nature and commence and terminate at the discretion of the patient and thus each individual counselling session is a performance obligation. Revenue for performance obligations satisfied over time is recognized when the services are rendered based on
56
the amount to which we expect to be entitled for the services provided to the patient. We believe this method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services.
We report revenue net of price concessions related to contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients in accordance with our policy and/or implicit price concessions provided to patients. The differences between the price at which we expect to receive from patients or third-party payors and the standard billing rates are accounted for as contractual adjustments or discounts, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net revenues. We determine our estimates of contractual adjustments and discounts based on contractual agreements, its discount policies, and its historical experience. Agreements with third-party payors provide for payments at amounts less than the established charges billed to patients. In substantially all of our patient encounters, services are paid for based upon established fee schedules which reflect reductions for contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors.
Settlements with third-party payors for retroactive adjustments due to audits, review or investigations and disputes by either us or the third-party payors within the allowable specific timeframe are considered variable consideration and are included in the determination of estimated transaction price for providing patient services. These settlements are estimated based on the terms of the payment agreement with the payor, correspondence from the payor and our historical settlement activity, including an assessment to ensure that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the retroactive adjustment is subsequently resolved. Estimated settlements are adjusted in future periods as new information becomes available, or as years are settled or are no longer subject to such audits, reviews and investigations.
Generally, patients who are covered by third-party payors are responsible for related deductibles and coinsurance, which vary in amount. We also provide services to uninsured patients, and offer those uninsured patients a discount, either by policy or law, from standard charges. We estimate the transaction price for patients with deductibles and coinsurance and for those who are uninsured based on historical experience and current market conditions. The initial estimate of the transaction price is determined by reducing the standard charge by any contractual adjustments, discounts, and implicit price concessions. Subsequent changes to the estimate of the transaction price are generally recorded as adjustments to patient service revenue in the period of the change. Adjustments arising from a change in the estimate of the transaction price were not material for all periods presented. Subsequent changes that are determined to be the result of an adverse change in the patient’s or third-party payor’s ability to pay are recorded as bad debt expense.
Services are occasionally provided to patients with a reduced ability to pay for their care. Therefore, we have recognized implicit price concessions to patients who may be in need of financial assistance. The implicit price concessions included in estimating the transaction price represent the difference between amounts billed to patients and the amounts we expect to collect based on its collection history with those patients. Patients who meet our criteria for discounted pricing are provided care at amounts less than established rates. Such amounts determined to be financial assistance are not reported as revenue.
We have determined that the nature, amount and timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by the payor mix with third-party payors, which have different reimbursement rates.
Business Combinations
We utilize the acquisition method of accounting for business combinations and allocate the purchase price of an acquisition to the various tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. We primarily establish fair value using the income approach based upon a discounted cash flow model. The income approach requires the use of many assumptions and estimates including future revenues and expenses, as well as discount factors and income tax rates. Other estimates include:
When determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, which includes consideration of future growth rates and margins, attrition rates, and discount rates. Fair value estimates are based on the assumptions management believes a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability. Amounts recorded in a business combination may change during the measurement period, which is a period not to exceed one year from the date of acquisition, as additional information about conditions existing at the acquisition date becomes available.
Stock and Unit-Based Compensation
ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”) requires the measurement of the cost of the employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value or, in certain
57
circumstances, the calculated value of the award. Following the IPO, we account for stock-based compensation awards approved by our Board of Directors based on their estimated grant date fair value. We estimate the fair value of RSUs based on the fair value of the underlying common stock.
As part of the Organizational Transactions, the unvested Class B Profits Interests Units that were subject to vesting upon the sale of LifeStance TopCo were converted to restricted stock that were modified to add both a market and service condition.
To determine the fair value of the market condition of the restricted stock based awards, we make highly subjective and complex input assumptions, including the expected term, volatility, the price of the underlying stock and the risk-free rate. Changes to these input assumptions to the valuation of the modification can materially affect the fair value estimates and, ultimately, how much we recognize as stock-based compensation expense in future periods. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist primarily of non-competition agreements and trade names acquired through business acquisitions and the purchase accounting applied for the TPG Acquisition. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of net assets acquired and liabilities assumed through business acquisitions. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually.
We test goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if triggering events occur or other impairment indicators arise which might impair recoverability. These events or circumstances would include a significant change in the business climate, legal factors, operating performance indicators, competition, disposition of a significant portion of the business or other factors. Effective in 2021, on a prospective basis, we changed our annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31 to October 1 to better align the testing date with our financial planning process. Management has determined that the change in the testing date does not represent a material change to a method of applying an accounting principle as this change does not accelerate, delay, avoid or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements.
ASC 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”) allows entities to first use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment. ASC 350 permits an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more-likely-than-not (a likelihood of greater than 50%) that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. Management's annual goodwill impairment analyses in 2021 and 2020 indicated that goodwill was not impaired.
The determination of fair values and useful lives require us to make significant estimates and assumptions. These estimates include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired arrangements from a market participant perspective, discount rates, industry data and management’s prior experience. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur that could affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
Recently Adopted and Issued Accounting Pronouncements
Recently adopted and issued accounting pronouncements are described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, our consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier to occur of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of the IPO, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of $1.07 billion or more, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer; and (ii) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial condition due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.
58
Interest Rate Risk
Our primary market risk exposure is changing prime rate-based interest rates. Interest rate risk is highly sensitive due to many factors, including U.S. monetary and tax policies, U.S. and international economic factors and other factors beyond our control.
The loans under the May 2020 Credit Agreement bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (but not less than 0%) LIBOR plus a range of 4.00% to 4.25% (depending on our first lien net leverage). The loans under the Credit Facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (a) adjusted LIBOR (which adjusted LIBOR, (x) solely with respect to the Closing Date Term B-1 Loan, Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, and loans under the Revolving Commitments, is subject to a minimum of 1.25% per annum and (y) solely with respect to the First Amendment Term B-1 Loan and First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, is subject to a minimum of 0.75% per annum), plus an applicable margin (i) in the case of Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, ranging from 3.25% to 3.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (ii) in the case of Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, ranging from 8.22% to 8.72% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iii) in the case of loans under the Revolving Commitments, ranging from 4.50% to 4.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iv) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, of 3.00% per annum and (v) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, of 7.09% per annum or (b) an alternate base rate (which will be the highest of (w) the prime rate, (x) 0.5% above the federal funds effective date and (y) one-month adjusted LIBOR (subject to the floors set forth above) plus 1.00% per annum), plus an applicable margin (i) in the case of Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, ranging from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (ii) in the case of Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, ranging from 7.22% to 7.72% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iii) in the case of loans under the Revolving Commitments, ranging from 3.50% to 3.75% per annum (depending on our first lien net leverage), (iv) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, of 2.00% per annum and (v) in the case of the First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, of 6.09% per annum.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor), we had an aggregate principal amount of $161.2 million and $373.8 million outstanding under our credit facilities, respectively. Based on the amount outstanding under the May 2020 Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2021, a 100 basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to interest expense of $1.6 million.
Inflation Risk
Based on our analysis of the periods presented, we believe that inflation has not had a material effect on our operating results. There can be no assurance that future inflation will not have an adverse impact on our operating results and financial condition.
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
All information required by this item is included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated in this item by reference.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. Based upon that evaluation, as a result of the material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting described below, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021 due to the material weaknesses described below.
Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) or an attestation report of our independent registered accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.
59
Previously Reported Material Weaknesses
A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. As previously reported in the Final Prospectus, in connection with the preparation of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which continue to exist as of December 31, 2021. The material weaknesses we identified were as follows:
We did not design and maintain an effective control environment commensurate with our financial reporting requirements due to an insufficient complement of resources in the accounting/finance and IT functions, with an appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training. This material weakness contributed to the following additional material weaknesses:
|
We did not maintain formal accounting policies and procedures, and did not design and maintain controls related to significant accounts and disclosures to achieve complete, accurate and timely financial accounting, reporting and disclosures, including controls over account reconciliations, segregation of duties and the preparation and review of journal entries. |
|
|
|
These material weaknesses resulted in material misstatements related to the identification and valuation of intangible assets acquired in business combinations that impacted the classification of intangible assets and goodwill, related impacts to amortization and income tax expense, and the restatement of our previously issued annual consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018 with respect to such intangibles assets acquired in business combinations. Additionally, these material weaknesses could result in a misstatement of substantially all of the financial statement accounts and disclosures that would result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected. |
|
|
|
We did not design and maintain effective controls over IT general controls for information systems that are relevant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we did not design and maintain: (i) program change management controls for financial systems to ensure that information technology program and data changes affecting financial IT applications and underlying accounting records are identified, tested, authorized and implemented appropriately; (ii) user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and that adequately restrict user and privileged access to financial applications, programs, and data to appropriate Company personnel; (iii) computer operations controls to ensure that critical batch jobs are monitored and data backups are authorized and monitored; and (iv) testing and approval controls for program development to ensure that new software development is aligned with business and IT requirements. |
These IT deficiencies did not result in a material misstatement to our consolidated financial statements; however, the deficiencies, when aggregated, could impact maintaining effective segregation of duties, as well as the effectiveness of IT-dependent controls (such as automated controls that address the risk of material misstatement to one or more assertions, along with the IT controls and underlying data that support the effectiveness of system-generated data and reports) that could result in misstatements potentially impacting all financial statement accounts and disclosures that would not be prevented or detected. Accordingly, we have determined these deficiencies in the aggregate constitute a material weakness.
Remediation Plan for Material Weaknesses
We are in the process of designing and implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting and remediate the control deficiencies which led to the material weaknesses. As of December 31, 2021, we are in process of performing the following remedial actions:
60
We have made progress towards designing and implementing the plan to remediate the material weaknesses and will continue to review, revise, and improve the design and implementation of our internal controls as appropriate. Although we have made enhancements to our control procedures, these material weaknesses will not be considered remediated until our controls are operational for a sufficient period of time, tested, and management concludes that these controls are operating effectively.
We intend to evaluate current and projected resource needs on a regular basis and hire additional qualified resources as needed. Our ability to maintain qualified and adequate resources to support our business and our projected growth will be a critical component of our internal control environment.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
We are taking actions to remediate the material weaknesses relating to our internal control over financial reporting. Other than the changes to our internal control over financial reporting described in “Remediation Plan for Material Weaknesses” above, there were no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and that management is required to apply judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their costs.
Item 9B. Other Information
None.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
61
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
The information required by this item will be set forth in the definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders within 120 days after December 31, 2021 (the “Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K by reference.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
Information required by Item 11 of Part III will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information required by Item 12 of Part III will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information required by Item 13 of Part III will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Information required by Item 14 of Part III will be included in our Proxy Statement relating to our 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
62
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
The following financial statements and schedules of the Registrant are contained in Part II, Item 8, "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:
|
|
Page |
|
F-2 |
|
Consolidated Financial Statements: |
|
|
|
F-4 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Income/(Loss) and Comprehensive Income/(Loss) |
|
F-5 |
|
F-6 |
|
|
F-9 |
|
|
F-10 |
All schedules are omitted because the required information is either not present, not present in material amounts or presented within the consolidated financial statements.
63
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
Description of Exhibit Incorporated Herein by Reference |
|
|||
Exhibit Number |
|
Description |
Form |
File No. |
Exhibit |
Filing Date |
Filed Herewith |
3.1 |
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. |
8-K |
001-40478 |
3.1 |
6/15/2021 |
|
3.2 |
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. |
8-K |
001-40478 |
3.2 |
6/15/2021 |
|
4.1 |
|
S-1/A |
333-256202 |
4.1 |
6/1/2021 |
|
|
4.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
10.1 |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.1 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.2 |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.2 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.3 |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.3 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.4* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
10.5 |
|
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.1 |
6/15/2021 |
|
|
10.6 |
|
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.2 |
6/15/2021 |
|
|
10.7 |
|
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.3 |
6/15/2021 |
|
|
10.8+ |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.6 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.9+ |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.7 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.10+ |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.8 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.11+ |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.9 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.12+ |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.10 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.13+ |
|
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.4 |
6/15/2021 |
|
|
10.14+ |
|
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan |
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.5 |
6/15/2021 |
|
10.15+ |
|
8-K |
001-40478 |
10.6 |
6/15/2021 |
|
64
10.16 |
|
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.17 |
5/17/2021 |
|
|
10.17 |
|
Form of Management Services Agreement with Affiliated Practices |
S-1 |
333-256202 |
10.19 |
5/17/2021 |
|
21.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
23.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
31.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
31.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
32.1* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
32.2* |
|
|
|
|
|
X |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101.INS |
|
Inline XBRL Instance Document |
|
|
|
|
|
101.SCH |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document |
|
|
|
|
|
101.CAL |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
|
|
101.DEF |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
|
|
101.LAB |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
|
|
101.PRE |
|
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document |
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
The Cover page from the Annual Report on Form 10-K of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2021 formatted in Inline XBRL |
|
|
|
|
|
* Filed herewith.
+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
None.
65
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Date: March 17, 2022 |
|
By: |
/s/ Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Name |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael K. Lester |
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Michael K. Lester |
|
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J. Michael Bruff |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
|
March 17, 2022 |
J. Michael Bruff |
|
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert Bessler |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Robert Bessler |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Darren Black |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Darren Black |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey Crisan |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Jeffrey Crisan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William Miller |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
William Miller |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jeffrey Rhodes |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Jeffrey Rhodes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eric Shuey |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Eric Shuey |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Seema Verma |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Seema Verma |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Katherine Wood |
|
Director |
|
March 17, 2022 |
Katherine Wood |
|
|
|
|
66
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID |
F-2 |
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 (Successor) and December 31, 2020 (Successor) |
F-4 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
F-9 |
|
|
|
F-10 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of LifeStance Health Group, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss), of changes in redeemable units and stockholders’/members’ equity and of cash flows for the period from April 13, 2020 through December 31, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from April 13, 2020 through December 31, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/
March 17, 2022
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
F-2
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Members of LifeStance TopCo, L.P.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss), of changes in redeemable convertible preferred units and members’ deficit and of cash flows of LifeStance Health, LLC and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) (the “Company”) for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of the Company for the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 and for the year ended December 31, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Seattle, Washington
April 12, 2021, except for the effects of the reclassification of certain operating expense categories discussed in Note 2 (not presented herein) to the consolidated financial statements appearing in the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated May 17, 2021, as to which the date is May 12, 2021.
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
F-3
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
AS OF December 31, 2021 AND 2020 (Successor)
(In thousands, except for par value)
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Patient accounts receivable, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NONCURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Property and equipment, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total noncurrent assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
LIABILITIES, REDEEMABLE UNITS AND STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Accrued payroll expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current portion of contingent consideration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
NONCURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Long-term debt, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Contingent consideration, net of current portion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred tax liability, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total noncurrent liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
REDEEMABLE UNITS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Redeemable Class A units – |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common units A-1 – |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common units A-2 – |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common units B – |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Preferred stock – par value $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Common stock – par value $ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Additional paid-in capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accumulated deficit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total stockholders'/members’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total liabilities, redeemable units and stockholders’/members’ equity |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME/(LOSS) AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)
FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2021 (Successor), THE period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), THE period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor) AND THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
(In thousands, except for Net Loss per Share)
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
TOTAL REVENUE |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Center costs, excluding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
General and administrative |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total operating expenses |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
(LOSS) INCOME FROM |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(Loss) gain on remeasurement |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Transaction costs |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Other expense |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total other expense |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
INCOME TAX BENEFIT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|||
NET (LOSS) INCOME AND |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Accretion of Redeemable Class |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Accretion of Series A-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
||
Cumulative dividend on Series |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
||
NET LOSS AVAILABLE TO |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
NET LOSS PER SHARE, BASIC |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Weighted-average shares used to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE UNITS AND STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2021 (Successor) AND THE period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor) AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT FOR THE period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor) AND THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
(In thousands)
|
Class A Redeemable Units |
|
|
|
Class A-1 Common Units |
|
Class A-2 Common Units |
|
Class B Common Units |
|
Common Stock |
|
Additional |
|
Accumulated |
|
Total Stockholders'/ |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Successor |
Units |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
Units |
|
Amount |
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
Capital |
|
Deficit |
|
Equity |
|
|||||||||||||
Balances at December 31, 2020 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|
||||||||||||
Net loss |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
Issuance of common units |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|||
Accretion of Redeemable |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
|
Issuance of common units for |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|||
Vesting of Class B Profits |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
Conversion of Redeemable |
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
||||
Conversion of common units |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
|
( |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||
Conversion of vested Class B |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
( |
) |
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
Conversion of unvested Class |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
Issuance of common stock |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
||||
Endowment of shares to the |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
||||
Issuance of common stock |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
— |
|
|
( |
) |
||
Stock and unit-based |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
||
Balances at December 31, 2021 |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
$ |
|
$ |
( |
) |
$ |
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE UNITS AND STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2021 (Successor) AND THE period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor) AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT FOR THE period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor) AND THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
(In thousands)
|
|
Class A Redeemable Units |
|
|
|
Class A-1 Common Units |
|
|
Class A-2 Common Units |
|
|
Class B Common Units |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Total Members' |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Successor |
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Equity |
|
|||||||||||
Balances at April 13, 2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||||||||
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Issuance of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Issuance of common units to |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common units to |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issuance of common units for |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Issuance of common units for |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||
Unit-based compensation |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Balances at December 31, 2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Units |
|
|
Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Units |
|
|
|
Class A Common Units |
|
|
Class C Common Units |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Total Members' |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor |
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|||||||||||
Balances at December 31, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|||||||||
Net loss |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Repurchases of Series A |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Accretion of Series A-1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balances at May 14, 2020 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE UNITS AND STOCKHOLDERS’/MEMBERS’ EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2021 (Successor) AND THE period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor) AND CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED UNITS AND MEMBERS’ DEFICIT FOR THE period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor) AND THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
(In thousands)
|
|
Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Units |
|
|
Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Units |
|
|
|
Class A Common Units |
|
|
Class C Common Units |
|
|
Additional |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Total Members' |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Predecessor |
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Units |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Capital |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|
Deficit |
|
|||||||||||
Balances at January 1, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|||||||||
Net income |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Issuance of Series A redeemable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
||
Exercise of unit-based awards |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
Unit-based compensation |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
||
Accretion of Series A-1 |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
Balances at December 31, 2019 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-8
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2021 (SUCCESSOR), THE period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), THE period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor) AND THE YEAR ENDED December 31, 2019 (Predecessor)
(In thousands)
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net (loss) income |
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stock and unit-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Deferred income taxes |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Loss on debt extinguishment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Amortization of debt issue costs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Loss (gain) on remeasurement of contingent consideration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
||
Endowment of shares to LifeStance Health Foundation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of businesses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Patient accounts receivable |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||
Accrued payroll expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Purchases of property and equipment |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Acquisition of Predecessor, net of cash acquired |
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Proceeds from initial public offering, net of underwriters |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Contributions from Members related to acquisition of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Issuance of common units to new investors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Repurchase of Series A redeemable convertible preferred units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|||
Proceeds from long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Payments of debt issue costs |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Payments of long-term debt |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Prepayment for debt paydown |
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Payments of contingent consideration |
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net cash provided by financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|||
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Beginning of period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – END OF PERIOD |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash paid for interest |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Cash paid for taxes |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NON CASH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Equipment financed through capital leases |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Contingent consideration incurred in acquisitions of businesses |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Acquisition of property and equipment included in liabilities |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred units for |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Issuance of common units for convertible promissory note |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Issuance of common units for acquisitions of businesses |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
Taxes related to net share settlement of equity awards |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The accompanying Notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-9
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 1 NATURE OF THE BUSINESS
Description of Business
LifeStance Health Group, Inc. (“LifeStance Health Group”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on
The Company operates as a provider of outpatient mental health services, spanning psychiatric evaluations and treatment, psychological and neuropsychological testing, and individual, family and group therapy.
Initial Public Offering
On June 14, 2021, the Company completed its IPO in which it issued and sold
Prior to the IPO, each of the holders of partnership interests in LifeStance TopCo contributed its partnership interests to LifeStance Health Group in exchange for shares of common stock (including shares of common stock issued as restricted stock subject to vesting) of LifeStance Health Group (the "Organizational Transactions"). Following the contribution of partnership interests, LifeStance TopCo became wholly-owned by LifeStance Health Group. The number of shares of common stock that each such holder of partnership interests in LifeStance TopCo received was determined based on the value that such holder would have received under the distribution provisions of the limited partnership agreement of LifeStance TopCo, with shares of common stock valued by reference to the IPO price. All
In connection with the IPO, the Company established the LifeStance Health Foundation, a non-profit organization that focuses on youth mental health, and the mental health of underrepresented minority communities, the underemployed and the uninsured. While the LifeStance Health Foundation was founded by LifeStance and will be operated by a board of directors that the Company expects to include from time to time certain of its officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, the LifeStance Health Foundation was established as an independent legal entity and will not be owned or controlled by LifeStance or its stockholders. Concurrently with the closing of the IPO, the Company endowed the LifeStance Health Foundation through a combination of $
F-10
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 2 SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the results of the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and variable interest entities in which the Company has an interest and is the primary beneficiary (see “Variable Interest Entities” below). Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Accounting Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make a number of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
The Company bases its estimates on historical experience, current business factors, and various other assumptions that the Company believes are necessary to consider to form a basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities, the recorded amounts of revenue and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Company is subject to uncertainties such as the impact of future events, economic and political factors, and changes in the Company’s business environment; therefore, actual results could differ from these estimates. Accordingly, the accounting estimates used in the preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as the Company’s operating environment evolves.
Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Significant estimates and assumptions by management may affect total revenue impacted by variable consideration and discounts, price concessions, allowance for credit losses, the carrying value of long-lived assets (including goodwill and intangible assets), acquisition accounting, the calculation of a contingent liability in connection with an acquisition, the provision for income taxes and related deferred tax accounts, certain accrued liabilities, payor settlements, contingencies, litigation and related legal accruals and the value attributed to employee stock and unit-based awards.
Business Combinations
The Company accounts for business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. That method requires that the purchase price, including the fair value of contingent consideration, of the acquisition be allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the fair values determined by management as of the acquisition date. The consideration the Company transfers in exchange for the acquiree may also include equity interests which the Company records at fair value at closing of the transaction. Transaction costs incurred as a result of the acquisitions are expensed in the Company’s consolidated financial statements in the period incurred.
The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, the Company makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, expected future cash flows, which includes consideration of future growth rates and margins, attrition rates, and discount rates. Fair value estimates are based on the assumptions the Company believes a market participant would use in pricing the asset or liability.
Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions determined to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from the estimates. During the measurement period, which is not to exceed one year from the acquisition date, the Company may record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. The measurement period provides a reasonable period of time to determine the value of identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed, consideration transferred, equity interests, and goodwill. New information that gives rise to a measurement period adjustment should relate to events or circumstances existing at the acquisition date. Information pertaining to events that occur after the acquisition date are not measurement period adjustments. All changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period earnings. The Company includes the results of all acquisitions in the consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition.
F-11
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Segment Information
The Company’s chief operating decision maker, its Chief Executive Officer, reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating its financial performance. Accordingly, the Company has determined that it operates in a single operating and reportable segment, mental health services, for all periods presented.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash and highly liquid investments with remaining maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition. Cash and cash equivalents consist of demand deposits held with financial institutions. Cash is stated at cost, which approximates fair value. The Company maintains cash balances at financial institutions which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. At times, the amounts on deposit may exceed the insured limit.
Total Revenue
Total revenue is reported at the amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for providing patient care. These amounts are due from patients, third-party payors (including health insurers and government programs) and others and include variable consideration for retroactive adjustments due to settlement of audits, reviews and investigations. Generally, the Company bills patients and third-party payors several days after the services are performed. The Company has elected the practical expedient not to adjust the promised amount of consideration for the effects of a significant financing component as the Company expects the period between when service is transferred to a customer and when the customer pays for the service will be one year or less. Revenue is recognized as the related performance obligation is satisfied.
In patient revenue, the patient is the Company’s customer, and a signed patient treatment consent generally represents a written contract between the Company and the patient. Performance obligations are determined based on the nature of the services provided by the Company. Generally, the Company’s performance obligations are satisfied over time and relate to counselling sessions that are discrete in nature and commence and terminate at the discretion of the patient and thus each individual counselling session is a performance obligation. Revenue for performance obligations satisfied over time is recognized when the services are rendered based on the amount the Company expects to be entitled to for the services provided to the patient. The Company believes this method provides a faithful depiction of the transfer of services.
Because all of its performance obligations relate to contracts with a duration of less than one year, the Company has elected to apply the optional exemption provided in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606-10-50-14(A) and, therefore, is not required to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction prices allocated to performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied at the end of the reporting period.
The Company determined the underlying nature of the services provided are consistent irrespective of the payor type. Therefore, management assesses price concessions using a portfolio approach in its contracts with patients. The Company reports revenue net of price concessions related to contractual adjustments provided to third-party payors, discounts provided to uninsured patients in accordance with the Company’s policy and/or implicit price concessions provided to patients. The differences between the price at which the Company expects to receive from patients and the standard billing rates, deemed implicit price concessions, are accounted for as contractual adjustments or discounts, which are deducted from gross revenue to arrive at net revenues. The Company determines its estimates of contractual adjustments and discounts based on contractual agreements, its discount policies, and its historical experience.
Settlements with third-party payors for retroactive adjustments due to audits, review or investigations and disputes by either the Company or the third-party payors within the allowable specific timeframe are considered variable consideration and are included in the determination of estimated transaction price for providing patient services. These settlements are estimated based on the terms of the payment agreement with the payor, correspondence from the payor and the Company’s historical settlement activity, including an assessment to ensure that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the uncertainty associated with the retroactive adjustment is subsequently resolved. Estimated settlements are adjusted in future periods as new information becomes available, or as years are settled or are no longer subject to such audits, reviews and investigations. Generally, patients who are covered by third-party payors are responsible for related deductibles and coinsurance, which vary in amount.
The Company also provides services to uninsured patients, and offers those uninsured patients a discount, either by policy or law, from standard charges. The Company estimates the transaction price for patients with deductibles and coinsurance and for those who are uninsured based on historical experience and current market conditions. The initial estimate of the transaction price is determined by reducing the standard charge by any contractual adjustments, discounts, and implicit price concessions. Subsequent changes to the estimate of the transaction price are generally recorded as adjustments to patient
F-12
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
service revenue in the period of the change. Adjustments arising from a change in the estimate of the transaction price were not material for all periods presented. Subsequent changes that are determined to be the result of an adverse change in the patient’s or third-party payor’s ability to pay are recorded as bad debt expense.
Services are occasionally provided to patients with a reduced ability to pay for their care. Therefore, the Company has determined it has provided implicit price concessions to patients who may be in need of financial assistance. The implicit price concessions included in estimating the transaction price represent the difference between amounts billed to patients and the amounts the Company expects to collect based on its collection history with those patients. Patients who meet the Company’s criteria for discounted pricing are provided care at amounts less than established rates. Such amounts determined to be financial assistance are not reported as revenue.
Patient Accounts Receivable
Patient accounts receivable are carried at the original charge for the services provided adjusted for explicit and implicit price concessions, including allowances for contractual adjustments. Management regularly reviews data about the major payor sources of revenue in evaluating the sufficiency of the explicit and implicit price concessions. For receivables associated with services provided to patients who have third-party insurance coverage, the Company analyzes contractually due amounts and provides an allowance for contractual adjustments.
In evaluating the collectability of patient receivables, the Company analyzes its past history and identifies trends for each of its major payor sources of revenue to estimate the appropriate allowance for credit losses and provision for bad debts. Management determines the allowance for credit losses by identifying troubled accounts, by using historical experience applied to an aging of accounts, and by considering a patient’s financial history, credit history, and current economic conditions. Patient accounts receivable are written off as bad debt expense when deemed uncollectible. Recoveries of receivables previously written off are recorded as bad debt recoveries.
The Company grants credit without collateral to its patients, most of whom are insured under third-party payor agreements. Revenue and cash flows from the Medicare program are dependent upon the rates set by, and the promptness of payment from, federally administered programs, and in management’s opinion do not create a significant credit risk to the Company.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Assets acquired under capital leases are stated at the present value of future minimum lease payments. Major additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance, and repairs, which do not improve or extend the life of the respective assets, are expensed as incurred.
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
Computers and peripherals |
|
Medical equipment |
Assets acquired under capital leases, and leasehold improvements, are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful lives of the assets, generally
When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss) in the period realized.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If such assets are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There was no impairment of long-lived assets for all periods presented.
Goodwill
Goodwill reflected on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor) relates to goodwill from the TPG Acquisition (see Note 3) and additional goodwill from the Company’s acquisitions of businesses during the Successor period. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the acquired businesses over the fair value of the
F-13
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized, but instead tested for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset may be impaired. An impairment charge is recognized for the excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit inclusive of goodwill over the fair value of the reporting unit.
Impairment of goodwill is evaluated at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is defined as an operating segment (i.e. before aggregation or combination), or one level below an operating segment (i.e. a component). A component of an operating segment is a reporting unit if the component constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and segment management regularly reviews the operating results of that component. The Company operates as a single operating segment and as a single reporting unit for evaluating goodwill impairment.
The Company completed its annual impairment tests in 2021 and 2020 to determine if it is more-likely-than-not that the fair value of its reporting unit was less than its carrying value. Effective in 2021, on a prospective basis, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment testing date from December 31 to October 1 to better align the testing date with its financial planning process. Management has determined that the change in the testing date does not represent a material change to a method of applying an accounting principle as this change does not accelerate, delay, avoid or cause an impairment charge, nor does this change result in adjustments to previously issued financial statements. The Company’s qualitative assessment took into consideration its operating and competitive environment, any changes in the business or financial performance, and any potential related impacts to its cash flows. Additionally, the Company considered other factors, such as the credit environment, its access to capital and its ability to re-negotiate insurance rates. The Company's annual goodwill impairment analyses in 2021 and 2020 indicated that goodwill was not impaired.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets consist of identifiable intangible assets acquired through business acquisitions.
Non-competition agreements |
|
Trade names |
Fair Value
Fair value is the price at which an asset could be exchanged or a liability transferred (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between knowledgeable, willing parties in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability. Where available, fair value is based on observable market prices or parameters or derived from such prices or parameters. Where observable prices or inputs are not available, valuation models are applied.
GAAP establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework which prioritizes and ranks the level of observability of inputs used on measuring fair value. These tiers include:
Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, and accounts payable. The carrying values of the Company’s financial instruments approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities.
The Company has obligations to transfer contingent consideration to former owners and sellers of certain entities in conjunction with its acquisitions, if specified future operational objectives and/or financial results are met. The Company records the acquisition date fair value of these contingent liabilities and measures the fair value on a recurring basis. The Company estimates the fair value of the contingent consideration liability based on the likelihood and timing of the contingent earn-out payments. The fair value is derived using valuation methodologies, such as a discounted cash flow
F-14
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
model, and is not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. This valuation incorporates certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such liability. The valuation methodology differs depending on the type of earn-out target (see Note 8).
Variable Interest Entities
The Company evaluates its ownership, contractual and other interests in entities to determine if it has any variable interest in a variable interest entity (“VIE”). These evaluations are complex, involve judgment, and the use of estimates and assumptions based on available information. If the Company determines that an entity in which it holds a contractual or ownership interest is a VIE and that the Company is the primary beneficiary, the Company consolidates such entity in its consolidated financial statements. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is the party that meets both of the following criteria: (i) has the power to make decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE; and (ii) has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that in either case could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company performs ongoing reassessments of whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Company’s involvement with a VIE will cause the consolidation conclusion to change.
The Company acquires and operates certain care centers which are deemed to be Friendly-Physician Entities (“FPEs”). As part of an FPE acquisition, the Company acquires
The contractual arrangements described above allow the Company to direct the activities that most significantly affect the economic performance of the FPEs. Accordingly, the Company is the primary beneficiary of the FPEs and consolidates the FPEs under the VIE model. Furthermore, as a direct result of nominal initial equity contributions by the physicians, the financial support the Company provides to the FPEs (e.g., loans) and the provisions of the contractual arrangements and nominee shareholder succession arrangements described above, the interests held by noncontrolling interest holders lack economic substance and do not provide them with the ability to participate in the residual profits or losses generated by the FPEs. Therefore, all income and expenses recognized by the FPEs are allocated to the Company members. The Company does not hold interests in any VIEs for which the Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary.
As noted previously, the Company acquires 100% of the non-medical assets of the VIEs. The aggregate carrying values of the VIEs total assets and total liabilities not purchased by the Company but included on the consolidated balance sheets were not material at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor).
Stock and Unit-based Compensation
Unit-based compensation is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the awards and recognized on a straight-line basis over the period during which the recipient is required to perform services in exchange for the award (generally the vesting period of the award). The Company estimates the fair value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model for the Class A and Class C Incentive Units granted prior to May 14, 2020 in the Predecessor periods. On the grant date, recipients of the Class C Units and Class A Units purchased the units at their fair market value paid in cash.
Additionally, beginning on May 14, 2020, the Company granted Class B Units (the “Class B Units” or “Profits Interests”) to certain employees under the Company’s Partnership Interest Award agreement (“Partnership Interest Award Agreement”) during the Successor period in 2020. The Board may reward employees with various types of awards, including but not limited to, profits interest on a service-based or performance-based schedule. These awards also contain market conditions. The Company estimates the fair value using the Monte Carlo simulation model for the Class B Units.
F-15
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
For Service-Vesting Units, the Company recognizes unit-based compensation expense over the requisite service period for each separately vesting portion of the profits interest as if the award was, in-substance, multiple awards.
Following the IPO, the Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards approved by the Board of Directors, including restricted stock and restricted stock units ("RSUs"), based on their estimated grant date fair value. The Company estimates the fair value of the restricted stock and RSUs based on the fair value of the underlying common stock. The Company's restricted stock and RSUs are granted on a market and service-based vesting conditions.
The service-based awards are recognized at fair value on their grant date on a straight line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally two to three years. The market-based vesting conditions will provide for the holder to vest one-third of their awards within six months of the IPO, one-third of their awards on the first anniversary of the IPO, one-sixth of their awards eighteen months from the completion of the IPO and the remaining one-sixth of their awards two years from the completion of the IPO.
The Company has elected to account for forfeitures as they occur.
Advertising and Marketing Costs
Advertising and marketing costs include all communications and campaigns to the Company’s clients and target audience. Advertising costs are charged to expense as they are incurred in general and administrative expenses within the Company’s consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss). Advertising expense for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), the period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor), and the year ended December 31, 2019 (Predecessor) were $
Debt Issue Costs
For term loans, debt issue costs are presented net within total long-term debt and amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the loan. For revolving loans, the Company presents the debt issue costs as an asset and amortizes the costs on a straight-line basis over the term of the revolving loan. Amortization of debt issue costs, which includes loss on debt extinguishment, is recorded as interest expense in the consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss) and amounted to $
Income Taxes
The Company is subject to income taxes in both the United States and several state jurisdictions. The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates that are expected to be in effect when book/tax differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rate is recognized in operations in the period that includes the enactment date.
The Company records a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets when it is determined that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, management evaluates all significant available positive and negative evidence, including historical operating results, estimates of future taxable income and the existence of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets could materially impact income tax expense in future periods. The Company did not maintain a valuation allowance at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor).
The Company recognizes and measures uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained in an audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than
F-16
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
positions on a regular basis. Its evaluations are based on a number of factors, including changes in facts and circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audit and effective settlement of audit issues. The Company’s policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of interest expense, net in the consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss).
Retirement Plan
The Company maintains a profit sharing and retirement savings 401(k) plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for full-time employees. Participants may elect to contribute to the 401(k) Plan, through payroll deductions, subject to Internal Revenue Service limitations.
Comprehensive Income/(Loss)
Comprehensive income/(loss) is equal to net income/(loss).
Net Loss Per Share
Net loss per share is computed in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of common shares of the Company outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is computed by giving effect to all potential shares of common shares, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of common share equivalents, to the extent dilutive.
Basic and diluted net loss per unit was the same for each period presented as the inclusion of all potential shares of common shares outstanding would have been anti-dilutive.
Indemnification
The Company’s arrangements generally include certain provisions for indemnifying patients against liabilities if there is a breach of a patient’s data or if the Company’s service infringes on a third party’s intellectual property rights. To date, the Company has not incurred any material costs as a result of such indemnifications.
The Company has also agreed to indemnify its directors and executive officers for costs associated with any fees, expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these persons in any action or proceeding to which any of those persons is, or is threatened to be, made a party by reason of the person’s service as a director or officer, including any action by the Company, arising out of that person’s services as a director or officer or that person’s services provided to any other company or enterprise at the Company’s request. The Company maintains director and officer liability insurance coverage that would generally enable it to recover a portion of any future amounts paid. The Company may also be subject to indemnification obligations by law with respect to the actions of its employees under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions.
Professional Liability Insurance
The Company maintains a professional liability insurance policy with a third-party insurer on a claims-made basis. The reserve for professional liability includes a claims-made basis of reported losses and amounts for incurred but not reported losses utilizing actuarial studies of historical and industry data (see Note 18).
Concentrations of Risk and Significant Customers
The Company’s financial instruments that are exposed to concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and patient accounts receivable. Although the Company deposits its cash with multiple financial institutions in the U.S., its deposits, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.
F-17
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Emerging Growth Company Status
The Company is an emerging growth company, as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"). Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. The Company has elected to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that the Company (i) is no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opts out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. As a result, the Company's consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with the new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) and also issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2017-13, ASU 2018-10, ASU 2018-11, ASU 2018-20, ASU 2019-01, ASU 2020-02, and ASU 2020-05 (collectively, “ASC 842”). ASC 842 outlines a comprehensive lease accounting model and supersedes the current lease guidance. The new guidance requires lessees to recognize lease liabilities and corresponding right-of-use assets for all leases with lease terms of greater than 12 months. It also changes the definition of a lease and expands the disclosure requirements of lease arrangements. ASC 842 is effective for private entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, inclusive of a one year deferral provided by ASU 2020-05. ASC 842 must be adopted using a modified retrospective method and early adoption is permitted. The Company is in the process of determining the impact of the adoption of ASC 842 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures. The Company has organized an implementation group to ensure the completeness of its lease information, analyze the appropriate classification of leases under the new standard, and develop new processes to execute, approve and classify leases on an ongoing basis. However, given the Company’s current operating lease portfolio (see Note 17 and Note 18) the Company expects the recognition of the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
In June 2016, FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326) Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”) and also issued subsequent amendments to the initial guidance: ASU 2018-19, ASU 2019-04, ASU 2019-05, ASU 2019-10 and ASU 2019-11 (collectively, "ASC 326"). ASC 326 requires an entity to utilize a new impairment model known as the current expected credit loss (“CECL”) model to estimate its lifetime “expected credit loss” and record an allowance that, when deducted from the amortized cost basis of the financial asset, presents the net amount expected to be collected on the financial asset. The CECL model is expected to result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASC 326 also requires new disclosures for financial assets measured at amortized cost, loans and available-for-sale debt securities. ASC 326 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those fiscal years and private entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years. ASC 326 will apply as a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is adopted. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASC 326 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In December 2019, FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. ASU 2019-12 is effective for public companies for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years and for private entities, the standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. Early adoption of the amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for public business entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued and all other entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been made available for issuance. The Company is in the process of evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2019-12 on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting (“ASU 2020-04”). This guidance provides optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contracts, hedging relationships and other transactions, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of reference rate reform. The amendments issued in March 2020 provide optional guidance for a limited period of time to ease the potential burden in accounting for (or recognizing the effects of) reference rate reform on financial reporting. The
F-18
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
amendments in ASU 2020-04 are effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. The Company is still evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2020-04 on its consolidated financial statements and disclosures.
NOTE 3 TPG ACQUISITION
On
LifeStance TopCo has a controlling financial interest in LifeStance Holdings under the voting interest model. Therefore, the Company determined LifeStance TopCo would consolidate LifeStance Holdings. Further, the TPG Acquisition is considered to constitute a change in control of the LifeStance business, with LifeStance TopCo being deemed the acquirer. The TPG Acquisition has been accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, which requires, among other things, that the assets acquired and liabilities assumed be recognized at their acquisition date fair values, with any excess of the consideration transferred over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired recorded as goodwill. Immediately prior to the transaction, LifeStance Health, LLC was the reporting entity. As noted above, this entity will be considered the predecessor entity and the period prior to and including May 14, 2020 will be the predecessor period. LifeStance Health, LLC was subsequently dissolved as part of the transaction. Given that LifeStance TopCo is the accounting acquirer, it will be considered the successor entity and the successor period will begin on April 13, 2020. For the period from April 13, 2020 through May 13, 2020, the operations of LifeStance TopCo were limited to those incident to its formation and the TPG Acquisition, which were not significant.
Pursuant to the merger, LifeStance TopCo issued
Total consideration transferred consisted of the following:
Cash consideration |
|
$ |
|
|
Class A-1 units |
|
|
|
|
Class A-2 units |
|
|
|
|
Total consideration transferred |
|
$ |
|
The total consideration of $
F-19
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The following table summarizes the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the date of acquisition:
Allocation of Purchase Price |
|
Amount |
|
|
Cash |
|
$ |
|
|
Patient accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
|
|
Deposits |
|
|
|
|
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
Total assets acquired |
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
|
|
Accrued payroll expenses |
|
|
|
|
Other accrued expenses |
|
|
|
|
Current portion of contingent consideration |
|
|
|
|
Other current liabilities |
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt, net |
|
|
|
|
Other noncurrent liabilities |
|
|
|
|
Contingent consideration, net of current portion |
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax liability, net |
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities assumed |
|
|
|
|
Fair value of net assets |
|
$ |
|
The fair value of assets and liabilities other than intangible assets approximate the carrying amount as of acquisition date. The liquidity of receivables are based on contractual rates to payors. The identifiable intangible assets acquired include the LifeStance corporate trade name, trade names related to the regional clinics, non-competition agreements with the Company’s executives, and non-competition agreements with providers.
In order to value trade names, the “relief-from-royalty” method was utilized. This method is based on the supposition that in lieu of ownership, the Company would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of the trade names. The value of the trade names was determined by discounting the inherent after-tax royalty savings associated with ownership or possession of the trade name over the expected useful life. The selected royalty rate (pre-tax) was based on an analysis of various factors, including an analysis of market data and comparable trade name agreements.
As it pertains to the non-competition agreements, the “with-and-without” method was utilized to determine the value. Revenue with the non-competition agreement in place was based on the Company’s forecast. The values indicated from the “with-and-without” method were adjusted to reflect the ability, feasibility, and desire for the partners to compete.
Subsequent to the closing of the TPG Acquisition, there was an additional cash payment of $
The following table summarizes the fair values of acquired intangible assets as of the date of the TPG Acquisition:
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Useful Life |
|
Trade names – Corporate |
|
$ |
|
|
||
Trade names – Regional |
|
|
|
|
||
Non-competition agreements – Executives |
|
|
|
|
||
Non-competition agreements – Providers |
|
|
|
|
||
Total intangible assets |
|
$ |
|
|
|
Goodwill
Goodwill represented the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce, customer and payor relationships and anticipated synergies and economies of scale expected from the integration of the businesses. The synergies include certain cost savings, operating efficiencies, and other strategic benefits projected to be achieved as a result of the acquisition. There is no tax-deductible goodwill from the TPG Acquisition.
F-20
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Pro Forma
The Company’s unaudited pro forma revenue and net loss for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 below have been prepared as if the TPG Acquisition occurred on January 1, 2019.
|
|
Year ended |
|
|
Year ended |
|
||
Revenue |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Net loss |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The transaction costs related to the TPG Acquisition were $
NOTE 4 ACQUISITIONS
During the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), the period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), and the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor), the Company completed the acquisitions of
Total consideration transferred for these acquisitions consisted of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Cash consideration |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Cash consideration to be paid |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Contingent consideration, at initial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Class A-2 common units1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Debt consideration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total consideration transferred |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
The results of the acquired business have been included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements beginning after their acquisition date. It is impracticable to provide historical supplemental pro forma financial information along with revenue and earnings subsequent to the acquisition date for acquisitions during the period due to a variety of factors, including access to historical information and the operations of acquirees were integrated within the Company shortly after closing and are not operating as a discrete entity within the Company’s organizational structure.
F-21
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Fair Values of Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed
The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the dates of acquisition:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
Allocation of Purchase Price |
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Cash |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Patient accounts receivable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Property and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Prepaid expenses and other current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deposits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Intangible assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Goodwill |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total assets acquired |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total liabilities assumed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Fair value of net assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
The fair value of assets and liabilities other than intangible assets approximate the carrying amount as of acquisition dates.
The following table summarizes the fair values of acquired intangible assets as of the dates of acquisition:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Regional trade names (1) |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Non-competition agreements (2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Contingent Consideration
Under the provisions of the acquisition agreements, the Company may pay additional cash consideration in the form of earnouts, contingent upon the acquirees achieving certain performance and operational targets including Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation, and Amortization (“EBITDA”) measures and employee retention and growth (see Note 8).
The following table summarizes the maximum contingent consideration based on the acquisition agreements:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
Contingent consideration |
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Maximum contingent consideration |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce, customer and payor relationships and anticipated synergies and economies of scale expected from the integration of the businesses. The synergies include certain cost savings, operating
F-22
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
efficiencies, and other strategic benefits projected to be achieved as a result of the acquisition. All goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.
NOTE 5 PREPAID EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT ASSETS
Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
Clinician advances |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Prepaid rent |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid fixed fee bonuses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Tenant improvement receivables |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other current assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
NOTE 6 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Intangible assets consist of the following:
December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
Gross |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net |
|
|
Weighted |
|
||||
Regional trade names |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|||
LifeStance trade names |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Non-competition agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total intangible assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2020 (Successor) |
|
Gross |
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
Net |
|
|
Weighted |
|
||||
Regional trade names |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|||
LifeStance trade names |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Non-competition agreements |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total intangible assets |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Gross carrying amount is based on the fair value of the intangible assets determined at the acquisition date. Total intangible asset amortization expense consists of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Amortization expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
F-23
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
The future amortization of intangible assets is as follows:
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Amount |
|
|
2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
NOTE 7 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
Leasehold improvements |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Computers and peripherals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Furniture, fixtures and equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Medical equipment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Construction in process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Less: Accumulated depreciation |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Depreciation expense consists of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Depreciation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
NOTE 8 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Company measures its contingent consideration liability at fair value on a recurring basis using Level 3 inputs. The Company estimates the fair value of the contingent consideration liability based on the likelihood and timing of the contingent earn-out payments. The fair value is derived using valuation methodologies, such as a discounted cash flow model, and is not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. This valuation incorporates certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such liability. The valuation methodology differs depending on the type of earn-out target (that is, EBITDA based or full time employee (“FTE”) retention and growth).
Valuation Technique |
|
Range of Significant Assumptions |
||
|
|
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
Probability-weighted analysis |
|
Probability |
|
|
based earn-outs (1) |
|
Discount rate |
|
F-24
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Valuation Technique |
|
Range of Significant Assumptions |
||
|
|
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
Monte Carlo Simulation |
|
Expected EBITDA |
|
Acquisition specific |
EBITDA based earn-outs |
|
Discount rate |
|
|
|
|
Counter-party risk premium |
|
|
|
|
Volatility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Probability-weighted analysis |
|
Probability |
|
|
FTE based earn-outs |
|
Discount rate |
|
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor), the Company adjusted the fair value of the contingent consideration liability due to remeasurement at the reporting date. See Note 18 for discussion of payments of contingent consideration made related to prior year acquisitions, fair value adjustments, and a rollforward of the contingent consideration balance from the prior year.
The following table presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:
December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Financial Instrument |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Contingent consideration liability |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
December 31, 2020 (Successor) |
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Financial Instrument |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Contingent consideration liability |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
At the close of the TPG Acquisition (see Note 3), the Company recorded the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at their acquisition date fair values in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. As disclosed in Note 4, the Company acquired several outpatient mental health practices during the periods presented. The values of net tangible assets acquired, and the resulting goodwill and other intangible assets were recorded at fair value using Level 3 inputs. The majority of the tangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their carrying values as of the respective dates of acquisition, as their carrying values approximated their fair values due to their short-term nature. The fair values of goodwill and other intangible assets acquired in these acquisitions were estimated with the assistance of a third-party valuation expert primarily based on the income approach. The income approach estimates fair value based on the present value of the cash flows that the assets are expected to generate in the future. The Company developed estimates for the expected future cash flows and discount rates used in the present value calculations. Other than assets acquired and liabilities assumed in these acquisitions, there were
NOTE 9 GOODWILL
The following table summarizes changes in the carrying amount of goodwill:
|
|
Amount |
|
|
Beginning balance as of April 13, 2020 (Successor) |
|
$ |
|
|
TPG Acquisition (Note 3) |
|
|
|
|
Measurement period adjustment (Note 3) |
|
|
|
|
Business acquisitions (Note 4) |
|
|
|
|
Ending balance as of December 31, 2020 (Successor) |
|
$ |
|
|
Business acquisitions (Note 4) |
|
|
|
|
Measurement period adjustments |
|
|
( |
) |
Ending balance as of December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
$ |
|
F-25
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 10 OTHER ACCRUED EXPENSES
Other accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
Patient credits payable |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Accrual for goods received, not invoiced |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accrued professional fees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Credit card payable |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other accrued expense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
NOTE 11 LONG-TERM DEBT
On August 28, 2018, the Company issued a term loan and revolver to Capital One. On March 15, 2019, the Company refinanced the term loan and revolver with Capital One under the First Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “March 2019 Credit Agreement”). The March 2019 Credit Agreement resulted in the Company issuing new term loans and revolvers to new lenders. The March 2019 Credit Agreement also gave the Company the right to issue additional term loans ($
On March 13, 2020, the Company amended the March 2019 Credit Agreement, adding an incremental $
On May 14, 2020, in connection with the TPG Acquisition, the successor company entered into the May 2020 Credit Agreement (the “May 2020 Credit Agreement”). The successor company did not assume any existing debt from the predecessor company. The May 2020 Credit Agreement resulted in the extinguishment of the March 2019 Credit Agreement recorded in the predecessor period, with the May 2020 Credit Agreement debt being treated as a new issuance of debt in the successor period. Unamortized debt issue costs of $
On November 4, 2020, the Company amended the May 2020 Credit Agreement, adding an aggregate $
On February 1, 2021, the Company amended the May 2020 Credit Agreement, increasing the total delayed draw term loan commitment by $
On April 30, 2021, the Company amended the May 2020 Credit Agreement, adding an aggregated $
In connection with the voluntary prepayment of $
F-26
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
The May 2020 Credit Agreement requires the Company to maintain compliance with certain restrictive financial covenants related to earnings, leverage ratios, and other financial metrics. The Company was in compliance with all debt covenants at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor).
Long-term debt consists of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
Term loans |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Delayed Draw loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total long-term debt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Less: Current portion of long-term debt |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Less: Unamortized debt issue costs |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Total Long-Term Debt, Net of Current Portion |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The current portion of long-term debt is included within other current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.
Interest expense consists of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Interest expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Future principal payments on long-term debt are as follows:
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Amount |
|
|
2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
The fair value of long-term debt is based on the present value of future payments discounted by the market interest rate or the fixed rates based on current rates offered to the Company for debt with similar terms and maturities, which is a Level 2 fair value measurement. Long-term debt is presented at carrying value on the consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of long-term debt at December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor) was $
Revolving Loan
Under the May 2020 Credit Agreement, the Company has a revolving loan from Capital One in the amount of $
There are
F-27
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 12 TOTAL REVENUES
The Company’s total revenues are dependent on a series of contracts with third-party payors, which is typical for providers in the health care industry. The Company has determined that the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by the payor mix with third-party payors which have different reimbursement rates.
The payor mix of fee-for-service revenue from patients and third-party payors consists of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
||||
Government |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Self-pay |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Total patient service revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Nonpatient service revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
||||
Government |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Self-pay |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Total patient service revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Nonpatient service revenue |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
||||
Total |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
Among the commercial payors, five insurance companies comprise the following percentages of revenues:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Top five commercial payors |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||||
Top one payor |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||||
Top two payor |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||||
Top three payor |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
F-28
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 13 INCOME TAXES
(Benefit) Provision for Income Taxes
The (benefit) provision for income taxes is comprised of the following components:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Federal |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
State |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total current |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Federal |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
State |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total deferred |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Total income tax (benefit) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
|
The net deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
December 31, 2020 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accruals and reserves |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||
Net operating losses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stock and unit-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest limitation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Gross deferred tax assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Fixed assets |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Intangibles |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Gross deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
Net deferred tax liability |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision (benefit) for income taxes as follows:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% |
|
||||
Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
% |
||
Stock and unit-based compensation |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
%) |
||
Other adjustments |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
%) |
||
Total |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
F-29
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% |
|
|
Amount |
|
|
% |
|
||||
Tax provision at U.S. federal statutory rate |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
|||
State income taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|||
Transaction costs |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other adjustments |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
|||
Total |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
|
% |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
Differences between the statutory rate are primarily the result of permanent book/tax differences between transaction costs, stock and unit-based compensation and state income taxes.
As of December 31, 2021 (Successor), the Company has $
As of December 31, 2020 (Successor), the Company has $
As of May 14, 2020 (Predecessor), the Company has $
As of December 31, 2019 (Predecessor), the Company has $
$
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards or other tax attributes, such as research tax credits (under IRC Section 383), in any taxable year may be limited if it experiences an ownership change. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor), the Company has not completed a formal Section 382 study on the potential limitation of its tax attributes. However, if an ownership shift had occurred, the Company believes that existing net operating losses are not permanently limited as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor). Any limitation may limit the Company’s future use of net operating losses.
Uncertain Income Tax Positions
The Company files tax returns as prescribed by the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which it operates. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions in the United States where applicable. There are currently no pending tax examinations. The Company's tax returns are still open under the U.S. statute from 2016 to the present. Earlier years may be examined to the extent that loss carryforwards are used in future periods. There are no tax matters under discussion with taxing authorities that are expected to have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 (Successor), the Company had accrued interest and penalties, net of federal income tax benefit, related to tax contingencies of $
NOTE 14 REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED UNITS
On July 20, 2017, the Company executed the Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement which established the terms of the Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred units (“Series A-1 Preferred Units”) and Series A redeemable convertible preferred units (“Series A Preferred Units”) (collectively, referred to as the “Preferred Units”), which were issued to various investors and employees of the Company.
In connection with the TPG Acquisition, the holders of LifeStance Health, LLC’s Preferred Units exchanged
F-30
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Series A-1 Preferred Units’ redemption value is equal to the greater of i) fair value at the redemption date, or ii) the sum of the issuance price plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends. Changes in the carrying amount of the Series A-1 Preferred Units will be charged against retained earnings (or additional paid-in capital in the absence of retained earnings until exhausted, at which point any remainder would increase accumulated deficit).
|
|
Year of |
|
Authorized |
|
|
Issued Units |
|
|
Issuance Price |
|
|
Liquidation |
|
|
Initial Carrying |
|
|||||
Unit Series |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Series A-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
Series A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
The table below includes the number of authorized units and issued units, as well as the issuance price, liquidation preference and initial carrying amount of the Preferred Units as of December 31, 2019.
|
|
Year of |
|
Authorized |
|
|
Issued Units |
|
|
Issuance Price |
|
|
Liquidation |
|
|
Initial Carrying |
|
|||||
Unit Series |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Series A-1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|||||
Series A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
Dividends
The holders of Preferred Units shall be entitled to receive, out of funds legally available therefore, cumulative cash distributions at the annual rate of
In the event that the Board shall declare a distribution payable upon the then outstanding Common Units, the holders of Preferred Units shall be entitled, in addition to any cumulative distributions to which the Preferred Units may be entitled, to
F-31
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
receive the amount of distributions per unit of Preferred Units that would be payable on the number of whole units of the Common Units into which each Preferred Unit held by each holder could be converted.
As of December 31, 2019 (Predecessor), the Series A-1 and Series A Preferred Units had arrearages in cumulative dividends of $
Redemption
The Company will, upon each written request from the Series A holders between March 10, 2018 to March 10, 2020, redeem all or any portion of the Series A Preferred Units. Each Series A Preferred Unit shall be redeemed at issuance price. There were no requests for redemption through March 10, 2020.
An enterprise valuation approach was utilized to determine the value of the Series A-1 Preferred Units. Assumptions utilized by the Company in determining the valuation included revenue multiple and lack of marketability discount. The revenue multiple was based on the median enterprise value of transactions deemed to be most closely aligned with the Company’s business model. A lack of marketability discount was applied to adjust the valuation for the unit holder’s limitation of immediate liquidity.
In the event of any liquidation event, after payment of all debts and liabilities of the Company, each holder of Preferred Units shall be entitled to be paid out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to its members before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Units or any other class or series of units ranking on liquidation junior to the Preferred Units by an amount in cash (i) per Series A-1 Preferred Unit equal to the greater of (A) the sum of the Series A-1 Preferred Unit issuance price plus an accrued and unpaid dividends, or (B) such amount as would have been payable to the Class A Common Units into which such Series A-1 Preferred Unit would have converted had all Series A-1 Preferred Units and Series A Preferred Units been converted into Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units, and per Series A Preferred Unit equal to the greater of (A) issuance price plus an accrued and unpaid dividends, or (B) such amount as would have been payable to the Class B Common Units into which such Series A Preferred Unit would have converted had all Series A-1 Preferred Units and Series A Preferred Units been converted into Class A Common Units and Class B Common Units, as applicable.
Conversion
Upon (i) the written consent of the Preferred Unit holders or (ii) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, all Series A Preferred Units shall be converted into Class B Common Units, and Series A-1 Preferred Units shall be converted into Class A Common Units.
A “Qualified Public Offering” shall mean an IPO, at a price of at least
As discussed above, pursuant to the TPG Acquisition (see Note 3), the historic holders of Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Units exchanged all the units for equity interest in LifeStance Holdings, and subsequently exchanged equity interest for the successor’s Class A Units and Class A-1 Units. See Note 16 for more details on the exchange.
Liquidation Preference
Upon the occurrence of a liquidation event the Preferred Unit holders are entitled to the greater of (a) the Preferred Units unpaid capital plus any unpaid
Voting Rights
Each Series A-1 Preferred Unit shall be entitled to cast one (1) vote for each Class A Common Unit into which such Series A-1 Preferred Unit is then convertible (on an aggregate basis for each Holder of Series A-1 Preferred Units) on any matter
F-32
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
requiring approval of such Units. Class B Common Units, Class C Common Units and Series A Preferred Units have no voting rights.
NOTE 15 STOCK AND UNIT-BASED COMPENSATION
Post-IPO Equity Awards
2021 Equity Incentive Plan
Effective June 9, 2021, the Company’s Board of Directors (the "Board") and its stockholders as of that date adopted and approved the LifeStance Health Group, Inc. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Equity Incentive Plan”). All equity-based awards subsequent to June 9, 2021 will be granted under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2021 Equity Incentive Plan permits the grant of awards of restricted or unrestricted common stock, stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance awards, and other stock-based awards to employees and directors of, and consultants and advisors to, the Company and its affiliates.
The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan is
Restricted Stock
The restricted stock was issued as part of the Organizational Transactions (see Note 1).
The following is a summary of restricted stock transactions as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor):
|
|
Unvested Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average Grant Date |
|
||
Unvested, June 9, 2021 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Converted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Vested |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Unvested, December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
Restricted Stock Units
The restricted stock units (“RSUs”) were granted in connection with the IPO and on a go forward basis. RSUs are accounted for as equity using the fair value method, which requires measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all awards granted to employees, directors and consultants based upon the grant-date fair value.
The following is a summary of RSU transactions as of and for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor):
|
|
Unvested Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average Grant Date |
|
||
Outstanding, June 9, 2021 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Converted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Vested |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Canceled and forfeited |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The Company recognized $
F-33
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
unrecognized compensation expense related to all non-vested awards (restricted stock and RSUs) that will be recognized over the weighted-average remaining service period of
2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
Effective June 9, 2021, the Board and its stockholders as of that date adopted and approved the LifeStance Health Group, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP permits the grant to eligible employees of the Company and its participating subsidiaries of options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock.
The aggregate number of shares of the Company common stock available for purchase pursuant to the exercise of options under the ESPP is
The ESPP will generally be implemented by a series of separate offerings referred to as “Option Periods”. Unless otherwise determined by the administrator, the Option Periods will be successive periods of approximately six months commencing on the first business day in January and July of each year, anticipated to be on or around January 1 and July 1, and ending approximately six months later on the last business day in June or December, as applicable, of each year, anticipated to be on or around June 30 and December 31. The last business day of each Option Period will be an “Exercise Date”. The administrator may change the Exercise Date, the commencement date, the ending date and the duration of each Option Period, in each case, to the extent permitted by Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code; provided, however, that no option may be exercised after 27 months from its grant date.
As of December 31, 2021 (Successor),
Pre-IPO Equity Awards
Class C Units and Class A Units (Predecessor)
For the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 and prior (Predecessor), the Board issued Class C Units and Class A Units options, which represented options to purchase membership units in LifeStance Health, LLC. All Class C Units and Class A Units options were fully vested and exercised as of May 14, 2020, and all holders were granted LifeStance TopCo Class A-1 Units upon the TPG Acquisition occurring. No options to purchase Class C Units or Class A Units were outstanding at May 14, 2020.
On the grant date, recipients of the Class C Units and Class A Units purchased for cash the units at their fair market value. The Company recorded total unit-based compensation expense of $
Class B Profits Interests Units (Successor)
On May 14, 2020, the Company’s Board adopted the Partnership Interest Award Agreement (“Award Agreement”). From May 14, 2020 through June 9, 2021 (Successor), under the Award Agreement, the Company granted awards in the form of Profits Interests Units to employees, officers and directors.
These Profits Interests represent profits interest ownership in the Company tied solely to the accretion, if any, in the value of the Company following the date of issuance of such Profits Interests. Profits Interests participate in any increase of the Company value related to their profits interests after the hurdle value has been achieved.
A maximum of
Holders of the Profits Interests Units receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board, at the grant date. All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service and any unvested awards will be forfeited.
F-34
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
Profits Interests Units are accounted for as equity using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all profit interest-based payment awards made to the holders based upon the grant-date fair value. The Company has concluded that both the Service-Vesting Units and the Performance-Vesting Units are subject to a market condition and has assessed the market condition as part of its determination of the grant date fair value.
Accordingly, the Company determined the fair value of each award on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model with the following assumptions used for the grants issued for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and the period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor):
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
||
Risk-free rate |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||
Volatility |
|
|
% |
|
|
% |
||
Time to liquidity event (years) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Discount for lack of marketability (DLOM) |
|
|
|
|
|
% |
The volatility assumption used in the Monte Carlo simulation model is based on the expected volatility of public companies in similar industries, adjusted to reflect the differences between the Company and public companies in size, resources, time in industry, and breadth of service offerings.
The following is a summary of Class B Profits Interests Units for the periods presented:
|
|
Class B Profits |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
||
Outstanding, April 13, 2020 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Outstanding, December 31, 2020 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
||
Granted |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Forfeited |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Converted |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
Outstanding, December 31, 2021 (Successor) |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
The Class B Profits Interests Units outstanding as of December 31, 2020 (Successor) had a corresponding hurdle value of $
Stock and Unit-Based Compensation Expense
The Company recognized unit-based compensation expense related to the Class B Profits Interests within general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income/(loss) and comprehensive income/(loss) as follows:
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
||
Unit-based compensation expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
As part of the Organizational Transactions, the Class B Profits Interests Units that were subject to vesting over a period of continuous employment or service and were unvested upon the Organizational Transactions were converted to restricted stock that vests over a modified requisite service period of three years. The unvested Class B Profits Interests Units that were subject to vesting upon the sale of the Company were converted to restricted stock that were modified to add both a market and service condition and vest between six months and two years following the IPO.
These awards, which were subject to vesting upon the sale of the Company, were deemed improbable until June 10, 2021 when the IPO occurred. As a result of this vesting condition being deemed probable on the date of the IPO, the equity holders
F-35
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
of these awards received 30,766 shares of common stock issued as restricted stock that are subject to market and service-based vesting conditions.
The stock compensation expense recorded for these modifications to convert the Class B Profits Interests Units to restricted stock, acceleration of vesting terms, and the additional RSUs granted at the time of IPO is included in the $
NOTE 16 STOCKHOLDERS'/MEMBERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Common Stock - Post-IPO
As discussed in Note 1, upon completion of the Company’s IPO in June 2021, the Company sold
In connection with the IPO, the Company increased its authorized shares from
The Company's common stock/units consisted of the following units and common stock, which have been authorized and issued as follows as of the period ended:
|
|
Redeemable |
|
|
Class A-1 Units |
|
|
Class A-2 Units |
|
|
Class B Units |
|
|
Common Stock |
|
|
Total |
|
||||||
Balance as of April 13, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Balance as of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Issued |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Vested Class B Profits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|||||
Conversion of pre-IPO |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
|
Initial Public Offering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Endowment to the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Issuance of common |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Balance as of December |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
|||||
|
|
December 31, 2019 |
|
|||||
|
|
Units |
|
|||||
|
|
Authorized |
|
|
Issued |
|
||
Class A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Class B |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Class C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Total units |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Units - Pre-IPO
The chief executive officer (“CEO”) had
F-36
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
was both outside of the Company’s control and probable to eventually occur, the redeemable Class A units subject to this Put Right were classified as mezzanine equity and carried at fair value (i.e., redemption price). There was no change to the fair value between May 14, 2020 and December 31, 2020. There was a change to the fair value during the period from January 1 to June 9, 2021 (Successor) of $
Class A and Class A-1 Common Units had equal voting rights. Class A-2, Class B and Class C Common Units were nonvoting units. All Common Units had no par value.
Upon the closing of the TPG Acquisition, the Company initiated two share exchanges for all outstanding shares, including Class A and Class C Units, as well as Series A and Series A-1 Preferred Units. Subsequent to the share exchanges, holders of the units received cash consideration for a portion of their units, and the remaining units were exchanged for Class A-1 and Class A-2 units of LifeStance TopCo based on a predetermined exchange ratio. There were
See Note 15 for discussion regarding Class B Units outstanding pre-IPO.
Preferred Stock
In connection with the Company’s IPO, the Company authorized the issuance of
NOTE 17 RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company leases
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Rent expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
A summary of noncancelable future minimum operating lease payments under these leases is as follows:
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Amount |
|
|
2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
In addition, management fees to TPG and certain executives of the Company were identified as related party transactions. As a result of the Company's IPO, the Company incurred a termination fee of $
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Management fees |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
F-37
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
NOTE 18 COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Contingent Consideration
For the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor), the period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor), and the period from January 1, 2020 to May 14, 2020 (Predecessor), there were post-close payments contingent on the future performance of its recently acquired targets achieving certain agreed upon performance metrics. Contingent consideration is recorded at fair value and was recognized in the purchase price allocation (see Note 4) of the acquired companies.
The following table presents changes to the Company’s contingent consideration balance:
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||
|
|
December 31, 2021 |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|||
Additions related to TPG Acquisition |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Additions related to acquisitions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Payments of contingent consideration |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
( |
) |
|
|
|
( |
) |
Loss (gain) on remeasurement |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
( |
) |
||
Ending balance |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
Leases with Third Parties
The Company leases its office facilities under operating leases expiring through
|
|
Successor |
|
|
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
|
|
January 1 to |
|
|
Year Ended |
|
||||
Center costs, excluding depreciation and |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
||||
General and administrative expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total rent expense |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
A summary of non-cancellable future minimum third-party operating lease payments under these leases is as follows:
Year Ended December 31, |
|
Amount |
|
|
2022 |
|
$ |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
|
|
2025 |
|
|
|
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
|
Professional Liability Insurance
The medical malpractice insurance coverage is subject to a $
Health Care Industry
The health care industry is subject to numerous laws and regulations of federal, state, and local governments. These laws and regulations include, but are not necessarily limited to, matters such as licensure, accreditation, and government health care
F-38
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
program participation requirements, reimbursement for patient services, and Medicare fraud and abuse. Recently, government activity has increased with respect to investigations and allegations concerning possible violations of fraud and abuse statutes and regulations by health care providers. Violation of these laws and regulations could result in expulsion from government health care programs together with imposition of significant fines and penalties, as well as significant repayments for patient services billed.
Laws and regulations concerning government programs, including Medicare and Medicaid, are complex and subject to varying interpretation. As a result of investigations by governmental agencies, various health care companies have received requests for information and notices regarding alleged noncompliance with those laws and regulations, which, in some instances, have resulted in companies entering into significant settlement agreements. Compliance with such laws and regulations may also be subject to future government review and interpretation as well as significant regulatory action, including fines, penalties, and potential exclusion from the related programs. There can be no assurance that regulatory authorities will not challenge the Company’s compliance with these laws and regulations, and it is not possible to determine the impact (if any) such claims or penalties would have upon the Company. In addition, the contracts the Company has with commercial payors also provide for retroactive audit and review of claims.
Management believes that the Company is in substantial compliance with fraud and abuse as well as other applicable government laws and regulations. While no regulatory inquiries have been made, compliance with such laws and regulations is subject to government review and interpretation, as well as regulatory actions unknown or unasserted at this time.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, state and federal regulatory authorities loosened or removed a number of regulatory requirements in order to increase the availability of telehealth services. For example, many state governors issued executive orders permitting physicians and other health care professionals to practice in their state without any additional licensure or by using a temporary, expedited or abbreviated licensure process so long as they hold a valid license in another state. In addition, changes were made to the Medicare and Medicaid programs (through waivers and other regulatory authority) to increase access to telehealth services by, among other things, increasing reimbursement, permitting the enrollment of out of state providers and eliminating prior authorization requirements. It is uncertain how long these COVID-19 related regulatory changes will remain in effect and whether they will continue beyond this public health emergency period. Management does not believe that the Company’s operations or results will be materially adversely affected by a return to the status quo from a regulatory perspective.
General Contingencies
The Company is exposed to various risks of loss related to torts; theft of, damage to and destruction of assets; errors and omissions, injuries to employees, and natural disasters. These risks are covered by commercial insurance purchased from independent third parties. There has been no significant reduction in insurance coverage from the previous year in any of the Company’s policies.
Litigation
The Company may be involved from time-to-time in legal actions relating to the ownership and operations of its business. In management’s opinion, the liabilities, if any, that may ultimately result from such legal actions are not expected to have material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows of the Company.
In March 2020, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the U.S. Attorney’s Office of the Northern District of Georgia involving an investigation of a laboratory arrangement. The Company does not believe that it is a target of the investigation or that there is any material exposure based on its internal review. The Company does not know how the investigation will be resolved, to what extent it may be expanded, or whether the Company or its employees will be subject to further investigation, enforcement action or related penalties that could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.
NOTE 19 NET LOSS PER SHARE
Prior to the IPO, as discussed in Note 1, the partnership interests of LifeStance TopCo included Redeemable Class A, Class A common and Class B units. The Class B Units were intended to be "profits interests" for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Prior to the IPO, each of the holders of partnership interests in LifeStance TopCo contributed its partnership interest to LifeStance Health Group in exchange for shares of common stock (including shares of common stock issued as restricted stock subject to vesting) of LifeStance Health Group, with no changes in relative equity holder rights, rank or value before or after this exchange. As a result, the LifeStance TopCo equity exchange of common units was considered equivalent to a stock split and requires retrospective treatment for net loss per share purposes. All share and per share information has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the equity exchange for all periods presented. Vested Class B Profits Interests Units
F-39
LIFESTANCE HEALTH GROUP, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(In thousands, except per share/unit amounts)
outstanding prior to the equity exchange were considered compensatory arrangements that were settled with shares of common stock at the time of the exchange and have been included as outstanding shares subsequent to that date.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income/(loss) per share (“EPS”) for the Company’s common shares (on an as-converted basis):
|
|
Successor |
|
|||||
|
|
Year Ended |
|
|
April 13 to |
|
||
Net loss available to common |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
Weighted-average shares used to compute |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net loss per share, basic and diluted |
|
$ |
( |
) |
|
$ |
( |
) |
The Company has issued potentially dilutive instruments in the form of restricted stock and the RSUs. The Company did not include any of these instruments in its calculation of diluted loss per share (on an as-converted basis) for the year ended December 31, 2021 (Successor) and for the period from April 13, 2020 to December 31, 2020 (Successor) because to include them would be anti-dilutive due to the Company’s net loss during the period. See Note 15 for the issued, vested and unvested Class B Profits Interests Units, restricted stock and RSUs.
NOTE 20 SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
Subsequent to December 31, 2021, the Company completed acquisitions of
For the acquisitions completed subsequent to December 31, 2021, total contractual consideration included cash consideration of $
F-40
Exhibit 4.2
Description of Capital Stock
General
The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of which this Exhibit 4.2 is a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”).
As of December 31, 2021, our authorized capital stock consisted of 800,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “LFST.”
Common Stock
Dividend rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the Board of Directors may determine from time to time.
Voting rights. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock have no cumulative voting rights.
Preemptive rights. Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.
Conversion or redemption rights. Our common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable.
Liquidation rights. Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.
Preferred Stock
Our Board of Directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional or special rights, as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there
-1-
will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Our Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board of Directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.
These provisions include:
-2-
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the state or federal courts within the State of Delaware will be exclusive forums for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated by-laws, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (5) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or to any claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the U.S. federal district courts shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any claims arising under the Securities Act. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware and certain federal securities law, these provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.
Section 203 of the DGCL
We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL (“Section 203”), an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions):
-3-
While we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that investment funds affiliated with our Principal Stockholders will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by investment funds affiliated with our Principal Stockholders, and accordingly we will not be subject to such restrictions.
Corporate Opportunities
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of our Principal Stockholders and each of their respective partners, principals, directors, officers, members, managers and/or employees, including any of the foregoing who serve as officers or directors of the Company, and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law and requires that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We have also entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of our directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable. We also maintain officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that our officers and directors may incur in such capacities.
-4-
Exhibit 10.4
Execution Version
THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
This THIRD AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) dated as of April 30, 2021 by and among LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”), Capital One, National Association (“Capital One”), as administrative agent and as collateral agent (in each such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Administrative Agent”) under the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), the lenders party hereto as Incremental Term Lenders (the “Incremental Term Lenders”) and the Lenders (as defined in the Credit Agreement) party hereto.
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:
WHEREAS, the Borrower, the AAL Last Out Representative, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and the Administrative Agent, entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2020 (as amended by that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2020, as further amended by that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 1, 2021 and as further amended, restated, amended and restated, refinanced, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including by this Amendment, the “Credit Agreement”, as amended by this Amendment (the “Amended Credit Agreement”));
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.14(1) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower has delivered a request for Term Loan Increases and Incremental Term Facilities to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate principal amount of $70,000,000;
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the applicable Incremental Term Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, (x) provide an Incremental Term Commitment (the “Third Amendment Term Loan Commitment”) under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (y) make Incremental Term Loans (with respect to each applicable Incremental Term Lender, its “Third Amendment Term Loans”) as a new Class of Term Loans, in an aggregate principal amount for all such Incremental Term Lenders taken as a whole equal to $20,000,000 on the Third Amendment Effective Date (as defined below);
WHEREAS, the Borrower has requested that the applicable Incremental Term Lenders, pursuant to Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, (x) provide an Incremental Term Commitment (the “Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” and together with the Third Amendment Term Loan Commitment, the “Incremental Term Loan Commitments”) under the Amended Credit Agreement, and (y) make Incremental Term Loans (with respect to each applicable Incremental Term Lender, its “Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loans” and together with the Third Amendment Term Loans, the “Incremental Term Loans”) as a new Class of Delayed Draw Term Loans in an aggregate principal amount for all such Incremental Term Lenders taken as a whole equal to $50,000,000 on the Third Amendment Effective Date;
WHEREAS, the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments will be used by the Borrower, directly or indirectly, for the purposes set forth in the Amended Credit Agreement;
WHEREAS, the Borrower, Holdings, the undersigned Incremental Term Lenders and the Administrative Agent are entering into this Amendment in order to evidence such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, in each case, in accordance with Section 2.14(6) of the Credit Agreement; and
WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, the Borrower, Holdings, the undersigned Incremental Term Lenders and the Administrative Agent (pursuant to Section 2.14(6) and Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement) have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement as set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration (the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged), the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meaning ascribed to such terms in the Amended Credit Agreement:
SECTION 2. Amendments to Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement is, effective as of the Third Amendment Effective Date and subject to the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 hereof, hereby amended as follows:
SECTION 3. Reference to and Effect on the Loan Documents.
2
SECTION 4. Conditions of Effectiveness. (i) The obligations of the applicable Incremental Term Lenders to make the Third Amendment Term Loans to the Borrower under this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement, (ii) the obligations of the applicable Incremental Term Lenders to make available the Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments to the Borrower under this Amendment and the Amended Credit Agreement and (iii) the amendments to the Credit Agreement contained in Section 2 hereof, shall become effective as of the first date (the “Third Amendment Effective Date”) on which the following conditions shall have been satisfied (or waived by the Incremental Term Lenders):
3
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4, the Incremental Term Lenders shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required hereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Incremental Term Lenders from and after the making by the Incremental Term Lenders of the Third Amendment Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(e) and (f) of the Amended Credit Agreement and the effectiveness of the Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments.
4
SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties. Each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent, the Incremental Term Lenders and each other Lender party hereto as of the Third Amendment Effective Date that:
SECTION 6. Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agrees to pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent (including the Attorney Costs of the Administrative Agent to the extent provided for in Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement) in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment and any other instruments and documents to be delivered hereunder or in connection herewith and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Incremental Lenders to the extent separately agreed among the Incremental Lenders and the Borrower on or prior to the date hereof.
5
SECTION 7. Execution in Counterparts; Effectiveness. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile or other electronic imaging (including in .pdf format) means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.
SECTION 8. Amendments; Severability.
SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. Clauses (b) and (c) of Section 10.16 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 10. WAIVER OF RIGHT OF TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY TO THIS AMENDMENT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AMENDMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). eACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AMENDMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.
6
SECTION 11. Ratification and Reaffirmation. Each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby expressly acknowledges the terms of this Amendment and ratifies and reaffirms, as of the date hereof, (i) all of its obligations, contingent or otherwise, under the Credit Agreement (as amended hereby) and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party and all of the covenants, duties, indebtedness and liabilities under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, including, in each case, such covenants, duties, indebtedness and liabilities as in effect immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) its guarantee and grant of security interests and Liens on the Collateral to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents to which it is a party and agrees that such security interests and Liens hereafter secure all of the Obligations as amended hereby.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective authorized officers as of the date first above written.
LIFESTANCE HEALTH
HOLDINGS, INC.
LYNNWOOD INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.
By: |
|
/s/ Warren Gouk |
Name: Warren Gouk
Title: Chief Administrative Officer
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent
By: |
|
/s/ Brian Dunn |
Name: Brian Dunn
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: |
|
/s/ Brian Dunn |
Name: Brian Dunn
Title: Duly Authorized Signatory
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC, as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
HPS SPECIALTY LOAN FUND V, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HPS SPECIALTY LOAN FUND V-L, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SLIF V-L HOLDINGS, LLC, as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
SLIF V HOLDINGS, LLC, as an Incremental Term Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HPS SPECIALTY LOAN EUROPE FUND V, SCSP, as an Incremental Term Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
CST SPECIALTY LOAN FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
SPECIALTY LOAN VG FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
CACTUS DIRECT LENDING FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SWISS CAPITAL HPS PRIVATE DEBT FUND L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
PRESIDIO LOAN FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HALITE 2020 DIRECT LIMITED, as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
VG HPS PRIVATE DEBT FUND L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
RR SPECIALTY LOAN FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HC DIRECT LENDING FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HPS OCOEE SPECIALTY LOAN FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
BRICKYARD DIRECT LENDING FUND, L.P., as an Incremental Term Lender and a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SPECIALTY LOAN FUND – CX – 2, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
RED CEDAR FUND 2016, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
CACTUS DIRECT HOLDINGS, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
CST SPECIALTY HOLDINGS, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
EQUITABLE FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
FALCON CREDIT FUND, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
HPS DPT DIRECT LENDING FUND, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
LINCOLN INVESTMENT SOLUTIONS, INC., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
MORENO STREET DIRECT LENDING FUND, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
PACIFIC INDEMNITY COMPANY, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
PHILADELPHIA INDEMNITY INSURANCE COMPANY, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
PRIVATE LOAN OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
RED CEDAR HOLDINGS, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
RELIANCE STANDARD LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SAFETY NATIONAL CASUALTY CORPORATION, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
SLF 2016 INSTITUTIONAL HOLDINGS, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SLF CX-2 HOLDINGS, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SPECIALTY LOAN FUND 2016, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
SPECIALTY LOAN ONTARIO FUND 2016, L.P., as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
TMD-DL HOLDINGS, LLC, as a Lender
By: HPS Investment Partners, LLC, its Investment Manager
By: |
|
/s/ Aman Malik |
Name: Aman Malik
Title: Managing Director
[Signature Page to Third Amendment to Credit Agreement]
GUARANTOR CONSENT AND REAFFIRMATION
April 30, 2021
Each of the undersigned, as (i) a Guarantor under the Guaranty, dated as of May 14, 2020 (the “Guaranty”), by and among each Guarantor party thereto and the Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Lenders party to the Credit Agreement referred to in the foregoing Amendment and (ii) a Grantor under the Security Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2020, by and among each Grantor party thereto and the Collateral Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Secured Parties and each other Collateral Document, hereby:
[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank]
GUARANTORS AND GRANTORS: |
|
LIFESTANCE HEALTH, INC. LIFESTANCE HEALTH - NEVADA, LLC LIFESTANCE HEALTH - WISCONSIN, LLC LIFESTANCE HEALTH - ARIZONA, LLC LIFESTANCE HEALTH - COLORADO, LLC LIFESTANCE HEALTH - MICHIGAN, LLC BEHAVIORAL HEALTH SOLUTIONS, LLC ADVENT PROFESSIONALS, LLC ALTERNATIVE BEHAVIORAL CARE LLC PSYCHOLOGICAL & BEHAVIORAL CONSULTANTS, LLC PERSONAL RECOVERY NETWORK, LLC THE COUNSELING CENTER OF NASHUA, INC. LHM MASS, INC. ADVENT MEDICAL GROUP, LLC COMMONWEALTH COUNSELING ASSOCIATES, INC. DELAWARE COUNTY PROFESSIONAL SERVICES, INC. ORLANDO BEHAVIORAL ADMINISTRATORS CORPORATION OBHC MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC. CARMEL PSYCH MANAGEMENT SERVICES, LLC BEHAVIORAL HEALTH PRACTICE SERVICES LLC BEHAVIORAL HEALTH MANAGEMENT SOLUTIONS, INC. ANXIETY AND STRESS MANAGEMENT INSTITUTE, LLC LIFESTANCE HEALTH MANAGEMENT MASSACHUSETTS, LLC ORLANDO BEHAVIORAL HEALTHCARE CORPORATION PORTRAIT HEALTH PROPERTIES, INC. |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Warren Gouk |
|
|
|
Name: Warren Gouk |
|
|
|
Title: Chief Administrative Officer |
[Signature Page to Guarantor Consent and Reaffirmation]
|
|
PORTRAIT HEALTH, INC. PORTRAIT HEALTH ACCEPTANCE CORPORATION PORTRAIT HEALTH CENTERS, INC. PORTRAIT HEALTH DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Warren Gouk |
|
|
|
Name: Warren Gouk |
|
|
|
Title: Chief Financial Officer |
[Signature Page to Guarantor Consent and Reaffirmation]
Annex A
Schedule 2.01
Commitments
Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment, Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment and Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment
Lender |
Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment |
Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment |
Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment |
Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment |
Capital One, National Association |
$2,900,000.00 |
$0.00 |
$7,200,000.00 |
$0.00 |
HPS Specialty Loan Fund V, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$2,927,375.90 |
$0.00 |
$7,326,999.32 |
HPS Specialty Loan Fund V-L, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$2,452,295.56 |
$0.00 |
$6,137,909.37 |
SLIF V-L Holdings, LLC |
$0.00 |
$2,952,330.14 |
$0.00 |
$7,389,457.91 |
SLIF V Holdings, LLC |
$0.00 |
$651,151.54 |
$0.00 |
$1,629,782.80 |
HPS Specialty Loan Europe Fund V, SCSp |
$0.00 |
$2,580,518.05 |
$0.00 |
$6,458,840.49 |
CST Specialty Loan Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$70,081.93 |
$0.00 |
$175,409.75 |
Specialty Loan VG Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$45,373.56 |
$0.00 |
$113,566.56 |
Cactus Direct Lending Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$1,541,873.42 |
$0.00 |
$3,859,191.95 |
Swiss Capital HPS Private Debt Fund L.P. |
$0.00 |
$54,317.58 |
$0.00 |
$135,952.78 |
Presidio Loan Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$37,164.66 |
$0.00 |
$93,020.32 |
Halite 2020 Direct Limited |
$0.00 |
$478,737.46 |
$0.00 |
$1,198,243.45 |
VG HPS Private Debt Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$778,800.91 |
$0.00 |
$1,949,279.48 |
RR Specialty Loan Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$273,251.97 |
$0.00 |
$683,928.92 |
HC Direct Lending Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$437,203.16 |
$0.00 |
$1,094,286.26 |
HPS OCOEE Specialty Loan Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$1,380,134.99 |
$0.00 |
$3,454,372.94 |
Brickyard Direct Lending Fund, L.P. |
$0.00 |
$439,389.17 |
$0.00 |
$1,099,757.70 |
Total |
$2,900,000.00 |
$17,100,000.00 |
$7,200,000.00 |
$42,800,000.00 |
Annex B
Amended Credit Agreement
(see attached)
Annex B to SecondThird Amendment
Conformed through SecondThird Amendment
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 14, 2020
among
LYNNWOOD MERGERSUB, INC.,
as the Initial Borrower, which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into,
LIFESTANCE HEALTH HOLDINGS, INC.,
with LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. surviving such merger as the Borrower,
LYNNWOOD INTERMEDIATE HOLDINGS, INC.,
as Holdings,
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender,
THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO
CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC,
as Lead Arrangers and Bookrunners, and
HPS INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LLC,
as AAL Last Out Representative
Table of Contents
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I Definitions and Accounting Terms |
2 |
|
SECTION 1.01 |
Defined Terms |
2 |
SECTION 1.02 |
Other Interpretive Provisions |
118121 |
SECTION 1.03 |
Accounting Terms |
119123 |
SECTION 1.04 |
Rounding |
120123 |
SECTION 1.05 |
References to Agreements, Laws, etc. |
120123 |
SECTION 1.06 |
Times of Day and Timing of Payment and Performance |
120123 |
SECTION 1.07 |
Pro Forma and Other Calculations |
120124 |
SECTION 1.08 |
Available Amount Transaction |
126129 |
SECTION 1.09 |
Guaranties of Hedging Obligations |
126129 |
SECTION 1.10 |
Currency Generally |
126129 |
SECTION 1.11 |
Letters of Credit |
126130 |
SECTION 1.12 |
Effect of Benchmark Transition Event Replacement Setting |
127130 |
ARTICLE II The Commitments and Borrowings |
128132 |
|
SECTION 2.01 |
The Loans |
128132 |
SECTION 2.02 |
Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans |
130135 |
SECTION 2.03 |
Letters of Credit |
132138 |
SECTION 2.04 |
Swing Line Loans |
144149 |
SECTION 2.05 |
Prepayments |
147152 |
SECTION 2.06 |
Termination or Reduction of Commitments |
163168 |
SECTION 2.07 |
Repayment of Loans |
164169 |
SECTION 2.08 |
Interest |
166172 |
SECTION 2.09 |
Fees |
167174 |
SECTION 2.10 |
Computation of Interest and Fees |
168174 |
SECTION 2.11 |
Evidence of Indebtedness |
168174 |
SECTION 2.12 |
Payments Generally |
169175 |
SECTION 2.13 |
Sharing of Payments |
171177 |
SECTION 2.14 |
Incremental Facilities |
172178 |
SECTION 2.15 |
[Reserved] |
182188 |
SECTION 2.16 |
Extensions of Loans |
182188 |
SECTION 2.17 |
Defaulting Lenders |
187193 |
SECTION 2.18 |
Prepayment Premium |
190195 |
ARTICLE III Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality |
190196 |
|
SECTION 3.01 |
Taxes |
190196 |
SECTION 3.02 |
Illegality |
194200 |
SECTION 3.03 |
Inability to Determine Rates |
195201 |
SECTION 3.04 |
Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans |
196201 |
SECTION 3.05 |
Funding Losses |
197202 |
SECTION 3.06 |
Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation |
197203 |
SECTION 3.07 |
Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances |
198204 |
SECTION 3.08 |
Survival |
200206 |
ARTICLE IV Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions |
200206 |
|
SECTION 4.01 |
Conditions to Credit Extensions on Closing Date |
200206 |
SECTION 4.02 |
Conditions to Credit Extensions after the Closing Date |
203209 |
ARTICLE V Representations and Warranties |
204210 |
|
SECTION 5.01 |
Existence, Qualification, Power and Authority; Compliance with Laws |
205210 |
SECTION 5.02 |
Authorization; No Contravention |
205211 |
SECTION 5.03 |
Governmental and Third Party Authorization |
206211 |
SECTION 5.04 |
Binding Effect |
206212 |
SECTION 5.05 |
Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect |
206212 |
SECTION 5.06 |
Litigation |
207213 |
SECTION 5.07 |
Labor Matters |
207213 |
SECTION 5.08 |
Ownership of Property; Liens |
208213 |
SECTION 5.09 |
Environmental Matters |
208213 |
SECTION 5.10 |
Taxes |
208213 |
SECTION 5.11 |
ERISA Compliance |
208214 |
SECTION 5.12 |
Subsidiaries |
209214 |
SECTION 5.13 |
Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act |
209214 |
SECTION 5.14 |
Disclosure |
209214 |
SECTION 5.15 |
Intellectual Property; Licenses, etc. |
210215 |
SECTION 5.16 |
Solvency |
210215 |
SECTION 5.17 |
USA PATRIOT Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws |
210215 |
SECTION 5.18 |
Collateral Documents |
210215 |
SECTION 5.19 |
HIPAA |
211216 |
SECTION 5.20 |
Regulatory Matters |
211216 |
ARTICLE VI Affirmative Covenants |
212217 |
|
SECTION 6.01 |
Financial Statements |
212217 |
SECTION 6.02 |
Certificates; Other Information |
214219 |
SECTION 6.03 |
Notices |
216221 |
SECTION 6.04 |
Payment of Taxes |
216221 |
SECTION 6.05 |
Preservation of Existence, etc. |
216222 |
SECTION 6.06 |
Maintenance of Properties |
217222 |
SECTION 6.07 |
Maintenance of Insurance |
217222 |
SECTION 6.08 |
Compliance with Laws |
217222 |
SECTION 6.09 |
Books and Records |
217223 |
SECTION 6.10 |
Inspection Rights |
218223 |
SECTION 6.11 |
Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security |
218223 |
SECTION 6.12 |
Compliance with Environmental Laws |
222227 |
2
SECTION 6.13 |
Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenant |
222227 |
SECTION 6.14 |
Use of Proceeds |
222227 |
SECTION 6.15 |
Regulatory Matters |
223228 |
SECTION 6.16 |
Accounts; Control Agreements |
223228 |
SECTION 6.17 |
Amendments to Management Services Agreement |
223228 |
ARTICLE VII Negative Covenants |
224229 |
|
SECTION 7.01 |
Liens |
224229 |
SECTION 7.02 |
Indebtedness |
224229 |
SECTION 7.03 |
Fundamental Changes |
231236 |
SECTION 7.04 |
Asset Sales |
233238 |
SECTION 7.05 |
Restricted Payments |
235240 |
SECTION 7.06 |
Change in Nature of Business |
245250 |
SECTION 7.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
245250 |
SECTION 7.08 |
Burdensome Agreements |
250255 |
SECTION 7.09 |
Accounting Changes |
253258 |
SECTION 7.10 |
Amendments of Organizational Documents, Junior Indebtedness Documents and Services Agreements |
253258 |
SECTION 7.11 |
Holdings |
254259 |
SECTION 7.12 |
Financial Covenant |
255260 |
SECTION 7.13 |
Investments |
256260 |
ARTICLE VIII Events of Default and Remedies |
256261 |
|
SECTION 8.01 |
Events of Default |
256261 |
SECTION 8.02 |
Remedies upon Event of Default |
259264 |
SECTION 8.03 |
Application of Funds |
260264 |
SECTION 8.04 |
Right to Cure |
263268 |
ARTICLE IX Administrative Agent and Other Agents |
265269 |
|
SECTION 9.01 |
Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent |
265269 |
SECTION 9.02 |
Rights as a Lender |
267271 |
SECTION 9.03 |
Exculpatory Provisions |
267272 |
SECTION 9.04 |
Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent |
269273 |
SECTION 9.05 |
Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent |
269274 |
SECTION 9.06 |
Reliance by the Administrative Agent |
269274 |
SECTION 9.07 |
Delegation of Duties |
270274 |
SECTION 9.08 |
Indemnification |
270274 |
SECTION 9.09 |
The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity |
271275 |
SECTION 9.10 |
No Other Duties, Etc. |
271276 |
SECTION 9.11 |
Resignation by the Administrative Agent |
271276 |
SECTION 9.12 |
Collateral Matters |
273277 |
SECTION 9.13 |
[Reserved] |
274278 |
SECTION 9.14 |
Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim |
274278 |
SECTION 9.15 |
Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents |
275280 |
SECTION 9.16 |
Intercreditor Agreements |
276281 |
3
SECTION 9.17 |
Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements |
277281 |
SECTION 9.18 |
Withholding Tax |
277282 |
ARTICLE X Miscellaneous |
278282 |
|
SECTION 10.01 |
Amendments, etc. |
278282 |
SECTION 10.02 |
Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies |
285289 |
SECTION 10.03 |
No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies |
287291 |
SECTION 10.04 |
Costs and Expenses |
288292 |
SECTION 10.05 |
Indemnification by the Borrower |
288292 |
SECTION 10.06 |
Marshaling; Payments Set Aside |
289293 |
SECTION 10.07 |
Successors and Assigns |
290294 |
SECTION 10.08 |
Resignation of Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender |
300304 |
SECTION 10.09 |
Confidentiality |
300304 |
SECTION 10.10 |
Setoff |
302306 |
SECTION 10.11 |
Interest Rate Limitation |
303306 |
SECTION 10.12 |
Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness |
303307 |
SECTION 10.13 |
Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents |
303307 |
SECTION 10.14 |
Survival of Representations and Warranties |
303307 |
SECTION 10.15 |
Severability |
304307 |
SECTION 10.16 |
GOVERNING LAW |
304308 |
SECTION 10.17 |
WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY |
305308 |
SECTION 10.18 |
Binding Effect |
305309 |
SECTION 10.19 |
Lender Action |
305309 |
SECTION 10.20 |
Use of Name, Logo, etc. |
305309 |
SECTION 10.21 |
USA PATRIOT Act |
305309 |
SECTION 10.22 |
Service of Process |
306309 |
SECTION 10.23 |
No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility |
306310 |
SECTION 10.24 |
Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations; Subordination of Liens |
306310 |
SECTION 10.25 |
Assumption and Acknowledgment |
308312 |
SECTION 10.26 |
Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions |
309312 |
SECTION 10.27 |
Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs |
309313 |
SECTION 10.28 |
Separate Obligations |
310313 |
SECTION 10.29 |
AAL |
310314 |
4
SCHEDULES
1.01(1) |
Closing Date Subsidiary Guarantors |
1.01(2) |
Mortgaged Properties |
1.01(3) |
Affiliated Practices |
1.01(4) |
Waterfall Trigger Event |
2.01 |
Commitments |
4.01(1)(c) |
Certain Collateral Documents |
5.12 |
Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments |
6.13(2) |
Post-Closing Covenants |
6.16 |
Accounts |
7.01 |
Existing Liens |
7.02 |
Existing Indebtedness |
7.05 |
Existing Investments |
7.07 |
Transactions with Affiliates |
10.02 |
Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices |
EXHIBITS
A-1 |
Committed Loan Notice |
A-2 |
Swing Line Notice |
B-1 |
Term Note |
B-2 |
Revolving Note |
B-3 |
Swing Line Note |
B-4 |
Delayed Draw Term Note |
C |
Compliance Certificate |
D-1 |
Assignment and Assumption |
D-2 |
Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption |
E |
Guaranty |
F |
Pledge and Security Agreement |
G-1 |
Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement |
G-2 |
Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement |
H |
United States Tax Compliance Certificates |
I |
Solvency Certificate |
J |
Discount Range Prepayment Notice |
K |
Discount Range Prepayment Offer |
L |
Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice |
M |
Acceptance and Prepayment Notice |
N |
Specified Discount Prepayment Notice |
O |
Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer |
P |
Specified Discount Prepayment Response |
Q |
Intercompany Note |
R |
VCOC Letter |
5
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 14, 2020 by and among Lynnwood MergerSub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Initial Borrower”) (which on the Closing Date shall be merged with and into LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) (such merger, the “Closing Date Merger”), with the Company surviving such Closing Date Merger as the “Borrower”), Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Capital One, National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Administrative Agent”) under the Loan Documents and as collateral agent (in such capacity, including any successor thereto, the “Collateral Agent”) under the Loan Documents, as an Issuing Bank and a Swing Line Lender, HPS Investment Partners, LLC, as AAL Last Out Representative, and each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”).
PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS
The Borrower has requested that (a) the Lenders extend credit to the Borrower in the form of (i) $30.3 million of Closing Date Term B-1 Loans and $179.7 million of Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, (ii) $7.2 million of Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and $42.8 million of Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments and (iii) $20.0 million of Revolving Commitments on the Closing Date as senior secured credit facilities, (b) from time to time on and after the Closing Date, (i) the Lenders lend Revolving Loans to the Borrower and (ii) the Issuing Banks issue Letters of Credit for the accounts of the Borrower, each to provide working capital for, and for other general corporate purposes of, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, pursuant to the Revolving Commitments hereunder and pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in, this Agreement and (c) from time to time after the Closing Date, the Lenders lend to the Borrower the Delayed Draw Term Loans pursuant to the Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments hereunder and pursuant to the terms of, and subject to the conditions set forth in, this Agreement.
The proceeds of the Closing Date Term Loans and the Closing Date Revolving Borrowings, together with cash on hand and proceeds of the Equity Contribution, will be used on the Closing Date to fund the Transactions.
The Lenders have indicated their willingness to make Loans, and the Issuing Banks have indicated their willingness to issue Letters of Credit, in each case on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
Definitions and Accounting Terms
SECTION 1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement (including the introductory paragraph hereof and the preliminary statements hereto), the following terms have the meanings set forth below:
“AAL” means that certain Agreement Among Lenders, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the AAL Last Out Representative and acknowledged by the Loan Parties, as amended as permitted thereunder.
“AAL First Out Holders” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, all Issuing Banks, the Swing Line Lender, the Revolving Lenders, the Term B-1 Lenders, and all other “First Out Holders” under the AAL.
“AAL First Out Obligations” means “First Out Obligations” (as defined in the AAL).
“AAL Last Out Holders” means, collectively, the AAL Last Out Representative, the Term B-2 Lenders, and all other “Last Out Holders” under the AAL.
“AAL Last Out Obligations” means “Last Out Obligations” (as defined in the AAL).
“AAL Last Out Representative” means (i) for so long as HPS Entities hold Term B-2 Loans representing more than 50% of all outstanding Term B-2 Loans at such time, HPS, and (ii) if at any time HPS Entities cease to hold Term B-2 Loans representing more than 50% of all outstanding Term B-2 Loans at such time, (x) if any Lender holds Term B-2 Loans representing more than 50% of all outstanding Term B-2 Loans at such time, such Lender, or (y) if no Lender holds Term B-2 Loans representing more than 50% of all outstanding Term B-2 Loans at such time, HPS, or, if no HPS Entity holds any Term B-2 Loans at such time, any Lender that holds Term B-2 Loans at such time that is designated as the “Last Out Representative” by the Required Last Out Lenders.
“Acceptable Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(2). “Acceptable Prepayment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(3).
“Acceptance and Prepayment Notice” means a notice of the Borrower’s acceptance of the Acceptable Discount in substantially the form of Exhibit M.
“Acceptance Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(2). “Acquired Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person,
2
“Acquisition” means the acquisition of the Company and its subsidiaries pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement.
“Acquisition Agreement” means that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 14, 2020, by and among the Company, Holdings, the Initial Borrower and Shareholder Representative Services LLC (solely in its capacity as the sellers’ representative) (together with the schedules and exhibits thereto), as amended modified and supplemented from time to time as permitted under Section 4.01(8).
“Additional Lender” means, at any time, any bank, other financial institution or institutional lender or investor that, in any case, is not an existing Lender and that agrees to provide any portion of any (a) Incremental Loan in accordance with Section 2.14, (b) [reserved] or (c) Replacement Loans pursuant to Section 10.01; provided that each Additional Lender shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each case solely to the extent that any such consent would be required from the Administrative Agent under Section 10.07(b)(iii)(B) for an assignment of Loans to such Additional Lender, and in the case of Incremental Revolving Commitments, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Bank, each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each case solely to the extent such consent would be required for any assignment to such Additional Lender under Section 10.07(b)(iii).
“Additional Letter of Credit Facility” means any facility established by the Borrower and/or any Subsidiary to obtain letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers acceptances or other similar instruments required by customers, suppliers or landlords or otherwise required in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice.
“Administrative Agent” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities,
3
by agreement or otherwise; provided, that, solely with respect to Section 7.07, “Affiliate shall also include Persons who own 10% or more of the Voting Stock of the Person specified.
“Affiliated Practices” means any Person (a) that provides medical, healthcare or related professional services; (b) the Equity Interests of which are not owned by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) that is party to an administrative services agreement pursuant to which the Borrower or any Guarantor manages, without exercising any professional medical judgment, the day-today non-clinical, administrative operations of such Person (each, a “Services Agreement”) and (d) that pays to the Borrower or such Guarantor fees pursuant to any Services Agreement to which such Person is a party. Schedule 1.01(3) lists each Person which is an “Affiliated Practice” as of the Closing Date.
“Affiliate Transaction” has the meaning specified in Section 7.07.
“Affiliated Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is (x) the Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Sponsor (other than (a) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) any Debt Fund Affiliate or (c) any natural person) at such time or (y) a Co-Sponsor or an Affiliate of a Co-Sponsor (other than (a) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary, (b) any Debt Fund Affiliate or (c) any natural person).
“Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h)(vi).
“Affiliated Lender Cap” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h)(iv).
“Agent-Related Distress Event” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent or any other Person that directly or indirectly controls the Administrative Agent (each, a “Distressed Agent”), (a) that such Distressed Agent is or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, (b) a custodian, conservator, receiver, or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Agent or any substantial part of such Distressed Agent’s assets, or (c) such Distressed Agent is subject to a forced liquidation, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Agent or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt; provided that an Agent-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interests in the Administrative Agent or any Person that directly or indirectly controls the Administrative Agent by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide the Administrative Agent with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit the Administrative Agent (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with the Administrative Agent.
“Agent-Related Persons” means the Agents, together with their respective Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, attorney-in-fact, partners, trustees and advisors of such Persons and of such Persons’ Affiliates.
“Agents” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the AAL Last Out Representative and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any). “Aggregate Commitments” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.
4
“Agreement” means this Credit Agreement, as amended, restated, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
“AHYDO Payment” means any mandatory prepayment or redemption pursuant to the terms of any Indebtedness that is intended or designed to cause such Indebtedness not to be treated as an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i) of the Code.
“All-In Yield” means, as to any Indebtedness, the yield thereof, whether in the form of interest rate, margin, OID, upfront fees (including the upfront fees payable under the Fee Letter, the First Amendment Fee Letter, the Second Amendment Fee Letter and the SecondThird Amendment Fee Letter), a Eurodollar Rate floor or Base Rate floor (with such increased amount being determined in the manner described in the final proviso of this definition), or otherwise, in each case, incurred or payable by the Borrower ratably to all lenders of such Indebtedness; provided that OID and upfront fees (including the upfront fees payable under the Fee Letter, the First Amendment Fee Letter, the Second Amendment Fee Letter and the SecondThird Amendment Fee Letter) shall be equated to interest rate assuming a 4-year life to maturity (or, if less, the stated life to maturity at the time of incurrence of the applicable Indebtedness); provided, further, that “All-In Yield” shall also include (1) arrangement fees, structuring fees, commitment fees, underwriting fees, success fees, advisory fees, ticking fees, consent or amendment fees and any similar fees (whether shared or paid, in whole or in part, with or to any or all lenders) and (2) any fees not generally paid ratably to all lenders of the applicable Indebtedness; provided further that, if the applicable Indebtedness includes a Eurodollar or Base Rate floor that is greater than the Eurodollar or Base Rate floor applicable to any then existing Term Loans, such differential between interest rate floors shall be included in the calculation of All-In Yield, but only to the extent an increase in the Eurodollar or Base Rate Floor applicable to any then existing Term Loans would cause an increase in the interest rate then in effect thereunder.
“Annual Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated balance sheets of TopCo (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and the Group Companies (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2019 and the related audited consolidated statements of income or operations (as applicable), cash flows and changes in members’ equity for the fiscal year then ended, accompanied by any notes thereto.
“Applicable Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(2).
“Applicable Indebtedness” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Weighted Average Life to Maturity.”
“Applicable Percentage” means, in respect of (x) any Revolving Facility, with respect to any Revolving Lender under such Revolving Facility at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of such Revolving Facility represented by such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Commitments under such Revolving Facility at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17 and (y) any Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, with respect to any Delayed Draw Term Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of such Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility represented by such Delayed Draw Term Lender’s Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments thereunder at such time, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.17. If the commitment of each Revolving Lender under a Revolving Facility
5
to make Revolving Loans, the obligation of the Issuing Banks to make L/C Credit Extensions under such Revolving Facility or the commitment of each Delayed Draw Term Lender to make Delayed Draw Term Loans, as applicable, have been terminated pursuant to Section 8.02, or if the Revolving Commitments under such Revolving Facility or Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments have otherwise expired in full, then the Applicable Percentage of each Revolving Lender in respect of such Revolving Facility or any Delayed Draw Term Lender in respect of the applicable Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, as applicable, shall be determined based on the Applicable Percentage of such Revolving Lender in respect of such Revolving Facility or such Delayed Draw Term Lender in respect of the applicable Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, as applicable, most recently in effect, giving effect to any subsequent assignments.
“Applicable Rate” means a percentage per annum equal to:
Pricing Level |
|
First Lien Net Leverage Ratio |
|
Eurodollar Rate |
|
Base Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
> 4.50:1.00 |
|
3.75% |
|
2.75% |
2 |
|
< 4.50:100 |
|
3.25% |
|
2.25% |
Pricing Level |
|
First Lien Net Leverage Ratio |
|
Eurodollar Rate |
|
Base Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
> 4.50:1.00 |
|
8.72% |
|
7.72% |
2 |
|
< 4.50:100 |
|
8.22% |
|
7.22% |
6
Pricing Level |
|
First Lien Net Leverage Ratio |
|
Eurodollar Rate and Letter of Credit Fees |
|
Base Rate |
|
Commitment Fee Rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
> 5.00:1.00 |
|
4.75% |
|
3.75% |
|
0.50% |
2 |
|
< 5.00:1.00 |
|
4.50% |
|
3.50% |
|
0.50% |
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(1); provided that, (x) at the option of the Required Facility Lenders under the applicable Facility, with respect to such respective Facility, “Pricing Level 1” (as set forth above) shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) or (y) “Pricing Level 1” (as set forth above) shall apply as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default under Section 8.01(1) with respect to the Closing Date Revolving Facility, the Closing Date Term Loans, the First Amendment Term Loans, the Third
7
Amendment Term Loans or any Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, as applicable, shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the pricing level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Swing Line Loans may not be Eurodollar Rate Loans and (ii) Incremental Term Loans shall have the Applicable Rate set forth in the applicable Incremental Amendment.
“Appropriate Lender” means, at any time, (1) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (2) with respect to Letters of Credit, (a) the relevant Issuing Banks and (b) the relevant Revolving Lenders and (3) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (x) the relevant Swing Line Lender and (y) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(1), the Revolving Lenders.
“Approved Fund” means, with respect to any Lender, any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) such Lender, (b) an Affiliate of such Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages such Lender.
“Arrangers” means CONA and HPS, together with any of their designated affiliates, in their capacity as lead arrangers and bookrunners under this Agreement.
“Asset Sale” means:
in each case, other than:
8
9
10
“Assignee Group” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.
“Assumption” has the meaning specified in Section 10.25. “ASU” has the meaning specified in Section 1.03.
“Attorney Costs” means all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external legal counsel, to the extent documented in reasonable detail and invoiced.
“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease Obligation of any Person, the amount thereof that would appear as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.
“Auction Agent” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor engaged by the Borrower (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent); provided further that neither the Borrower nor any of its Affiliates may act as the Auction Agent.
“Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(2)(c).
“Available Incremental Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(4)(d).
“Available Incremental Revolver Cap” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(5)(b)(xii).
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, (x) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate, any tenor for such Benchmark that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period or (y) otherwise, any payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, pursuant to this Agreement as of such date.
11
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bankruptcy Code” has the meaning specified in Section 8.02.
“Base Rate” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as announced from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “Prime Rate” and (c) the Eurodollar Rate on such day for an Interest Period of one (1) month plus 1.00% (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day). If the Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Article III hereof, then the Base Rate shall be the greater of clause (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Base Rate shall be less than 2.25%, such rate shall be deemed to be 2.25% for purposes of this Agreement.
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.
“Basket” means any amount, threshold, exception or value (including by reference to the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, the Secured Net Leverage Ratio, the Total Net Leverage Ratio, Consolidated EBITDA or Total Assets) permitted or prescribed with respect to any Lien, Indebtedness, Asset Sale, Investment, Restricted Payment, transaction, action, judgment or amount under any provision in this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
“Benchmark Replacement” means the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate (which may include Term SOFR) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a rate of interest as a replacement to LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities and (b) the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment; provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as so determined would be less than the percentage set forth in the proviso to the definition of Eurodollar Rate for, initially, USD LIBOR; provided that if a replacement of the Benchmark has occurred pursuant to Section 1.12, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Loan, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be such percentage per annum with respect to such Loan for the purposes of this Agreement; provided further that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall cooperate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to satisfy any applicable requirements under proposed or final U.S. Treasury Regulations or other Internal Revenue Service guidanceto the extent that such that
12
the use of a Benchmark Replacement shall not result in a deemed exchange of any Loan under Section 1001 ofhas replaced such prior benchmark rate. Any reference to “Benchmark” shall include, as applicable, the published component used in the Codecalculation thereof.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to for any Available Tenor:
adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of LIBOR with the, including any applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacementrecommendations made by the Relevant Governmental Body, for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time;
provided that, if the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Base Rate”, the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, the applicability and length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent and the Borrower decide (any consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with
13
market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of thesuch Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower decide (any consent of the Borrower not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement) and the other Loan Documents); provided that, for purposes of determining the Borrower’s consent to Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, if the Borrower has not asserted its right to consent within five (5) Business Days of receipt of notice of such changes from the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will be deemed to have agreed to such changes referenced therein.
“Benchmark Replacement DateTransition Event” means the earlier to occur of the following events, with respect to LIBOR:
“Benchmark Transition Event” meansother than USD LIBOR, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR:(1) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of LIBOR announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR;
“Benchmark Transition Start Date” means (a) in the case of a Benchmark Transition Event, the earlier of (i) the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and (ii) if such
14
Benchmark Transition Event is a public statement or publication of information of a prospective event, the 90th day prior to the expected date of such event as of such public statement or publication of information (or if the expected date of such prospective event is fewer than 90 days after such statement or publication, the date of such statement or publication) and (b) in the case of an Early Opt-in Election, the date specified by the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, as applicable, by notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent (in the case of such notice by the Required Lenders) and the Lenders.
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to LIBOR and solely to the extent that LIBOR has not been replaced with a Benchmark Replacement, the period (x) beginning at the time that such Benchmark Replacement Date has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder in accordance with Section 1.12 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes hereunder pursuant to the Section titled “Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.”
“Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding individual beneficial ownership solely to the extent expressly required by 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230 (“Beneficial Ownership Regulation”).
“Beneficial Ownership Regulation” has the meaning specified in the definition of Beneficial Ownership Certification.
“Benefit Plan” means any of (a) an “employee benefit plan” (as defined in ERISA) that is subject to Title I of ERISA, (b) a “plan” as defined in Section 4975 of the Code that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code or (c) any Person whose assets include (for purposes of ERISA Section 3(42) or otherwise for purposes of Title I of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) the assets of any such “employee benefit plan” or “plan”.
“BHC Act Affiliate” of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.
“Big Boy Letter” means a letter from a Lender acknowledging that (1) an assignee may have information regarding Holdings, the Borrower and any Subsidiary of the Borrower, their ability to perform the Obligations or any other material information that has not previously been disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (“Excluded Information”), (2) the Excluded Information may not be available to such Lender, (3) such Lender has independently and without reliance on any other party made its own analysis and determined to assign Term Loans to such assignee pursuant to Section 10.07(h) or (l) notwithstanding its lack of knowledge of the Excluded Information and (4) such Lender waives and releases any claims it may have against the Administrative Agent, such assignee, Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries of the Borrower with respect to the nondisclosure of the Excluded Information; or otherwise in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such assignee, the Administrative Agent and assigning Lender.
“Board of Directors” means, for any Person, the board of directors or other governing body of such Person or, if such Person does not have such a board of directors or other governing body and is owned or managed by a single entity, the Board of Directors of such entity, or, in either case, any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board of
15
Directors. Unless otherwise provided, “Board of Directors” means the Board of Directors of the Borrower.
“Borrower” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment” means any offer by any Borrower Party to make a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(B).
“Borrower Parties” means the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower and “Borrower Party” means any of them.
“Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Borrower Party of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a specified range of discounts to par pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(C).
“Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers” means the solicitation by any Borrower Party of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by a Lender of, a voluntary prepayment of Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(D).
“Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Class and Type made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period.
“Broker-Dealer Regulated Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is registered as a broker-dealer under the Exchange Act or any other applicable Laws requiring such registration.
“Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the jurisdiction where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located (which, as of the date of this Agreement, is New York, New York) and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.
“Capital Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities and including in all events all amounts expended or capitalized under Capitalized Lease Obligations) by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be included as capital expenditures on the consolidated statement of cash flows of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries.
“Capital Stock” means:
16
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP in accordance with Section 1.03.
“Capitalized Software Expenditures” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) by a Person and its Subsidiaries during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that, in conformity with GAAP, are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet of a Person and its Subsidiaries.
“Captive Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).
“Cash Collateral” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Cash Collateralize.”
“Cash Collateral Account” means an account held in the name of a Loan Party at, and subject to the sole dominion and control of, the Collateral Agent.
“Cash Collateralize” means, in respect of an Obligation, to provide and pledge cash or Cash Equivalents in Dollars as collateral, at a location, in an amount (which shall be equal to 103% of the Outstanding Amount of the applicable L/C Obligations) and pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank with respect to any Letter of Credit, as applicable. “Cash Collateral” has a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.
“Cash Equivalents” means:
(b) in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary or any jurisdiction in which the Borrower or any Subsidiary conducts business, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice;
17
18
In the case of Investments by any Foreign Subsidiary or Investments made in a country outside the United States of America, Cash Equivalents will also include (i) investments of the type and maturity described in clauses (1) through (14) above of foreign obligors, which investments or obligors (or the parents of such obligors) have ratings described in such clauses or equivalent ratings from comparable foreign rating agencies and (ii) other short-term investments utilized by Foreign Subsidiaries in accordance with normal investment practices for cash management in investments analogous to the foregoing investments in clauses (1) through (14) and in this paragraph.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cash Equivalents will include amounts denominated in currencies other than those set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above, provided that such amounts, except amounts used to pay non-Dollar denominated obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, are expected by the Borrower to be converted into any currency listed in clause (1) or (2) above as promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10) Business Days following the receipt of such amounts (and solely to the extent so converted on or prior to such tenth (10th) Business Day).
“Cash Management Agreement” means any agreement entered into from time to time by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with cash management services for collections, other Cash Management Services and for operating, payroll and trust accounts of such Person, including automatic clearing house services, controlled disbursement services, electronic funds transfer services, information reporting services, lockbox services, stop payment services and wire transfer services.
“Cash Management Bank” means (a) any Person that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or Lender on the Closing Date or at the time it entered into a Secured Cash Management Agreement, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of an Agent or Lender or (b) any Person from time to time approved by the Administrative Agent and specifically designated in writing as a “Cash Management Bank” by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.
“Cash Management Obligations” means obligations owed by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to any Cash Management Bank in connection with, or in respect of, any Cash Management Services.
19
“Cash Management Services” means (a) commercial credit cards, merchant card services, purchase or debit cards, including non-card e-payables services, (b) treasury management services (including controlled disbursement, overdraft, automatic clearing house fund transfer services, return items and interstate depository network services), (c) foreign exchange, netting and currency management services and (d) any other demand deposit or operating account relationships or other cash management services, including under any Cash Management Agreements.
“Casualty Event” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the Closing Date, of any of the following: (a) the adoption of any law, rule, regulation or treaty (excluding the taking effect after the Closing Date of a law, rule, regulation or treaty adopted prior to the Closing Date), (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority. It is understood and agreed that (i) the Dodd–Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Public Law 111-203, H.R. 4173), all Laws relating thereto and all interpretations and applications thereof and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall, for the purpose of this Agreement, be deemed to be adopted subsequent to the Closing Date.
“Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following after the Closing Date:
20
unless, in the case of clause (2) above, the Permitted Holders have, at such time, directly or indirectly, the right or the ability by voting power, contract or otherwise to elect or designate for election at least a majority of the board of directors of Holdings.
“Charge” means any charge, fee, expense, expenditure, cost, loss, accrual, reserve of any kind and any other deduction included in the calculation of Consolidated Net Income.
“Class” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders have Loans or Commitments with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitments, First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitments, First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments, Revolving Commitments, Incremental Revolving Commitments, Incremental Term Commitments, Commitments in respect of any Class of Replacement Loans, Extended Revolving Commitments of a given Extension Series, in each case not designated part of another existing Class and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans, Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, Revolving Loans under the Closing Date Revolving Facility, Incremental Term Loans, Incremental Revolving Loans, Replacement Loans, Extended Term Loans or Loans made pursuant to Extended Revolving Commitments, in each case not designated part of another existing Class. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have identical terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans and, once funded, the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans that have been funded hereunder shall be treated as a single Class under this Agreement for all purposes, (ii) the Closing Date Term B-2 Loans and, once funded, the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans that have been funded hereunder shall be treated as a single Class under this Agreement for all purposes, (iii) the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans and, once funded, the
21
Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and, Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans that have been funded hereunder shall be treated as a single Class under this Agreement for all purposes and (iv) the First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, the Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans and, once funded, the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans and, Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans and Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans that have been funded hereunder shall be treated as a single Class under this Agreement for all purposes.
“Closing Date” means the first date on which all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 10.01, and the Closing Date Term Loans are made to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1), which date was May 14, 2020.
“Closing Date Loans” means the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, the Closing Date Term B-2 Loans and any Closing Date Revolving Borrowing.
“Closing Date Material Adverse Effect” means a “Material Adverse Effect” as defined in the Acquisition Agreement.
“Closing Date Merger” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Closing Date Refinancing” means the repayment of all outstanding Indebtedness under the Existing Credit Agreement.
“Closing Date Revolving Borrowing” means one or more Borrowings of Revolving Loans on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 2.01(2) in accordance with the requirements specified or referred to in Section 6.14.
“Closing Date Revolving Facility” means the Revolving Facility made available by the Revolving Lenders as of the Closing Date.
“Closing Date Term B-1 Lender” means each Lender who holds Closing Date Term B-1 Loans.
“Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Closing Date Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Closing Date Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Closing Date Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Closing Date Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitments on the Closing Date was $30,300,000.
“Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans.
“Closing Date Term B-1 Loans” means the Term Loans made by the Term Lenders on the Closing Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(a).
“Closing Date Term B-2 Lender” means each Lender who holds Closing Date Term B-2 Loans.
22
“Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Closing Date Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a Closing Date Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Closing Date Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Closing Date Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitments on the Closing Date was $179,700,000.
“Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Closing Date Term B-2 Loans.
“Closing Date Term B-2 Loans” means the Term Loans made by the Term Lenders on the Closing Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(b).
“Closing Date Term Loan Commitment” means the Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitment and the Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitment.
“Closing Date Term Loans” means the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans and the Closing Date Term B-2 Loans.
“Code” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Co-Investors” means any of (1) the assignees, if any, of the equity commitments of any Sponsor who become holders of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any Parent Company) on the Closing Date in connection with the Acquisition and (2) the transferees, if any, that acquire, within ninety (90) days of the Closing Date, any Equity Interests in Holdings (or any Parent Company) held by any Sponsor as of the Closing Date; provided, that, Sponsor shall not assign, dispose of or otherwise transfer more than 10% of the Equity Interests that it owns in Holdings on the Closing Date pursuant to this clause (2).
“Co-Sponsor” means each of (x) Summit Partners, L.P. and its Affiliates thereof and (y) Silversmith Capital Partners and its Affiliates.
“Collateral” means all the “Collateral” (or equivalent term) as defined in any Collateral Document and the Mortgaged Properties, if any.
“Collateral Agent” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” means, at any time, the requirement that:
23
(4) except to the extent otherwise provided hereunder or under any Collateral Document, including subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01, and in each case subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, the Obligations and the Guaranty shall have been secured by a security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Borrower and each Guarantor (including accounts, inventory, equipment, investment property, contract rights, applications and registrations of intellectual property, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing (in each case, other than Excluded Assets)), in each case,
24
The foregoing definition shall not require, and the Loan Documents shall not contain any requirements as to, the creation, perfection or maintenance of pledges of, or security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of Mortgage Policies, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to, any Excluded Assets.
The Collateral Agent may grant extensions of time for the creation, perfection or maintenance of security interests in, or the execution or delivery of any Mortgage and the obtaining of title insurance, surveys or Opinions of Counsel with respect to, particular assets or with respect to any deliverable or action that requires cooperation from a third party (including extensions beyond the Closing Date for the creation, perfection or maintenance of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Borrower, that creation, perfection or maintenance cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.
There shall be (I) no actions required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction under the Loan Documents in order to create any security interests in any assets or to perfect or make enforceable such security interests in any assets (including any intellectual property registered or applied for in any non U.S. jurisdiction) and (II) no Guaranties or Collateral Documents (including security agreements and pledge agreements) governed under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction. Notwithstanding anything else provided in the Loan Documents, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion elect to join any Excluded Subsidiary as a Guarantor subject to, in the case of Foreign Subsidiaries, (x) the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Foreign
25
Subsidiary being reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative in light of legal permissibility and the policies and procedures of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for similarly situated companies (as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative; provided that the United Kingdom and Canada are deemed to be reasonably satisfactory) and (y) collateral and security provisions reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders to be negotiated in good faith (the “Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception”); provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may elect to release (a “Guarantor Release Election”) any such Excluded Subsidiary (a “Released Subsidiary”) from its obligations as a Guarantor in its sole discretion (so long as such release (A) shall be subject to Borrower or its Subsidiaries having capacity to make an Investment in such Released Subsidiary (in an amount equal to the fair market value of the equity and assets of such Released Subsidiary) once it is no longer a Guarantor and shall be deemed an Investment in such Released Subsidiary and (B) shall be subject to such Released Subsidiary having capacity to incur any Indebtedness or Liens once it is no longer a Guarantor and shall constitute the incurrence at the time of release of any Indebtedness and Liens of such Released Subsidiary existing at such time) (it being understood and agreed that such right to elect to release any such Excluded Subsidiary in accordance with the immediately preceding clauses (A) and (B) shall be in addition to any other right to release any such Excluded Subsidiary from its obligations as a Guarantor pursuant to Section 10.24); provided further that to the extent any Foreign Subsidiary is joined pursuant to the Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception, any requirements under this Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any related provisions under the Loan Documents as applied to such Foreign Subsidiary (solely to the extent any such provision would not otherwise have applied in respect of such Foreign Subsidiary if it were a Subsidiary that did not constitute a Loan Party) may be modified (including with respect to the addition of customary limitations applicable to the provision of guarantees and collateral in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) as reasonably determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative.
No perfection through control agreements or perfection by “control” shall be required with respect to any assets (other than to the extent required under clauses (4)(a)(i) and 4(a)(v) above and Section 6.16)) under the Loan Documents. There shall be no (x) requirement to obtain any landlord waivers, estoppels or collateral access letters or (y) requirement to perfect a security interest in any letter of credit rights, other than by the filing of a UCC financing statement.
“Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the Security Agreement, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Mortgages (if any), the Control Agreements, each of the collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent or the Lenders pursuant to Sections 4.01(1)(c), 4.01(d), 6.11 or 6.13 and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.
“Commitment” means a Revolving Commitment, an Incremental Revolving Commitment, a Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitment, a First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment, a Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment, an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, an Initial Delayed
26
Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, a Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, a Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, an Incremental Term Commitment, an Extended Revolving Commitment of a given Extension Series, or any commitment in respect of Replacement Loans, as the context may require.
“Commitment Fee Rate” means a percentage per annum equal to the Applicable Rate set forth in the “Commitment Fee Rate” column of the chart in clause (3) of the definition of “Applicable Rate.”
“Committed Loan Notice” means a notice of (1) a Borrowing with respect to a given Class of Loans, (2) a conversion of Loans of a given Class from one Type to the other or (3) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans of a given Class, pursuant to Section 2.02(1), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as may be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et. seq.), as amended from time to time and any successor statute.
“Company” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Compensation Period” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(3)(b).
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C and which certificate shall in any event be a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower:
27
“CONA” means Capital One, National Association.
“Conforming Accounting Report” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(1). “Consolidated Current Assets” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding cash and Cash Equivalents, amounts related to current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, pension assets, deferred bank fees, derivative financial instruments and any assets in respect of Hedge Agreements, and excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.
“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding (A) the current portion of any Funded Debt, (B) the current portion of interest, (C) accruals for current or deferred taxes based on income or profits, (D) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves or severance, (E) Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and L/C Obligations under this Agreement or any other revolving loans, swingline loans and letter of credit obligations under any other revolving credit facility, (F) the current portion of any Capitalized Lease Obligation, (G) deferred revenue arising from cash receipts that are earmarked for specific projects, (H) liabilities in respect of unpaid earn-outs, (I) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, (J) accrued litigation settlement costs and (K) any liabilities in respect of Hedge Agreements, and, furthermore, excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of recapitalization accounting or purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated acquisition.
“Consolidated Depreciation and Amortization Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries, including the amortization of intangible assets, deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses and the amortization of Capitalized Software Expenditure of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Consolidated EBITDA” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period:
28
29
30
31
32
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of determining Consolidated EBITDA under this Agreement for any Test Period that includes any of the fiscal quarters ended June 30, 2019, September 30, 2019, December 31, 2019 and March 31, 2020, Consolidated EBITDA for such fiscal quarters shall be $9,000,000, $10,500,000, $9,200,000 and $10,700,000, respectively, in each case, as may be subject to add-backs and adjustments (without duplication) pursuant to Section 1.07(3) and (a)(x), (a)(xi), (a)(xvii) and (a)(xviii) above
33
for the applicable Test Period. For the avoidance of doubt, Consolidated EBITDA shall be calculated, including pro forma adjustments, in accordance with Section 1.07.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of the Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP; provided, however, that, without duplication:
34
35
“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (determined on a consolidated basis) outstanding on such date, consisting only of (i) Indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) Capitalized Lease Obligations in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iii) purchase money Indebtedness in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iv)
36
Disqualified Stock, (v) drawn but unreimbursed letters of credit, (vi) earn-out and other deferred purchase price and other similar obligations in an amount that would be reflected on a balance sheet on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and solely to the extent such amount is payable and overdue and (vii) guarantees of the foregoing; provided, Consolidated Total Debt will not include undrawn amounts under revolving credit facilities and Indebtedness in respect of any (1) letter of credit, bank guarantees and performance or similar bonds, except to the extent of obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit which have not been reimbursed within three (3) days and (2) Hedging Obligations. The Dollar-equivalent principal amount of any Indebtedness denominated in a foreign currency will reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedging Obligations for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar-equivalent principal amount of such Indebtedness.
“Consolidated Working Capital” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets over Consolidated Current Liabilities.
“Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing any leases, dividends or other monetary obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligations”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent:
“Contract Consideration” has the meaning specified in clause (2)(k) of the definition of “Excess Cash Flow.”
“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Control Agreement” means a control agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and the Borrower, executed and delivered by the applicable Loan Party, the Collateral Agent, and the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account), and pursuant to which the Collateral Agent obtains “control” within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code over such Securities Account or Deposit Account.
37
“Controlled Investment Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor or Co-Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower or other companies.
“Corrective Extension Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(6).
“Covered Entity” means any of the following: (i) a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b); (ii) a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or (iii) a “covered FSI” as the term is defined in, and interpreted accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).
“Credit Extension” means each of the following: (1) a Borrowing and (2) an L/C Credit Extension.
“Cure Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(1).
“Cure Expiration Date” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(1)(a).
“Cured Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1.02(9).
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by the Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for syndicated business loans; provided, that if the Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for the Administrative Agent, then the Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.
“Debt Fund Affiliate” means any Affiliate of a Sponsor or a Co-Sponsor that is a bona fide diversified debt fund that is engaged primarily in investing in commercial loans in the ordinary course of business and is separately managed from such Sponsor or such Co-Sponsor, as applicable, and that is not (a) a natural person or (b) Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower.
“Debt Representative” means, with respect to any series of Indebtedness, the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent or representative under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.
“Declined Proceeds” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(g).
38
“Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“Default Rate” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans plus (c) 2.00% per annum; provided that with respect to the outstanding principal amount of any Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan (giving effect to Section 2.02(3)) plus 2.00% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
“Default Right” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.17(2), any Lender that (a) has refused (which refusal may be given verbally or in writing and has not been retracted) or failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of L/C Obligations, within one (1) Business Day of the date required to be funded by it hereunder, (b) has failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one (1) Business Day of the date when due, (c) has notified the Borrower or the Administrative Agent that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (d) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations, or (e) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, either (i) admitted in writing that it is insolvent or (ii) become subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event. Any determination by the Administrative Agent as to whether a Lender is a Defaulting Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
“Delayed Draw Term Lender” means a Lender with a Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment or a Delayed Draw Term Loan.
“Delayed Draw Term Loan” means an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan, Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan, Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan, Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan, Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan or ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan, as applicable.
“Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment” means an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment, Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment or ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment, as applicable.
39
“Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitment Expiration Date” means:
“Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility” means any of the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility or the ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, as applicable.
“Delayed Draw Term Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Delayed Draw Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-4 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Delayed Draw Term Lender resulting from the Delayed Draw Term Loans made by such Delayed Draw Term Lender.
“Deposit Account” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code).
40
“Designated Non-Cash Consideration” means the fair market value of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in connection with an Asset Sale that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an Officer’s Certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale, redemption or repurchase of, or collection or payment on, such Designated Non-Cash Consideration.
“Discharge” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the repayment, prepayment, repurchase (including pursuant to an offer to purchase), redemption, defeasance or other discharge of such Indebtedness, in any such case in whole or in part.
“Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(B)(2).
“Discount Range” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Prepayment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of a Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1) substantially in the form of Exhibit J.
“Discount Range Prepayment Offer” means the written offer by a Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit K, submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.
“Discount Range Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1).
“Discount Range Proration” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Determination Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(3).
“Discounted Prepayment Effective Date” means in the case of a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offer or Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offer, five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date or the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, as applicable, in accordance with Section 2.05(1)(e)(B), Section 2.05(1)(e)(C) or Section 2.05(1)(e)(D), respectively, unless a shorter period is agreed to between the Borrower and the Auction Agent.
“Discounted Term Loan Prepayment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(A).
“disposition” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Asset Sale.”
41
“Disqualified Institution” means Persons (including Persons primarily engaged in private equity, mezzanine financing or venture capital) (or related funds of any such Persons) (i) identified in writing to the Arrangers by the Borrower or the Sponsor prior to May 5, 2020, and, in the case of all of the foregoing under this clause (i), their respective Affiliates (to the extent clearly identifiable solely on the basis of name) other than Affiliates that constitute bona fide diversified debt funds primarily investing in loans and (ii) any competitor of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and any Affiliate of such competitor, identified in writing to the Arrangers by the Borrower or the Sponsor prior to the Closing Date (which list may be updated upon written notice to the Arrangers (or if after the Closing Date, upon written notice to the Required Lenders) (without retroactive effect) and, in the case of all of the foregoing under this clause (ii), their respective Affiliates (to the extent clearly identifiable solely on the basis of name) other than Affiliates that constitute bona fide diversified debt funds primarily investing in loans. The identity of Disqualified Institutions may be communicated by the Administrative Agent to a Lender upon request, but will not be otherwise posted or distributed to any Person.
“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which, by its terms, or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is redeemable or exchangeable, or upon the happening of any event (a) provides for scheduled payments of dividends in cash or (b) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than (i) for any Qualified Equity Interests or (ii) solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain) pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than (i) for any Qualified Equity Interests or (ii) solely as a result of a change of control, asset sale, casualty, condemnation or eminent domain), in whole or in part, in each case prior to the date 91 days after the earlier of the then Latest Maturity Date or the date the Termination Conditions have been satisfied; provided that if such Capital Stock is issued pursuant to any plan for the benefit of future, current or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or any Parent Company or by any such plan to such employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof), such Capital Stock will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability; provided further any Capital Stock held by any future, current or former employee, director, officer, member of management, consultant or independent contractor (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any Parent Company, any of the Affiliated Practices, or any other entity in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary has an Investment and is designated in good faith as an “affiliate” by the Board of Directors (or the compensation committee thereof), in each case pursuant to any equity subscription or equity holders’ agreement, management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement will not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s, director’s, officer’s, management member’s, consultant’s or independent contractor’s termination, death or disability. For the purposes hereof,
42
the aggregate principal amount of Disqualified Stock will be deemed to be equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and maximum fixed repurchase price, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, and the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Stock that does not have a fixed repurchase price will be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Stock as if such Disqualified Stock were purchased on any date on which the Consolidated Total Debt will be required to be determined pursuant to this Agreement, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Stock, such fair market value shall be determined in good faith by the Borrower.
“Distressed Agent” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Agent-Related Distress Event.
“Distressed Person” shall have the meaning provided in the definition of the term Lender-Related Distress Event.
“Divided LLC” means any LLC formed upon the consummation of an LLC Division.
“Dollar” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States.
“Domestic Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.
“Early Opt-in Effective Date” means, with respect to any Early Opt-in Election, the sixth (6th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Early Opt-in Election is provided to the Lenders, written notice of objection to such Early Opt-in Election from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.
“Early Opt-in Election” means the occurrence of:
“ECF Payment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(a).
“ECF Percentage” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(a).
43
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Eligible Assignee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(a).
“EMU” means the economic and monetary union as contemplated in the Treaty on European Union.
“Environment” means ambient air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil, surface and sub-surface strata, and natural resources such as wetlands, flora and fauna.
“Environmental Claim” means any and all administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of non-compliance or violation, investigations (other than internal reports prepared by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries (a) in the ordinary course of such Person’s business or (b) as required in connection with a financing transaction or an acquisition or disposition of real estate) or proceedings with respect to any Environmental Liability or Environmental Law (hereinafter “Environmental Claims”), including (i) any and all Environmental Claims by governmental or regulatory authorities for enforcement, cleanup, removal, response, remedial or other actions or damages pursuant to any Environmental Law and (ii) any and all Environmental Claims by any third party seeking damages, contribution, indemnification, cost recovery, compensation or injunctive relief pursuant to any Environmental Law.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all Laws relating to pollution or the protection of the Environment or, to the extent relating to exposure to hazardous materials, human health.
“Environmental Liability” means any liability (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities) of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract or other written agreement to the extent liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
“Environmental Permit” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.
44
“Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement (1) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 or (2) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Borrower, which agreement shall provide that the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable other Indebtedness shall rank pari passu in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations under this Agreement (but without regard to the control of remedies), in each case (x) with such modifications thereto as are reasonably agreed to by the Administrative Agent, the AAL Last Out Representative and the Borrower to properly give effect to the “first out” and “last out” arrangements under the AAL and under such other Indebtedness, as applicable, and (y) with such other modifications thereto as the Required Lenders and the Borrower may agree.
“Equity Contribution” means, collectively, the direct or indirect contribution by the Sponsor and other investors (including members of management of the Company) to Holdings of an amount of cash or rollover equity as common equity or other equity that represents not less than the Minimum Equity Contribution.
“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, the Capital Stock of such Person and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock of such Person, but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock of such Person.
“Equity Offering” means any public or private sale of common equity or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent Company (excluding Disqualified Stock), other than:
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that together with any Loan Party is treated as a single employer within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA.
“ERISA Event” means
45
“Escrowed Proceeds” means the proceeds from the offering of any debt securities or other Indebtedness paid into an escrow account with an independent escrow agent on the date of the applicable offering or incurrence pursuant to escrow arrangements that permit the release of amounts on deposit in such escrow account upon satisfaction of certain conditions or the occurrence of certain events. The term “Escrowed Proceeds” shall include any interest earned on the amounts held in escrow.
“Exercise of Remedies” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the AAL.
46
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.
“Euro” or “euro” means the single currency of participating member states of the EMU.
“Eurodollar Rate” means:
provided, that in no event shall the Eurodollar Rate for (x) Closing Date Term Loans, the Initial Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Loans under the Closing Date Revolving Facility that bear interest at a rate based on clauses (a) and (b) of this definition be less than 1.25% per annum and (y) First Amendment Term Loans, Third Amendment Term Loans, Second Delayed Draw Term Loans and, Third Delayed Draw Term Loans and Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loans that bear interest at a rate based on clauses (a) and (b) of this definition be less than 0.75% per annum.
“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on clause (a) of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”
“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.
“Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount equal to the excess of:
(1) the sum, without duplication, of:
(a) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period,
47
(b) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) for such period to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period,
(c) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa) and, without duplication, decreases in long-term accounts receivable and increases in the long-term portion of deferred revenue (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa), in each case, for such period (other than any such decreases or increases, as applicable, arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales outside the ordinary course of assets by the Borrower or any Subsidiary during such period or the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting),
(d) [reserved];
(e) the amount deducted as tax expense in determining Consolidated Net Income to the extent in excess of cash Taxes paid in such period and
(f) cash receipts in respect of Hedge Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not otherwise included in such Consolidated Net Income; over
(2) the sum, without duplication, of:
(a) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits (including, to the extent constituting non-cash credits, amortization of deferred revenue acquired as a result of the Acquisition or any Permitted Acquisition, investment permitted hereunder or any similar transaction) included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (but excluding any non-cash credit to the extent representing the reversal of an accrual or reserve described in clause (1)(b) above) and cash losses, charges (including any reserves or accruals for potential cash charges in any future period), expenses, costs and fees excluded by virtue of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”
(b) to the extent not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, payments in respect of indemnification, adjustment of purchase price, earnouts, other contingent consideration obligations and other deferred purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the acquisition or disposition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, in each case, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests,
(c) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (including (i) the principal component of payments in respect of Capita lized Lease Obligations, (ii) all scheduled principal repayments of Loans and Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt and any other Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to Section 7.02 owing to Third Parties (or any Indebtedness representing Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof in accordance with the corresponding provisions of the governing
48
documentation thereof), in each case to the extent such payments are permitted hereunder and actually made and (iii) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.07 or any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(2)(b) and any mandatory Discharge
(d) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Asset Sales outside the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any Subsidiary during such period to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and the net cash loss on Asset Sales to the extent otherwise added to arrive at Consolidated Net Income,
(e) increases in Consolidated Working Capital (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa) and, without duplication, increases in long-term accounts receivable and decreases in the long-term portion of deferred revenue (except as a result of the reclassification of items from short-term to long-term or vice versa), in each case, for such period (other than any such increases or decreases, as applicable, arising from acquisitions or Asset Sales outside the ordinary course by the Borrower or any Subsidiary during such period or the application of recapitalization or purchase accounting),
(f) cash payments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, in each case, except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests
(g) the amount of Capital Expenditures, Capitalized Software Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property made in cash during such period, except to the extent such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests,
(h) the amount of (x) cash consideration paid by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with investments in Third Parties permitted under Section 7.13 made during such period (including Permitted Acquisitions and Permitted Investments in Third Parties but excluding Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents) and (y) Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.05(b)(4), (7), (14), (16) or (20) paid in cash during such period, in each case, except to the extent such amounts were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests,
(i) the aggregate amount of expenditures (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) paid in cash during such period to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, except to the extent such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary
49
or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests,
(j) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries during such period that are made in connection with any prepayment or redemption of Indebtedness to the extent (x) such premium, make-whole or penalty payments were not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and (y) such prepayments or redemptions reduced Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (2)(c) above or reduced the mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.05(2)(a), in each case, except to the extent such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests,
(k) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in other periods, and at the option of the Borrower, (1) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to Permitted Investments (other than Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents) in Third Parties pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contract Consideration”) entered into prior to or during such period and (2) any planned cash expenditures by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Expenditures, the build-out of new facilities and Restricted Payments permitted under Section 7.05(b)(4), (7), (14) or (16) (the “Planned Expenditures”), in each case to be incurred and paid, consummated or made, as applicable, during the 180 day period following the end of such period (except to the extent financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests); provided that to the extent that the aggregate amount (excluding in each case any amount financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests) of such expenditures that were permitted by the terms of this Agreement to be incurred and paid, consummated or made during such 180 day period is less than the Contract Consideration or Planned Expenditures (calculated at the end of such 180 day period), as applicable, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow for the subsequent fiscal year,
(l) the amount of cash Taxes paid or tax reserves set aside or payable (without duplication) in such period plus the amount of distributions with respect to Taxes made in such period under Section 7.05(b)(14), to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period, in each case, except to the extent such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests
(m) cash expenditures in respect of Hedging Obligations during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, and
50
(n) any fees, expenses or charges incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any acquisition, investment, disposition, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and related documents with respect to any other Indebtedness) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction undertaken but not completed, and any charges or non-recurring merger costs incurred during such period as a result of any such transaction, in each case whether or not successful, in each case (x) to the extent paid in cash and (y) except to the extent such expenditures were financed with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than revolving Indebtedness) of the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Net Proceeds received by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries from the issue or sale of Equity Interests.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Excluded Accounts” means any Deposit Account or Securities Account (1) which is used for the sole purpose of making payroll and withholding Taxes related thereto and other employee wage and benefit payments and accrued and unpaid employee compensation (including salaries, wages, benefits and expense reimbursements), (2) which is used for the sole purpose of paying withholding, employer’s payroll and sales Taxes, (3) which is a zero balance account and swept on a daily basis to a Deposit Account or Securities Account subject to a Control Agreement, (4) constituting a custodian, trust, fiduciary or other escrow accounts established for the benefit of third parties in the ordinary course of business in connection with transactions permitted hereunder, (5) located outside of the United States, (6) accounts solely containing government-paid health care insurance receivables, (7) together with all other accounts (other than those identified in clauses (1) through (6)) having an average daily balance for any fiscal month of less than $4.0 million in the aggregate for all such Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts and (8) otherwise approved by the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative in their sole discretion.
“Excluded Assets” means
(i) (x) any fee-owned real property (other than Material Real Property), (y) any leasehold interest in real property and (z) any fee-owned real property (whether already mortgaged, or required or intended to be mortgaged, at any time of determination) located in a “special flood hazard area” designated by FEMA or such property or mortgage thereon would be subject to any flood insurance due diligence (other than in respect of initial flood hazard determinations as to whether any property is located in a special flood hazard area or as otherwise permitted under this clause (z) with respect to flood insurance), flood insurance requirements or compliance with any Flood Insurance Laws (it being agreed that (A) if it is subsequently determined that any real property subject to, or otherwise required or intended to be subject to, a Mortgage is located in a special flood hazard area, such property shall be excluded from the Collateral until a determination is made that such property is not located in a special flood hazard area and does not require flood insurance, and (B) if there is an existing Mortgage on such property, such Mortgage
51
shall be released if located in a special flood hazard area and would require flood insurance or would require flood insurance if the time or information necessary to make such determination would (as reasonably determined by the Borrower in good faith) delay or impair the intended date of funding any loan or effectiveness of any amendment or supplement under the Loan Documents),
(ii) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title, except to the extent a security interest therein can be perfected by the filing of UCC financing statement,
(iii) all commercial tort claims that are not expected to result in a judgment or settlement payment in excess of $4.0 million (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) and commercial tort claims for which no compliant or counterclaim has been filed in a court of competent jurisdiction,
(iv) any governmental or regulatory licenses, authorizations, certificates, charters, franchises, approvals and consents (whether Federal, State, or otherwise) to the extent a security interest therein is prohibited or restricted thereby or requires any consent, acknowledgment or authorization from a Governmental Authority not obtained (without any requirement to obtain such consent, acknowledgment or authorization) other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC notwithstanding such prohibition,
(v) assets to the extent the pledge thereof or grant of security interests therein (x) is prohibited or restricted by any applicable Law, rule or regulation or would require any consent, approval or authorization of any governmental or regulatory authority not obtained (without any requirement to obtain such any consent, approval or authorization after giving effect to the anti-assignment provisions of the UCC) (other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC notwithstanding such prohibition), (y) would cause the destruction, invalidation or abandonment of such asset under applicable Law (solely with respect to any IP Rights), or (z) is prohibited by any contract or would require any consent, approval, license or other authorization of any Third Party (provided that such requirement existed on the Closing Date or at the time of the acquisition of such asset and was not incurred in contemplation thereof (other than in the case of capital leases and purchase money financings)) or governmental or regulatory authority to the extent such consent, approval, license or other authorization is not obtained (without any requirement to obtain such consent, approval, license or other authorization after giving effect to the anti-assignment provisions of the UCC), other than to the extent such prohibition or restriction is ineffective under the UCC,
(vi) Margin Stock,
(vii) Equity Interests in Excluded Subsidiaries (other than first tier Foreign Subsidiaries and first tier Foreign Subsidiary Holdcos; provided that in the case of any first tier Foreign Subsidiary or first tier Foreign Subsidiary Holdco, the pledge of the Equity Interests of such Subsidiary shall be limited to no more than 65% of
52
the total issued and outstanding Equity Interests of such first tier Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary Holdco),
(viii) any lease, license, sublicense or agreement (not otherwise subject to clause (v) above) or any property that is subject to a capital lease, purchase money security interest or similar arrangement, in each case permitted by this Agreement, to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein (a) would violate or invalidate such lease, license, sublicense or agreement or purchase money security interest or similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) after giving effect to the applicable anti-assignment provisions of the UCC (other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC notwithstanding such prohibition) or (b) would require governmental or regulatory approval, consent or authorization not obtained (without any requirement to obtain such approval, consent or authorization), other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the UCC notwithstanding such prohibition,
(ix) [reserved],
(x) letter of credit rights, except to the extent perfection of the security interest therein is accomplished by the filing of a UCC financing statement,
(xi) any intent-to-use trademark applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. Section 1051, prior to the accepted filing of a “Statement of Use” and issuance of a “Certificate of Registration” pursuant to Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act or an accepted filing of an “Amendment to Allege Use” whereby such intent-to-use trademark application is converted to a “use in commerce” application pursuant to Section 1(c) of the Lanham Act,
(xii) assets where the burden or cost (including any material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower, any Parent Company or any Subsidiary) of obtaining a security interest therein or perfection thereof exceeds the practical benefit to the Lenders afforded thereby as reasonably determined between the Borrower and the Required Lenders,
(xiii) any assets to the extent a security interest in such assets or perfection thereof would result in material adverse tax consequences to the Borrower, any Parent Company or any Subsidiary as determined by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent,
(xiv) any assets located in or governed by any non-U.S. jurisdiction law or regulation (other than (x) Equity Interests and intercompany debt of Foreign Subsidiaries otherwise required to be pledged pursuant to the Collateral Documents and (y) assets that can be perfected by the filing of a UCC financing statement), and
(xv) Excluded Accounts,
53
in each case of the foregoing clauses (i) through (xv), subject to the Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception.
“Excluded Contribution” means Net Proceeds received by the Borrower from:
“Excluded Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale or Casualty Event, the sum of, (1) any Net Proceeds therefrom that constitute Declined Proceeds and (2) any Net Proceeds therefrom that otherwise are waived by the Required Facility Lenders from the requirement to be applied to prepay the applicable Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(2)(b).
“Excluded Subsidiaries” means all of the following and “Excluded Subsidiary” means any of them (in each case, subject to the Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception):
(1) any Subsidiary that is not a direct, wholly owned Subsidiary of the Borrower or a Subsidiary to the extent such Subsidiary is restricted or prohibited from providing a Guarantee by its Organizational Documents (solely to the extent such Organizational Documents and the provisions therein were not created in contemplation of circumventing the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement);
(2) any Foreign Subsidiary,
(3) any Foreign Subsidiary Holdco,
(4) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of any (i) Foreign Subsidiary or (ii) Foreign Subsidiary Holdco,
(5) any Subsidiary (including any regulated entity that is subject to net worth or net capital or similar capital and surplus restrictions) that is prohibited or restricted by applicable Law on the Closing Date or thereafter or by Contractual Obligation (including in respect of assumed Indebtedness permitted hereunder and not created in contemplation of the applicable investment or acquisition) existing on the Closing Date (or, with respect to any Subsidiary acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary after the Closing Date (and so long as such Contractual Obligation was not incurred in contemplation of such investment or acquisition), on the date such Subsidiary is so acquired) from providing a Guaranty (including any Broker-Dealer Regulated Subsidiary) or if such Guaranty would require governmental (including regulatory) or a Third Party consent, approval, license or authorization not obtained,
(6) any special purpose vehicle, receivables subsidiary or similar entity so long as such Person was not created in contemplation of circumventing any Guarantees,
(7) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary or not-for-profit Subsidiary,
54
(8) any Subsidiary that is not a Material Subsidiary,
(9) any Subsidiary where the Borrower and the Administrative Agent reasonably determine that the burden or cost (including any material adverse tax consequences) of providing the Guaranty will outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom,
(10) [reserved], and
(11) Required Lenders. any other Subsidiaries as mutually agreed between the Borrower and the Required Lenders.
“Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Loan Party,
(a) any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract, or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (each such obligation, a “Swap Obligation”), if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Loan Party of, or the grant by such Loan Party of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation, or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) (i) by virtue of such Loan Party’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving effect to Section 3.02 of the Guaranty and any other “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Loan Party for all purposes of Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act) at the time the guarantee of such Loan Party, or a grant by such Loan Party of a security interest, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, or (ii) in the case of a Swap Obligation that is subject to a clearing requirement pursuant to section 2(h) of the Commodity Exchange Act, because such Loan Party is a “financial entity,” as defined in section 2(h)(7)(C) of the Commodity Exchange Act, at the time the guarantee of (or grant of such security interest by, as applicable) such Loan Party becomes or would become effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, or
(b) any other Swap Obligation designated as an “Excluded Swap Obligation” of such Loan Party as specified in any agreement between the relevant Loan Parties and hedge counterparty applicable to such Swap Obligations. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.
“Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to each Agent and each Lender,
55
“Existing Credit Agreement” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of August 28, 2018, by and among, inter alios, the Company and CONA, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto from time to time (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time).
“Existing Revolving Class” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(2).
“Existing Term Loan Class” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(1).
“Extended Revolving Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(2).
56
“Extended Term Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(1).
“Extending Lender” means an Extending Revolving Lender or an Extending Term Lender, as the case may be.
“Extending Revolving Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(3).
“Extending Term Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(3).
“Extension” means the establishment of an Extension Series by amending a Loan pursuant to Section 2.16 and the applicable Extension Amendment.
“Extension Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(4).
“Extension Election” has the meaning specified in Section 2.16(3).
“Extension Minimum Condition” means a condition to consummating any Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Request, in the Borrower’s sole discretion) of any or all applicable Classes be submitted for Extension.
“Extension Request” means any Term Loan Extension Request or any Revolving Extension Request, as the case may be.
“Extension Series” means any Term Loan Extension Series or a Revolving Extension Series, as the case may be.
“Facilities” means the Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Facility, the First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Facility, the First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the ThirdSecond Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility, the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility, the Revolving Facility, a given Extension Series of Extended Revolving Commitments, a given Extension Series of Extended Term Loans, a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, a given Class of Incremental Revolving Commitments or a given Class of Replacement Loans, as the context may require, and “Facility” means any of them.
“fair market value” means, with respect to any asset or liability, the fair market value of such asset or liability as determined by the Borrower in good faith.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the date hereof or any amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with (and, in each case, any current or future regulations promulgated thereunder or official interpretations thereof), any applicable intergovernmental agreement entered into in respect thereof, and any provision of law or administrative guidance implementing or interpreting such provisions, including any agreements entered into pursuant to
57
any such intergovernmental agreement or Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code as of the date hereof (or any amended or successor version described above).
“FCPA” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) of the quotations for the day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three depository institutions of recognized standing selected by it. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website” means the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
“Fee Letter” means the Fee Letter dated as of April 14, 2020 by and between Holdings, the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers.
“FEMA” means the Federal Emergency Management Agency, a component of the U.S. Department of Homeland Security.
“Financial Covenant” means the covenant specified in Section 7.12.
“Financial Incurrence Test” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07(8).
“Financial Officer” means, with respect to a Person, the chief financial officer, accounting officer, treasurer, controller or other senior financial or accounting officer of such Person, as appropriate.
“First Amendment” shall mean that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Incremental Term Lenders (as defined therein), the other Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.
“First Amendment Effective Date” means November 4, 2020.
“First Amendment Fee Letter” means the First Amendment Fee Letter dated as of the First Amendment Effective Date, by and between the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lenders.
“First Amendment Term B-1 Lender” means each Lender with a First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a First Amendment Term B-1 Loan.
“First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each First Amendment Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a First Amendment Term B-1 Loan to the
58
Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such First Amendment Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such First Amendment Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date is $10.8 million.
“First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans.
“First Amendment Term B-1 Loans” means the Term B-1 Loans made by each Term B-1 Lender on the First Amendment Effective Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section2.01(1)(c).
“First Amendment Term B-2 Lender” means each Lender with a First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment or a First Amendment Term B-2 Loan.
“First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each First Amendment Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a First Amendment Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such First Amendment Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such First Amendment Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitments on the First Amendment Effective Date is $64.2 million.
“First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the First Amendment Term B-2 Loans.
“First Amendment Term B-2 Loans” means the Term B-2 Loans made by each Term B-2 Lender on the First Amendment Effective Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(d).
“First Amendment Term Loan Commitments” means the First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment and the First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment.
“First Amendment Term Loan Lender” means each First Amendment Term B-1 Lender and each First Amendment Term B-2 Lender.
“First Amendment Term Loans” means the First Amendment Term B-1 Loans and First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, as applicable.
“First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period that was then secured, in whole or in part, by a Lien on the Collateral or the assets of the Borrower of any
59
Subsidiary, in each case, that was pari passu with the Lien securing the Closing Date Term Loans, minus the Unrestricted Cash Amount on such last day, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis.
“First Lien Obligations” means the Obligations and the Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt, in each case, that are, or are purported to be, secured by the Collateral on an equal priority basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with Liens on the Collateral securing the Closing Date Term Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, “First Lien Obligations” shall include the Closing Date Term Loans.
“Fixed Basket” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07(8).
“Flood Insurance Laws” means, collectively, (i) National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 (which comprehensively revised the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 and the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973) as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iii) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto.
“Floor” means, (x) with respect to the Closing Date Term Loans, the Initial Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Loans under the Closing Date Revolving Facility, 1.25% per annum and (y) with respect to the First Amendment Term Loans, Third Amendment Term Loans, Second Delayed Draw Term Loans, Third Delayed Draw Term Loans and Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loans, 0.75% per annum.
“floor” means, with respect to any reference rate of interest, any fixed minimum amount specified for such rate.
“Foreign Asset Sale” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(h).
“Foreign Casualty Event” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(h).
“Foreign Lender” means a Lender that is not a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.
“Foreign Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
“Foreign Subsidiary Holdco” means a Subsidiary substantially all of whose assets consist (directly or indirectly) of the Capital Stock (or Capital Stock and Indebtedness) of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries of the Borrower that are controlled foreign corporations with the meaning of Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended or other Foreign Subsidiary Holdcos.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan at such time.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan
60
to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments as of the Third Amendment Effective Date is $7,200,000.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans made thereunder.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(6)(a).
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment or a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan at such time.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments as of the Third Amendment Effective Date is $42,800,000.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments and the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans made thereunder.
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(6)(b).
“Fourth Delayed Draw Term Loans” means the Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, as applicable.
“Free and Clear Incremental Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(4)(d)(A)(1).
“Fronting Exposure” means, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (1) with respect to an Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the outstanding L/C Obligations, other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (2) with respect to any Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Applicable
61
Percentage of Swing Line Loans, other than Swing Line Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is primarily engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for borrowed money that matures more than one year from the date of its creation or matures within one year from such date that is renewable or extendable, at the option of such Person, to a date more than one year from such date or arises under a revolving credit or similar agreement that obligates the lender or lenders to extend credit during a period of more than one year from such date, including Indebtedness in respect of the Loans.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) the amount of any Indebtedness under GAAP with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and Attributable Indebtedness shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.03 and (ii) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard Topic having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of the Borrower or the Loan Parties at “fair value”, as defined therein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time any change occurs after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof that, in each case, would affect the computation of any financial ratio or financial requirement, or compliance with any covenant, set forth in any Loan Document (including, but not limited to, the impact of ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) or similar revenue recognition policies promulgated after the Closing Date), Accounting Standards Update 2016-2, Leases (Topic 842), and the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request (regardless of whether any such request is given before or after such change), the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower will negotiate in good faith to amend (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders) such ratio, requirement or covenant to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP; provided that until so amended, (a) such ratio, requirement or covenant shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP without giving effect to such change therein and (b) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent with respect to periods ending prior to the date that is one year after the effectiveness of such change, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent (for distribution to the Lenders), together with any financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01, a summary reconciliation between calculations of any such ratios or requirements required to be included in the corresponding Compliance Certificate to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(4) made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. For the avoidance of doubt, subject to the requirements of the foregoing clause (b), the operation
62
of this paragraph shall otherwise have no effect with respect to any financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 unless the Borrower otherwise elects.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state, local, or otherwise, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including (x) any supra-national bodies, such as the European Union or the European Central Bank and (y) any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners).
“Governmental Programs” means (i) the Medicare and Medicaid Programs, and (ii) any other Federal health care program, as defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f).
“Granting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).
“guarantee” means a guarantee (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice), direct or indirect, in any manner (including letters of credit and reimbursement agreements in respect thereof), of all or any part of any Indebtedness or other obligations.
“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, without duplication,
63
“Guarantor” has the meaning specified in clause (2) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.” For avoidance of doubt, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, cause any Parent Company or Subsidiary that is not required to be a Guarantor to Guarantee the Obligations by causing such Parent Company or Subsidiary to execute a joinder to the Guaranty (substantially in the form provided therein or as the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and such Guarantor may otherwise agree), and any such Parent Company or Subsidiary shall be a Guarantor hereunder for all purposes; provided that (i) in the case of any Parent Company or Subsidiary organized in a foreign jurisdiction, any such action shall be subject to the limitations, restrictions and requirements set forth in the definition of Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall have received at least two (2) Business Days prior to the effectiveness of such joinder (or such later date as reasonably agreed by the Administrative Agent) all documentation and other information in respect of such Guarantor required under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and (iii) such Guarantor shall have complied with the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement (as modified in accordance with the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement” to account for the jurisdiction of organization of such Subsidiary). For the avoidance of doubt, no Affiliated Practice shall be a Guarantor.
“Guarantor Release Election” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
“Guaranty” means (a) the Guaranty substantially in the form of Exhibit E made by Holdings and each Subsidiary Guarantor, (b) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered pursuant to Section 6.11 and (c) each other guaranty and guaranty supplement delivered by any Parent Company or Subsidiary pursuant to the second sentence of the definition of “Guarantor”.
“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes, and all other substances, wastes, pollutants and contaminants and chemicals in any form, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas and infectious or medical wastes, to the extent any of the foregoing are regulated pursuant to, or form the basis for liability under, any Environmental Law due to their dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics.
“Health Care Laws” means, collectively, any and all Laws, relating to any of the following: (a) fraud and abuse (including the following statutes, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time and any successor statutes thereto and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder: the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(b)), the Stark Law (42 U.S.C. § 1395nn and § 1395(q)), the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. § 3729 et seq.), the federal health care program exclusion provisions (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7), the Eliminating Kickbacks in Recovery Act (18 U.S.C. §220) and the Civil Monetary Penalties Act (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7a)); (b) the billing, coding, documentation or submission of claims or collection of accounts receivable or reporting and refunding of overpayments; (c) Medicare and Medicaid
64
program requirements for participation and payment; (d) the restrictions on the corporate practice of medicine and other applicable health care professions; (e) the privacy and security of health care information (including HIPAA); (f) healthcare facility and professional fee-splitting prohibitions; (g) federal and state laws related to facility licensure; and (h) state laws related to certificate of need requirements.
“Hedge Agreement” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
“Hedge Bank” means (a) any Person party to a Secured Hedge Agreement that is an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing on the Closing Date or at the time it enters into such Secured Hedge Agreement, in its capacity as a party thereto, whether or not such Person subsequently ceases to be an Agent, a Lender or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing or (b) any Person from time to time approved by the Administrative Agent and specifically designated in writing as a “Hedge Bank” by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent.
“Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under any Hedge Agreement.
“HIPAA” means the (a) Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996; (b) the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (Title XIII of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009); and (c) any state and local Laws regulating the privacy and/or security of individually identifiable health information, including state laws providing for notification of breach of privacy or security of individually identifiable health information, in each case as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with all successor statutes thereto and all rules and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.
“Holdings” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.
“Honor Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(3)(a). “HPS” means HPS Investment Partners, LLC.
“HPS Entities” means HPS and its Affiliates, affiliated or managed funds and separately managed accounts.
65
“Identified Participating Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(3).
“Identified Qualifying Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(3).
“Immaterial Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Material Subsidiary and does not hold intellectual property or other assets material to the business or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
“Immediate Family Members” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including, in each case, adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.
“Incremental Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(6).
“Incremental Amounts” has the meaning specified in clause (1) of the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness.
“Incremental Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Incremental Facility Closing Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(4).
“Incremental Lenders” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(3).
“Incremental Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(2).
“Incremental Loan Request” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Incremental Revolving Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Incremental Revolving Facility” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Incremental Revolving Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(3).
“Incremental Revolving Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(2).
“Incremental Term Commitments” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Incremental Term Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(3).
“Incremental Term Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(2).
“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person, without duplication:
66
provided that Indebtedness of any Parent Company appearing upon the balance sheet of Holdings or the Borrower, as applicable, solely by reason of push-down accounting under GAAP will be excluded;
67
provided further that Indebtedness will be calculated without giving effect to the effects of Accounting Standards Codification Topic No. 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and related interpretations to the extent such effects would otherwise increase or decrease an amount of Indebtedness for any purpose under this Agreement as a result of accounting for any embedded derivatives created by the terms of such Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness will not be deemed to include obligations incurred in advance of, and the proceeds of which are to be applied in connection with, the consummation of a transaction solely to the extent that the proceeds thereof are and continue to be held in an escrow, trust, collateral or similar account or arrangement for a period of not greater than five (5) Business Days and are not otherwise made available for any other purpose and are used for such purpose (it being understood that in any event, any such proceeds shall be not deemed to be Unrestricted Cash Amounts).
“Indemnified Liabilities” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
“Indemnitees” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.
“Independent Assets or Operations” means, with respect to any Parent Company, that Parent Company’s total assets, revenues, income from continuing operations before income taxes and cash flows from operating activities (excluding in each case amounts related to its investment in the Borrower and the Subsidiaries), determined in accordance with GAAP and as shown on the most recent balance sheet of such Parent Company, is more than 3.0% of such Parent Company’s corresponding consolidated amount.
“Independent Financial Advisor” means an accounting, appraisal, investment banking firm or consultant of nationally recognized standing that, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, is qualified to perform the task for which it has been engaged.
“Information” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02 or Section 10.09, as applicable.
“Initial Default” has the meaning specified in Section 1.02(9).
68
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment or an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan at such time.
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(3)(a).
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments on the Closing Date was $7.2 million.
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans made thereunder.
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment or an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan at such time.
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan” means a Loan made pursuant to Section 2.01(3)(b).
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make an Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments on the Closing Date was $42.8 million.
“Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments and the Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans made thereunder.
“Insolvency Proceeding” means (a) any case, action or proceeding before any court or other Governmental Authority relating to bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, dissolution, winding-up or relief of debtors, or (b) any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, composition, marshaling of assets for creditors, or other, similar arrangement in respect of its creditors generally or any substantial portion of its creditors; in each case in (a) and (b) above, undertaken under any Debtor Relief Laws.
69
“Intellectual Property Security Agreements” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
“Intercompany Note” means the Intercompany Note, dated as of the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit Q executed by the Borrower and each Subsidiary of the Borrower party thereto.
“Intercreditor Agreement” means, as applicable, any Equal Priority Intercreditor Agreement and any Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.
“Interest Payment Date” means, (a) as to any Loan of any Class other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the applicable Maturity Date of the Loans of such Class; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan of any Class, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the applicable Maturity Date of the Loans of such Class.
“Interest Period” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or to the extent consented to by each applicable Lender, twelve months (or such other period as may be consented to by each applicable Lender), as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:
“Investment Grade Rating” means a rating equal to or higher than Baa3 (or the equivalent) by Moody’s or BBB- (or the equivalent) by S&P, or an equivalent rating by any other rating agency selected by the Borrower.
“Investment Grade Securities” means:
70
“Investments” means, with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the form of (1) loans (including guarantees), (2) advances or capital contributions (excluding accounts receivable, credit card and debit card receivables, trade credit, advances to customers, commission, travel and similar advances to employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants and independent contractors, in each case made in the ordinary course of business or consistent with industry practice), (3) purchases or other acquisitions for consideration of Indebtedness, (4) Equity Interests or other securities issued by any other Person, (5) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business, book of business or division of such Person, and (6) any transaction that results in a Person becoming an Affiliated Practice.
The amount of any Investment outstanding at any time will be the original cost of such Investment, net of returns of capital received in cash (in an amount not to exceed the original amount of the related Investment) and shall not increase the amount set forth in Section 7.05(a)(3).
“IP Rights” has the meaning specified in Section 5.15.
“IRS” means Internal Revenue Service of the United States.
“ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the International Chamber of Commerce publication no. 950 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).
“Issuing Bank” means (a) CONA or its Affiliates or designees, together with their permitted successors and assigns and (b) any other Revolving Lender that becomes an Issuing Bank in accordance with Section 2.03(11); provided no Issuing Bank shall be required to issue either (x) letters of guarantee or bankers acceptances or (y) Letters of Credit other than standby letters of credit, in each case without its consent. Each Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates or designees of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate or designee with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate or designee. Any Issuing Bank may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by any Affiliate of such Issuing Bank, in which case the term “Issuing Bank” shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Bank shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to, comply with the requirements of Section 2.03 with respect to such Letters of Credit).
71
“Issuing Bank Document” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the L/C Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by any Issuing Bank and the Borrower (or any of its Subsidiaries) or in favor of such Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit in the case of Letters of Credit (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit and the Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit).
“Junior Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of any Loan Party that (1) by its terms is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations of such Loan Party arising under the Loans or the Guaranty, (2) is secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (3) is unsecured.
“Junior Lien Debt” means any Indebtedness that is secured by Liens on Collateral on a basis that is junior in priority to the Liens on Collateral securing the Obligations.
“Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement” means an intercreditor agreement (1) substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 or (2) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Required Lenders and the Borrower, which agreement shall provide that the Liens on the Collateral securing the applicable other Indebtedness shall rank junior in priority to the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations under this Agreement, in each case with such modifications thereto as the Required Lenders and the Borrower may agree.
“L/C Advance” means, with respect to each Revolving Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Applicable Percentage.
“L/C Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the relevant Issuing Bank.
“L/C Borrowing” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed prior to the Honor Date or refinanced as a Revolving Borrowing.
“L/C Commitment” means, with respect to any Person, the amount set forth opposite the name of such Person on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “L/C Commitment” or in the relevant Assignment and Assumption, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.
“L/C Expiration Date” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the applicable Revolving Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).
“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit (not to exceed the stated
72
amount thereof in effect at such time, or, with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any L/C Application related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the maximum stated amount of such or Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time). For all purposes of this Agreement (but subject to the Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit and the Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit), if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or Rule 3.14 of the ISP, article 29 of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce publication no. 600, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.
“L/C Sublimit” means an amount equal to the sum of the lesser of (a) $5 million, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 2.06 or Section 2.14 and (b) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments. The L/C Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Facility.
“Latest Maturity Date” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Incremental Loan, any Incremental Revolving Commitment, any Replacement Loan, any Extended Term Loan or any Extended Revolving Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local laws (including common law), statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities and executive orders, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.
“LCT Election” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07(11).
“LCT Test Date” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07(11).
“Lender” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as context requires (including for purposes of the definition of “Secured Parties” and for purposes of Sections 3.01 and 3.04), includes any Issuing Bank, Swing Line Lender and their respective successors and assigns as permitted hereunder, each of which is referred to herein as a “Lender.” For the avoidance of doubt, each Additional Lender is a Lender to the extent any such Person has executed and delivered an Incremental Amendment or an amendment in respect of Replacement Loans, as the case may be, and to the extent such Incremental Amendment or amendment in respect of Replacement Loans shall have become effective in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, and each Extending Lender shall continue to be a Lender. As of the Closing Date, Schedule 2.01 sets forth the name of each Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Disqualified Institution that purports to become a Lender hereunder (notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement that prohibit Disqualified Institutions from becoming Lenders) without the Borrower’s written consent shall be entitled to any of the rights or privileges enjoyed
73
by the other Lenders with respect to voting, information and lender meetings; provided that the Loans of any such Disqualified Institution shall not be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders if the action in question affects such Disqualified Institution in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders; provided, further, that if any assignment or participation is made to any Disqualified Institution without the Borrower’s prior written consent in violation of clause (v) of Section 10.07(b) the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to the applicable Disqualified Institution and the Administrative Agent, (A) terminate any Revolving Commitment of such Disqualified Institution and repay all obligations of the Borrower owing to such Disqualified Institution in connection with such Revolving Commitment, (B) in the case of outstanding Term Loans held by Disqualified Institutions, purchase or prepay such Term Loan by paying the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Institution paid to acquire such Term Loans, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder and/or (C) require such Disqualified Institution to assign, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.07), all of its interest, rights and obligations under this Agreement to one or more Eligible Assignees at the lesser of (x) the principal amount thereof and (y) the amount that such Disqualified Institution paid to acquire such interests, rights and obligations, in each case plus accrued interest, accrued fees and all other amounts (other than principal amounts) payable to it hereunder.
“Lender-Related Distress Event” means, with respect to any Lender or any direct or indirect parent company of such Lender (each, a “Distressed Person”), (a) that such Distressed Person is or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary case under any Debtor Relief Law, (b) a custodian, conservator, receiver, or similar official is appointed for such Distressed Person or any substantial part of such Distressed Person’s assets, (c) such Distressed Person or any direct or indirect parent company of such Distressed Person is subject to a forced liquidation, makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or is otherwise adjudicated as, or determined by any Governmental Authority having regulatory authority over such Distressed Person or its assets to be, insolvent or bankrupt or (d) that such Distressed Person becomes the subject of a Bail-in Action; provided that a Lender-Related Distress Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interests in any Lender or any direct or indirect parent company of a Lender by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
“Letter of Credit” means any letter of credit issued hereunder.
“LIBOR” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate.”
“Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien (statutory or otherwise), pledge, hypothecation, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect
74
of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction; provided that in no event will an operating lease be deemed to constitute a Lien.
“Limited Condition Transactions” means any (1) Permitted Acquisition or other Investment permitted hereunder or similar transaction (including any merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination and any transaction resulting in a Person becoming an Affiliated Practice) permitted hereunder by the Borrower or one or more of its Subsidiaries whose consummation is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third party financing, (2) any redemption, repurchase, defeasance, satisfaction and discharge or repayment of Indebtedness requiring irrevocable notice in advance thereof and (3) any Restricted Payment in connection with a transaction described in clause (1) and (2).
“LLC” means any limited liability company.
“LLC Division” means the statutory division of any LLC into two or more LLCs pursuant to Section 18-217 of the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act or a comparable provision of any other applicable Law.
“Loan” means an extension of credit under Article II by a Lender (1) to the Borrower in the form of a Term Loan, (2) to the Borrower in the form of a Revolving Loan, (3) to the Borrower in the form of a Swing Line Loan or (4) to the Borrower in the form of a Delayed Draw Term Loan.
“Loan Documents” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Notes, (c) any Incremental Amendment, Extension Amendment or amendment in respect of Replacement Loans, (d) the Guaranty, (e) the Collateral Documents, (f) any Intercreditor Agreement, (g) the Fee Letter, (h) the First Amendment, (i) the First Amendment Fee Letter, (j) the Second Amendment, (k) the Second Amendment Fee Letter, (l) the Third Amendment, (m) the Third Amendment Fee Letter, (n) the AAL and (mo) the Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit and the Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit.
“Loan Increase” means a Term Loan Increase or Revolving Commitment Increase.
“Loan Parties” means, collectively, (a) Holdings, (b) the Borrower and (c) each Subsidiary Guarantor.
“Make-Whole Premium” means, with respect to any prepayment of the Closing Date Term Loans, the First Amendment Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans at any time on or prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the excess of (a) the sum of the present value of (i) one hundred three percent (103%) of the outstanding principal amount of the Closing Date Term Loans, First Amendment Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans being prepaid as of such date of prepayment, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Closing Date Term Loans, First Amendment Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans from the date of prepayment through and including the first anniversary of the Closing Date, which such present value shall be computed using a discount rate equal to the Treasury Rate plus fifty (50) basis points over (b) the
75
principal amount of the Closing Date Term Loans, First Amendment Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans being prepaid; provided that in no event shall the Make-Whole Premium be less than zero.
“Management Fees” means any management, consulting, monitoring, transaction, advisory and other fees pursuant to the Management Services Agreement and any termination fees pursuant to the Management Services Agreement.
“Management Members” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Management Stockholders.”
“Management Services Agreement” means that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Lynnwood TopCo, L.P, a Delaware limited partnership, Lynnwood Ultimate Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Holdings, the Borrower, LifeStance Health, Inc., a Delaware corporation, TPG VIII Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, TPG Healthcare Partners Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Silversmith Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, Summit Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and each of the individuals set forth on Schedule A attached thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified or replaced in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
“Management Stockholders” means (a) the members of management (and their Controlled Investment Affiliates and Immediate Family Members and any permitted transferees thereof) of the Borrower (or a Parent Company) or any Affiliated Practice on the Closing Date who are holders of Equity Interests of any Parent Company on the Closing Date or will become holders of such Equity Interests on the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions (the “Management Members”), (b) the heirs, executors, administrators, testamentary trustees, legatees or beneficiaries of any Management Member and (c) any trust, the beneficiaries of which, or a corporation or partnership, the stockholders or partners of which, include only a Management Member, his or her spouse, parents, siblings, members of his or her immediate family (including adopted children and step children) and/or direct lineal descendants.
“Margin Stock” has the meaning specified in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.
“Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit” means that certain Master Agreement for Documentary Letters of Credit, dated as of the Closing Date between the Borrower on behalf of all Loan Parties and CONA, as an Issuing Bank.
“Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit” means that certain Master Agreement for Standby Letters of Credit, dated as of the Closing Date between the Borrower on behalf of all Loan Parties and CONA, as an Issuing Bank.
“Material Adverse Effect” means (x) on the Closing Date (or a date prior thereto), a Closing Date Material Adverse Effect and (y) thereafter, any event, circumstance or condition that has had a materially adverse effect on (a) the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, excluding the impacts of COVID-19, (b) the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to perform their payment obligations under the
76
Loan Documents or (c) the rights and remedies of the Lenders, the Collateral Agent or the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents.
“Material Domestic Subsidiary” means any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary.
“Material Real Property” means any fee-owned real property located in the United States and owned by any Loan Party with an individual fair market value in excess of $3.0 million on the Closing Date (if owned by a Loan Party on the Closing Date) or at the time of acquisition (if acquired by a Loan Party after the Closing Date) or date that any Person becomes a Loan Party (if owned by a Person that becomes a Loan Party after the Closing Date); provided that for the avoidance of doubt, Material Real Property will not include any Excluded Assets (excluding for this purpose clause (i)(x) of the definition of “Excluded Assets”).
“Material Subsidiary” means, as of the Closing Date and thereafter at any date of determination, each Subsidiary of the Borrower (a) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period (when taken together with the total assets of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary at the last day of the most recent Test Period) were equal to or greater than 3.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries at such date or (b) whose gross revenues for such Test Period (when taken together with the gross revenues of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiary for such Test Period) were equal to or greater than 3.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that if at any time and from time to time after the date which is 30 days after the Closing Date (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), all Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors solely because they do not meet the thresholds set forth in the preceding clause (a) or (b) comprise in the aggregate more than (when taken together with the total assets of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiaries at the last day of the most recent Test Period) 5.0% of Total Assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries as of the last day of the most recent Test Period or more than (when taken together with the gross revenues of the Subsidiaries of such Subsidiaries for such Test Period) 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for such Test Period, then the Borrower shall, not later than sixty (60) days after the date by which financial statements for such Test Period were required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion), (i) designate in writing to the Administrative Agent one or more Subsidiaries as “Material Subsidiaries” to the extent required such that the foregoing condition ceases to be true and (ii) comply with the provisions of Section 6.11 with respect to any such Subsidiaries (to the extent applicable), in each case, other than any Subsidiaries that otherwise constitute Excluded Subsidiaries. At all times prior to the delivery of the aforementioned financial statements, such determinations shall be made based on the Pro Forma Financials and the latest Unaudited Financial Statements (as adjusted by the Borrower (in its good faith judgment) on a pro forma basis to give effect to the Transactions as if the Transactions had occurred at the beginning of such period).
“Maturity Date” means (i) with respect to the Closing Date Term Loans, the First Amendment Term Loans, the Third Amendment Term Loans and the Delayed Draw Term Loans that have not been extended pursuant to Section 2.16, the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Original Term Loan Maturity Date”), (ii) with respect to the Closing Date Revolving Facility, to the extent not extended pursuant to Section 2.16, the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (the “Original Revolving Facility Maturity Date”), (iii) with respect to any Class of
77
Extended Term Loans or Extended Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Amendment, (iv) [reserved], (v) with respect to any Class of Replacement Loans, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable amendment to this Agreement in respect of such Replacement Loans and (vi) with respect to any Incremental Loans or Incremental Revolving Commitments, the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Incremental Amendment; provided, in each case, that if such day is not a Business Day, the applicable Maturity Date shall be the Business Day immediately succeeding such day.
“Maximum Rate” has the meaning specified in Section 10.11.
“Medicare and Medicaid Programs” means the programs established under Title XVIII and XIX of the Social Security Act and any successor programs performing similar functions.
“Minimum Equity Contribution” means 70% of the Total Capitalization. “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Mortgage” means a mortgage customary in the jurisdiction to which it is to be filed in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, in each case with such modifications thereto as the Administrative Agent and the Borrower may agree, in each case, including such modifications as may be required by local laws, pursuant to Section 6.13(2), and any other deeds of trust, trust deeds, hypothecs, deeds to secure debt or mortgages executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
“Mortgage Policies” has the meaning specified in Section 6.11(2)(b)(ii).
“Mortgaged Properties” has the meaning specified in paragraph (5) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement.”
“Multiemployer Plan” means any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA and subject to Title IV of ERISA, to which any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.
“Net Income” means, with respect to any Person, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP.
“Net Proceeds” means:
78
“Non-Consenting Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.
“Non-Excluded Taxes” means all Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party under any Loan Document.
“Non-Fixed Basket” has the meaning specified in Section 1.07(8).
79
“Non-Loan Party Amount” means, with respect to any date of determination, in the aggregate the greater of (i) $15.0 million and (ii) 30.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the Test Period ending on or most recently prior to such date of determination (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to the applicable disposition or Investment).
“Non-Ratio Based Incremental Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(4)(d)(A)(2).
“Not Otherwise Applied” means, with reference to any amount of net cash proceeds of any transaction or event that is proposed to be applied to a particular use or transaction, that such amount has not previously been (and is not simultaneously being) applied to anything other than such particular use or transaction.
“Note” means a Term Note, Delayed Draw Term Note, Revolving Note or Swing Line Note, as the context may require.
“Notice of Intent to Cure” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(1).
“Obligations” means all
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) unless otherwise agreed to by the Borrower and any applicable Hedge Bank or Cash Management Bank, the obligations of Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary under any Secured Hedge Agreement and under any Secured Cash Management Agreement shall be secured and guaranteed pursuant to the Collateral Documents and the Guaranty only to the extent that, and for so long as, the other Obligations are so secured and guaranteed and (b) any release of Collateral or Guarantors effected in the manner permitted by this Agreement and any other Loan Document shall not require the consent of the holders of Hedging Obligations
80
under Secured Hedge Agreements or of the holders of Cash Management Obligations under Secured Cash Management Agreements.
“OFAC” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.
“Offered Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(1).
“Offered Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(1).
“Officer” means the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the President, any Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or Vice President, the Treasurer or the Secretary of the Borrower or any other Person, as the case may be.
“Officer’s Certificate” means a certificate signed on behalf of a Person by an Officer of such Person.
“OID” means original issue discount.
“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“ordinary course of business” means activity conducted in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and any Subsidiary.
“Organizational Documents” means
“Original Revolving Facility Maturity Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Maturity Date.”
“Original Term Loan Maturity Date” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Maturity Date.”
“Other Applicable ECF” means Excess Cash Flow or a comparable measure as determined in accordance with the documentation governing Other Applicable Indebtedness.
81
“Other Applicable Indebtedness” means any Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or Incremental Term Loans secured on a pari passu basis with the Closing Date Term Loans (together with any Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) that is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with the Closing Date Term Loans (without regard to control of remedies).
“Other Applicable Net Proceeds” means Net Proceeds or a comparable measure as determined in accordance with the documentation governing Other Applicable Indebtedness.
“Other Obligations Cap” means $5.0 million.
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes, intangible, recording, filing, excise (that is not based on net income), property or similar Taxes arising from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are imposed with respect to an assignment, grant of participation, designation of a new office for receiving payments by or on account of the Borrower or other transfer (other than an assignment, designation or other transfer at the request of the Borrower).
“Outstanding Amount” means (1) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (2) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the outstanding principal amount thereof (or in the case any undrawn Letter of Credit, the maximum amount available for drawing thereunder) on such date after giving effect to any related L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding Unreimbursed Amounts under related Letters of Credit or related L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under related Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.
“Overnight Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (1) the Federal Funds Rate and (2) an overnight rate determined by the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or a Swing Line Lender, as applicable, in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
“Parent Company” means any Person that is a direct or indirect parent (which may be organized as, among other things, a partnership) of Holdings and/or the Borrower (for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of the Borrower, including Holdings), as applicable.
“Participant” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(d).
“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).
“Participating Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(2).
“Payment Block” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(h).
82
“Payment Default” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the AAL.
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates or to which any Loan Party or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time in the preceding five plan years.
“Perfection Certificate” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
“Permitted Acquisition” has the meaning specified in clause (3) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”
“Permitted Acquisition Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(b)(14)(C).
“Permitted Asset Swap” means the substantially concurrent purchase and sale or exchange of Related Business Assets or a combination of Related Business Assets and cash or Cash Equivalents between the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Practice; provided that (x) any such exchange shall be for reasonably equivalent value and (y) any cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection "Qwith a Permitted Asset Swap that constitutes an Asset Sale must be applied in accordance with Section 2.05(2)(b).
“Permitted Equity Issuance” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Company.
“Permitted Holder” means (1) any of the Sponsor, Co-Investors and Management Stockholders and (2) any Person acting in the capacity of an underwriter (solely to the extent that and for so long as such Person is acting in such capacity) in connection with a public or private offering of Capital Stock of the Borrower or any Parent Company.
“Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt” means Indebtedness issued, incurred or otherwise obtained by the Borrower and/or any Guarantor in respect of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans, junior lien notes or loans, subordinated notes or loans or senior unsecured notes or loans (in each case in respect of the issuance of notes, whether issued in a public offering, Rule 144A or other private placement or otherwise and any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor) or any bridge financing in lieu of the foregoing, or secured or unsecured mezzanine Indebtedness; provided that:
83
84
85
86
“Permitted Indebtedness” means Indebtedness permitted to be incurred in accordance with Section 7.02.
“Permitted Investments” means:
provided that (i) immediately after giving pro forma effect to any such Investment, no Event of Default (or, in connection with any Limited Condition Transaction, no Event of Default under Section 8.01(1) or 8.01(6)) shall have occurred and be continuing;
87
88
89
90
91
“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:
92
93
94
95
96
97
For purposes of this definition, the term “Indebtedness” will be deemed to include interest and other obligations payable on or with respect to such Indebtedness.
In connection with the refinancing of any Indebtedness permitted under Section7.02, any Liens incurred in connection with such refinancing pursuant to clauses (8) and (21) above will be permitted to secure additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock to the extent permitted under the definition of Refinancing Indebtedness.
“Permitted Ratio Debt” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(a).
“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
98
“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by any Loan Party or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.
“Plan Assets” means “plan assets” within the meaning of U.S. Department of Labor Regulation 29 C.F.R. Section 2510.3-101, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA.
“Planned Expenditures” has the meaning specified in the definition of Excess Cash Flow.
“Pledged Collateral” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.
“Prepayment Premium” means, for any Closing Date Term Loans, First Amendment Term Loans, Third Amendment Term Loans and Delayed Draw Term Loans as of any date of determination, the following percentage of the principal amount thereof:
“Previously Absent Financial Maintenance Covenant” means, at any time (x) any financial maintenance covenant that is not contained in this Agreement at such time and (y) any financial maintenance covenant, a corresponding version of which is already contained in this Agreement at such time but with covenant levels and component definitions (to the extent relating to such corresponding version) that are less restrictive as to the Borrower and the Subsidiaries than those in the applicable Incremental Amendment, Extension Amendment or amendment in respect of Replacement Loans or any documents relating to Permitted Incremental Equivalent Debt or Refinancing Indebtedness.
“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time as its prime commercial lending rate for United States Dollar loans in the United States for such day. The Prime Rate is not necessarily the lowest rate that the Administrative Agent is charging any corporate customer. Any change in such rate announced by the Administrative Agent shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the announcement of such change.
“Private-Side Information” means any information that is not Public-Side Information.
“pro forma basis” means on a pro forma basis with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with Section 1.07.
“Pro Forma Financials” has the meaning specified in Section 5.05(1)(b).
99
“Pro Rata Share” means, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments in any Class (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated in full, Revolving Exposure) and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of any Class of such Lender at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Commitments of such Class (or, if the Revolving Commitments have terminated in full, Revolving Exposure) and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Class at such time; provided that when used with respect to (i) Commitments, Loans, interest and fees under any Class of Revolving Facility or any Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility, “Pro Rata Share,” shall mean with respect to any Lender such Lender’s Applicable Percentage and (ii) Commitments, Loans and interest under any Term Facility, “Pro Rata Share,” shall mean, with respect to each Lender at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Term Commitments and Term Loans of such Lender under such Term Facility at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the aggregate Term Commitments and Term Loans under such Term Facility at such time.
“PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.
“Public Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.
“Public-Side Information” means information that is either (x) of a type that would be made publicly available if Holdings, the Borrower, the Company or any of their respective Subsidiaries were issuing securities pursuant to a public offering or (y) not material non-public information (for purposes of United States federal, state or other applicable securities laws) concerning Holdings, the Borrower, the Company or their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective securities.
“Purchase Money Obligations” means any Indebtedness incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal) or assets (other than Capital Stock).
“QFC” has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).
“Qualified ECP Guarantor” means, in respect of any Swap Obligation, each Loan Party that has total assets exceeding $10.0 million at the time the relevant guarantee or grant of the relevant security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation or such other Person as constitutes an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act or any regulations promulgated thereunder and can cause another Person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time by entering into a keepwell under Section 1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
“Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Stock.
“Qualifying IPO” means the issuance by the Borrower or any Parent Company of its common Equity Interests that are listed on a national exchange or publicly offered (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) (including pursuant to an
100
effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering)).
“Qualifying Lender” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(3).
“Ratio Based Incremental Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(4)(d).
“Refinance” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness” and “Refinancing” and “Refinanced” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.
“Refinanced Debt” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Refinancing Indebtedness.”
“Refinancing Indebtedness” means (x) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Subsidiary or (y) Disqualified Stock issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary which, in each case, serves to extend, replace, refund, refinance, renew or defease (“Refinance”) any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, in each case of the foregoing clauses (x) and (y), including any Refinancing Indebtedness, so long as:
101
provided that Refinancing Indebtedness will not include:
“Refunding Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(b)(2)(a).
“Register” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c).
“Registered Equivalent Notes” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.
“Rejection Notice” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(2)(g).
“Related Business Assets” means assets (other than Cash Equivalents) used or useful in a Similar Business; provided that any assets received by the Borrower or a Subsidiary in exchange for assets transferred by the Borrower or a Subsidiary will not be deemed to be Related Business Assets if they consist of securities of a Person, unless upon receipt of the securities of such Person, such Person is or would become a Subsidiary.
“Related Indemnified Person” of an Indemnitee means (1) any controlling Person or controlled Affiliate of such Indemnitee, (2) the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, advisors, other representatives or successors or permitted assigns of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates and (3) the respective agents, trustees and other representatives of such Indemnitee or any of its controlling Persons or controlled Affiliates,
102
in the case of this clause (3), acting at the instructions of such Indemnitee, controlling Person or such controlled Affiliate; provided that each reference to a controlled Affiliate or controlling Person in this definition pertains to a controlled Affiliate or controlling Person involved in the negotiation of this Agreement. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.
“Related Person” means, with respect to any Person, (a) any Affiliate of such Person, (b) the respective directors, officers, partners, employees, advisors, agents, trustees and other representatives of such Person or any of its Affiliates and (c) the successors and permitted assigns of such Person or any of its Affiliates.
“Release” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the Environment.
“Released Subsidiary” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.
“Relevant Governmental Body” meansthe Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and/System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board and/System or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or any successor thereto.
“Replaced Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01(2).
“Replacement Amendment” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01(2).
“Replacement Loans” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01(2).
“Reportable Event” means, with respect to any Pension Plan, any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.
“Request for Credit Extension” means (1) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (2) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, an L/C Application and (3) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.
“Required Facility Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to one or more Facilities, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (1) the Total Outstandings under such Facility or Facilities (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under such Facility or Facilities being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (2) the aggregate unused Commitments under such Facility or Facilities; provided that the unused Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under such Facility or Facilities held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Facility Lenders; provided, further, that, to the same extent specified
103
in Section 10.07(i) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Facility Lenders unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.
“Required First Out Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the AAL.
“Required Last Out Lenders” has the meaning set forth in the AAL.
“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (1) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (2) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (3) aggregate unused Revolving Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and unused Revolving Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided, further, that the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders unless the action in question affects such Affiliated Lender in a disproportionately adverse manner than its effect on the other Lenders.
“Required Revolving Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to the Revolving Facility, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of (1) the Total Outstandings under the Revolving Facility (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, as applicable, under the Revolving Facility being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (2) the aggregate unused Revolving Commitments; provided that the unused Revolving Commitments of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings under the Revolving Facility held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of the Required Revolving Lenders; provided, further, that, to the same extent specified in Section 10.07(i) with respect to determination of Required Lenders, the Loans of any Affiliated Lender shall in each case be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders.
“Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.
“Responsible Officer” means, with respect to a Person, the chief executive officer, chief operating officer, president, executive vice president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer or other similar officer or Person performing similar functions, of such Person and, solely for purposes of notices given pursuant to Article II, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to the Administrative Agent or any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party designated in or pursuant to an agreement between the applicable Loan Party and the Administrative Agent. With respect to any document delivered by a Loan Party on the Closing Date, Responsible Officer includes any secretary or assistant secretary of such Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership or other action on the part of such
104
Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Responsible Officer” shall refer to a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
“Restricted Payment” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05.
“Revolving Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period, made by each of the Revolving Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(2).
“Revolving Commitment” means, as to each Revolving Lender, its obligation to (1) make Revolving Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(2) and (2) purchase participations in L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit and purchase participations in Swing Line Loans in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Revolving Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The aggregate Revolving Commitments of all Revolving Lenders as of the Closing Date is $20.0 million.
“Revolving Commitment Increase” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Revolving Exposure” means, as to each Revolving Lender, the sum of the amount of the Outstanding Amount of such Revolving Lender’s Revolving Loans and its Applicable Percentage of the amount of the L/C Obligations and Swing Line Obligations at such time.
“Revolving Extension Request” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(2).
“Revolving Extension Series” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(2).
“Revolving Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments at such time; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the Revolving Facility shall include the Extended Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Commitment at such time or, if Revolving Commitments have terminated, Revolving Exposure.
“Revolving Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(2) and includes Revolving Loans under the Closing Date Revolving Facility, Incremental Revolving Loans and Loans made pursuant to Extended Revolving Commitments.
“Revolving Loan Obligations” means all Obligations arising under or in respect of the Revolving Loans.
“Revolving Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Lender resulting from the Revolving Loans made by such Revolving Lender.
105
“S&P” means S&P Global Ratings, a division of S&P Global Inc., and any successor to its rating agency business.
“Sale-Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement providing for the leasing by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of any real or tangible personal property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to a third Person in contemplation of such leasing.
“Same Day Funds” means disbursements and payments in immediately available funds.
“Sanctions” has the meaning specified in Section 5.17.
“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“Second Amendment” shall mean that certain Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Incremental Term Lenders (as defined therein) and the Administrative Agent.
“Second Amendment Effective Date” means February 1, 2021.
“Second Amendment Fee Letter” means the Second Amendment Fee Letter dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, by and between the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lenders (as defined therein).
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan at such time.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments as of the First Amendment Effective Date is $5.8 million.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans made thereunder.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(4)(a).
106
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment or a Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan at such time.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments as of the First Amendment Effective Date is $34.2 million.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments and the Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans made thereunder.
“Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(4)(b).
“Second Delayed Draw Term Loans” means the Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, as applicable.
“Secured Cash Management Agreement” means any Cash Management Agreement (a) that is between Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary and a Cash Management Bank, in effect on the Closing Date or entered into thereafter, (b) that is designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Cash Management Agreement” and (c) to the extent that the Cash Management Bank is a “Cash Management Bank” pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof, such Cash Management Bank shall have acknowledged and agreed to the terms contained herein applicable to Cash Management Obligations, including the provisions of Sections 2.12, 8.03, 9.14 and 9.17.
“Secured Hedge Agreement” means any Hedge Agreement (a) that is between Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary and a Hedge Bank with respect to Hedging Obligations permitted under Section 7.02 in effect on the Closing Date or entered into thereafter, (b) that is designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as a “Secured Hedge Agreement” and (c) to the extent that the Hedge Bank is a “Hedge Bank” pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof, such Hedge Bank shall have acknowledged and agreed to the terms contained herein applicable to Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements, including the provisions of Sections 2.12, 8.03, 9.14 and 9.17.
“Secured Hedge Obligation” means, as to any Person, all obligations, whether absolute or contingent and however and whenever created, arising, evidenced or acquired (including all renewals, extensions and modifications thereof and substitutions therefor), of a Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement.
107
“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary secured by a Lien.
“Secured Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period that was then secured, in whole or in part, by a Lien on the assets of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, minus the Unrestricted Cash Amount on such last day, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis with such pro forma adjustments as are appropriate and consistent with Section 1.07.
“Secured Parties” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Lenders, each Hedge Bank party to a Secured Hedge Agreement, each Cash Management Bank party to a Secured Cash Management Agreement, each Supplemental Administrative Agent and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.01(2) or 9.07.
“Securities Account” means any securities account (as that term is defined in the Uniform Commercial Code).
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder.
“Security Agreement” means, collectively, the Pledge and Security Agreement executed by the Loan Parties and the Collateral Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, together with supplements or joinders thereto executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.11.
“Services Agreement” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliated Practices.”
“Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X of the SEC, as such regulation is in effect on the Closing Date.
“Similar Business” means (1) any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower or any Subsidiary on the Closing Date or (2) any business or other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to (including non-core incidental businesses acquired in connection with any Permitted Investment), or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the businesses that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct or propose to conduct on the Closing Date.
“SOFR” with respect to any day means a rate per annum equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such Business Day published for such day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, as the administrator of the benchmark, (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate) on the website of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s Website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org (or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the administrator of the secured overnight financing rate from time to time).
108
“Solicited Discount Proration” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(3).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(1).
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Borrower of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(D) substantially in the form of Exhibit L.
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer” means the written offer by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit O, submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.
“Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(D)(1).
“Solvent” and “Solvency” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date:
The amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that would reasonably be expected to become an actual and matured liability.
“SPC” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(g).
“Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations” means such of the representations and warranties made with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries in the Acquisition Agreement as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the extent that Holdings (or its applicable Affiliates) has the right (taking into account any applicable cure provisions) to terminate its (or such Affiliates’) obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, or decline to consummate the Acquisition (in each case, in accordance with the terms thereof), as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.
“Specified Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(B)(1).
109
“Specified Discount Prepayment Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(B)(1).
“Specified Discount Prepayment Notice” means a written notice of the Borrower’s Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 2.05(1)(e)(B) substantially in the form of Exhibit N.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response” means the written response by each Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P, to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.
“Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(B)(1).
“Specified Discount Proration” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(B)(3).
“Specified Legal Expenses” means, to the extent not constituting an extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual loss, charge or expense, all attorneys’ and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs, liabilities (including all damages, penalties, fines and indemnification and settlement payments) and expenses paid or payable in connection with any threatened, pending, completed or future claim, demand, action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, governmental or investigative) either (i) arising from, or related to, facts and circumstances existing on or prior to the Closing Date or (ii) arising out of or related to securities law (other than in connection with the Transactions).
“Specified Representations” means those representations and warranties made in Sections 5.01(1) (with respect to the organizational existence of the Loan Parties only), 5.01(2)(b), 5.01(4) (solely that the use of proceeds of the Closing Date Loans on the Closing Date will not violate the FCPA or the USA PATRIOT Act), 5.02(1), 5.02(2)(a), 5.04, 5.13, 5.16, the last sentence of Section 5.17 (solely that the use of proceeds of the Closing Date Loans on the Closing Date will not violate the USA PATRIOT Act or OFAC), and Section 5.18.
“Specified Transaction” means:
110
“Sponsor” means (1) TPG Capital, L.P. and (2) any of its Affiliates and funds or partnerships, in each case, which are controlled, managed and advised by TPG Capital, L.P.
“Sterling” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.
“Submitted Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1).
“Submitted Discount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(1)(e)(C)(1).
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person:
Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower. Notwithstanding
111
anything contained to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Document, Affiliated Practices are not Subsidiaries of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.
“Subsidiary Guarantor” means any Guarantor other than Holdings.
“Supplemental Administrative Agent” and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” have the meanings specified in Section 9.15(1).
“Supported QFC” has the meaning specified in Section 10.27.
“Swap Obligation” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Excluded Swap Obligation.”
“Swing Line Borrowing” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04
“Swing Line Facility” means the swing line facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.
“Swing Line Lender” means CONA and/or (as the context requires) any other Lender that becomes a Swing Line Lender in accordance with Section 2.04(8), or any successor Swing Line Lender hereunder.
“Swing Line Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(1).
“Swing Line Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(2), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2, or such other form as approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (including any form on an electronic platform or electronic transmission system as shall be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower), appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.
“Swing Line Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Swing Line Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-3, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to the Swing Line Lender resulting from the Swing Line Loans.
“Swing Line Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans outstanding.
“Swing Line Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (1) $5.0 million, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 2.06 or Section 2.14 and (2) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Commitments.
“Tax” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, charge, fee, deduction or withholding (including backup withholding) of any nature and whatever called, imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax and penalties applicable thereto.
112
“Tax Indemnitee” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(5).
“Term B-1 Lender” means each Lender who holds Term B-1 Loans.
“Term B-1 Loan” means any term loan made hereunder pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(a), Section 2.01(1)(c), Section 2.01(1)(e), Section 2.01(3)(a), Section 2.01(4)(a) or, Section 2.01(5)(a) or Section 2.01(6)(a) (including the Closing Date Term B-1 Loans, First Amendment Term B-1 Loans, Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans, any Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, any Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans, any Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and any ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans), including, unless the context shall otherwise requires, any Incremental Term Loan and any Extended Term Loan, in each case that is designated a Term B-1 Loan.
“Term B-2 Lender” means each Lender who holds Term B-2 Loans.
“Term B-2 Loan” means any term loan made hereunder pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(b), Section 2.01(1)(d), Section 2.01(1)(f), Section 2.01(3)(b), Section 2.01(4)(b) or, Section 2.01(5)(b) or Section 2.01(6)(b) (including Closing Date Term B-2 Loans, First Amendment Term B-2 Loans, Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans, any Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, any Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, any Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans and any ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans), including, unless the context shall otherwise requires, any Incremental Term Loan and any Extended Term Loan, in each case that is designated a Term B-2 Loan.
“Term Borrowing” means a Borrowing of any Term Loans (including Delayed Draw Term Loans and Incremental Term Loans).
“Term Commitment” means, as to each Term Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Term Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (1) reduced from time to time pursuant to this Agreement and (2) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (a) assignments by or to such Term Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption, (b) an Incremental Amendment, (c) [reserved], (d) an Extension Amendment or (e) an amendment in respect of Replacement Loans. The initial amount of each Term Lender’s Term Commitment is specified on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Closing Date Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Closing Date Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “First Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “First Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “Second Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Second Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment”, “Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment”, “Fourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption), Incremental Amendment, Extension Amendment or amendment in respect of Replacement Loans pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Term Commitment” includes any Closing Date Term Loan Commitments, any
113
First Amendment Term Loan Commitments, any Third Amendment Term Loan Commitments and any Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments.
“Term Facility” means any Facility consisting of Term Loans of a single Class and/or Term Commitments with respect to such Class of Term Loans. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “Term Facility” includes each Delayed Draw Term Loan Facility.
“Term Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Loan or Term Commitment at such time.
“Term Loan” means any Closing Date Term Loan, First Amendment Term Loan, Third Amendment Term Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Extended Term Loan or Replacement Loan, as the context may require.
“Term Loan Extension Request” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(1).
“Term Loan Extension Series” has the meaning provided in Section 2.16(1).
“Term Loan Increase” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(1).
“Term Loan Obligation” means all Obligations arising under or in respect of the Term Loans.
“Term Note” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit B-1 hereto, evidencing the aggregate Indebtedness of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.
“Term SOFR” means, for the applicable corresponding tenor, the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body.
“Termination Conditions” means, collectively, (1) the payment in full in cash of the Obligations (other than (a) contingent indemnification obligations not then due and (b) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements and Secured Cash Management Agreements) and (2) the termination of the Commitments and the termination or expiration of all Letters of Credit under this Agreement (unless the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations related thereto has been Cash Collateralized on terms reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank, backstopped by a letter of credit reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank or deemed reissued under another agreement reasonably acceptable to the applicable Issuing Bank).
“Test Period” in effect at any time means the most recent period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or prior to such time (taken as one accounting period) in respect of which financial statements for each quarter in such period have been or are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) (it being understood that for purposes of determining pro forma compliance with the Financial Covenant in connection with any Basket, if no Test Period with an applicable level cited in the Financial Covenant has passed, the applicable level shall be the level for the first Test Period cited in the Financial Covenant with an indicated level); provided that, prior to the first date that financial statements have been or are
114
required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(1) or 6.01(2), the Test Period in effect shall be the period of four consecutive full fiscal quarters of the Borrower ended on or about March 31, 2020.
“Third Amendment” shall mean that certain Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and among the Borrower, the Incremental Term Lenders (as defined therein) and the Administrative Agent.
“Third Amendment Effective Date” means April 30, 2021.
“Third Amendment Fee Letter” means the Third Amendment Fee Letter dated as of the Third Amendment Effective Date, by and between the Borrower and the Incremental Term Lenders (as defined therein).
“Third Amendment Term B-1 Lender” means each Lender with a Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan.
“Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Third Amendment Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Third Amendment Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Third Amendment Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Effective Date is $2,900,000.
“Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans.
“Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans” means the Term B-1 Loans made by each Term B-1 Lender on the Third Amendment Effective Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(e).
“Third Amendment Term B-2 Lender” means each Lender with a Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment or a Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan.
“Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Third Amendment Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Third Amendment Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Third Amendment Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitments on the Third Amendment Effective Date is $17,100,000.
115
“Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans.
“Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans” means the Term B-2 Loans made by each Term B-2 Lender on the Third Amendment Effective Date to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(1)(f).
“Third Amendment Term Loan Commitments” means the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loan Commitment and the Third Amendment Term B-2 Loan Commitment.
“Third Amendment Term Loan Lender” means each Third Amendment Term B-1 Lender and each Third Amendment Term B-2 Lender.
“Third Amendment Term Loans” means the Third Amendment Term B-1 Loans and Third Amendment Term B-2 Loans, as applicable.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment or a Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan at such time.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender, its obligation to make a Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial aggregate amount of the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments as of the Second Amendment Effective Date is $7.2 million.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Facility” means the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans made thereunder.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(5)(a).
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment or a Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan at such time.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” means, as to each Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender, its obligation to make a Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount specified opposite such Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 under the caption “Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption (or Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption) pursuant to which such Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.14 or 2.16). The initial
116
aggregate amount of the Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments as of the Second Amendment Effective Date is $42.8 million.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Facility” means the Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments and the Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans made thereunder.
“Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans” means the Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01(5)(b).
“Third Delayed Draw Term Loans” means the Third Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loans and Third Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loans, as applicable.
“Third Parties” means any Person that is not Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.
“Third Party Payor” means Medicare and Medicaid programs, any other federal health care program, Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield, private insurers, managed care plans, and any other person or entity which presently or in the future maintains a payment or reimbursement programs in which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party participates.
“Third Party Payor Authorizations” means all participation agreements, provider or supplier agreements, enrollments and billing numbers necessary to participate in and receive reimbursement from a Third Party Payor Program, including the Medicare and Medicaid Programs.
“Third Party Payor Programs” means all payment or reimbursement programs, sponsored or maintained by any Third Party Payor, in which any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or a Loan Party participates.
“Threshold Amount” means the greater of (x) $8.0 million and (y) 20.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a pro forma basis).
“Total Assets” means, at any time, the total assets of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as shown on the then most recent balance sheet of the Borrower or such other Person as may be available (as determined in good faith by the Borrower) (and, in the case of any determination relating to any Specified Transaction, on a pro forma basis including any property or assets being acquired in connection therewith).
“Total Capitalization” means the sum of (i) the aggregate gross proceeds of the Closing Date Term Loans, together with any Revolving Loans drawn on the Closing Date (excluding, in each case, amounts drawn under any Revolving Loans on the Closing Date for purchase price adjustments under the Acquisition Agreement and/or for working capital purposes) plus (ii) the equity capitalization of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries after giving effect to the Transactions.
“Total Net Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt outstanding as of the last day of such Test Period, minus the
117
Unrestricted Cash Amount on such last day, to (b) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Test Period, in each case on a pro forma basis.
“Total Outstandings” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations.
“Transaction Consideration” means an amount equal to the total funds required to consummate the Acquisition as set forth in the Acquisition Agreement.
“Transaction Expenses” means any fees, expenses, costs or charges incurred or paid by the Sponsor, any Co-Sponsor, any Parent Company, Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary in connection with the Transactions, including any expenses in connection with hedging transactions, payments to officers, employees and directors as change of control payments, severance payments, special or retention bonuses, charges for repurchase or rollover of, or modifications to, stock options or restricted stock, professional fees and transfer taxes.
“Transactions” means, collectively, the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Agreement on the Closing Date and transactions related or incidental to, or in connection with, such transactions, the funding of the Closing Date Loans, the consummation of the Equity Contribution, the Closing Date Refinancing, the Acquisition and the payment of Transaction Expenses.
“Treasury Capital Stock” has the meaning specified in Section 7.05(b)(2)(a).
“Treasury Rate” means with respect to the Make-Whole Premium, a rate equal to the then current yield to maturity at the time of computation on actively traded U.S. Treasury securities having a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519), which has become publicly available at least (2) two Business Days prior such prepayment (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source or similar market data)) and having a duration equal to (or the nearest available tenor) the period from the date that payment is received to the date that falls on the one (1) year anniversary of the Closing Date.
“Type” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended form time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the Benchmark Replacement excluding the Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
118
“Unaudited Financial Statements” means the unaudited consolidated financial statements of TopCo (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) and the Group Companies (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) as of December 31, 2019, February 29, 2020 and March 31, 2020, consisting of the consolidated balance sheet as of such date and the related consolidated statements of income or operations (as applicable), cash flows and changes in members’ equity for the two, three, six, nine or twelve-month periods then ended (provided that such financial statements need not contain footnotes and shall be subject to year-end adjustments).
“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code or any successor provision thereof (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to the perfection or priority of any Lien on or otherwise with regard to any item or items of Collateral.
“United States” and “U.S.” mean the United States of America.
“United States Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(3)(b)(iii).
“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(3)(a).
“Unrestricted Cash Amount” means, on any date of determination, the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and (y) $25,000,000, in each case, solely to the extent (A) held in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts subject to a Control Agreement and (B) (i) would not appear as “restricted” on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or (ii) are restricted in favor of the Facilities (which may, in addition to the Facilities, also secure other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu Lien basis with or junior Lien basis to the Facilities); provided that, it is agreed that cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and the Guarantors subject to a Lien permitted pursuant to clause (47) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” shall be deemed “restricted” for the purposes of clause (B); provided further that, notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the date required by Section 6.13(2), such cash and Cash Equivalents need not be held in an account subject to a Control Agreement as a condition to being included in the “Unrestricted Cash Amount”.
“U.S. Lender” means any Lender that is not a Foreign Lender.
“USA PATRIOT Act” means The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Public Law No. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), as amended or modified from time to time.
“USD LIBOR” means the London interbank offered rate for U.S. dollars.
“VCOC Letter” has the meaning specified in Section 4.01(1)(j).
“Waterfall Activation Notice” means a written notice delivered by the Required First Out Lenders to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower electing that all payments on account of the Obligations and all proceeds of Collateral be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 8.03(b).
119
“Waterfall Trigger Event” means (i) any Payment Default shall have occurred and is continuing; (ii) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(3) as a result of the failure by the Loan Parties to deliver (A) the annual financial statements and related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under Section 6.01(1) (and Section 6.02(1) in connection therewith) within 180 days after the end of the relevant fiscal year or (B) the quarterly financial statements and related Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under Section 6.01(2) (and Section 6.02(1) in connection therewith) within 90 days after the end of the relevant fiscal quarter; (iii) the Obligations are accelerated pursuant to Section 8.02; (iv) the Required Lenders shall have directed the Administrative Agent to accelerate the Obligations, or the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the Required Lenders) shall have commenced any other Exercise of Remedies; (v) any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(6); or (vi) the Total Net Leverage Ratio, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, shall exceed the corresponding ratio set forth in Schedule 1.01(4) hereto; provided that no Waterfall Trigger Event shall be deemed to occur from any of the events set forth above (other than pursuant to subsection (v) above) until five (5) Business Days (or such shorter period of time as the Administrative Agent shall agree) after the date when the Required First Out Lenders deliver a Waterfall Activation Notice to the Administrative Agent, AAL Last Out Representative and the Borrower.
“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as the case may be, at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing:
provided that for purposes of determining the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Indebtedness (the “Applicable Indebtedness”), the effects of any amortization or prepayments made on such Applicable Indebtedness prior to the date of such determination will be disregarded.
“wholly owned” means, with respect to any Subsidiary of any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person one hundred percent (100%) of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) directors’ qualifying shares and (y) shares of Capital Stock of Foreign Subsidiaries issued to foreign nationals as required by applicable Law) is at the time owned by such Person or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.
“Withdrawal Liability” means the liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write- down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the
120
Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
“Yen” means the lawful currency of Japan.
SECTION 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other
Loan Document:
121
SECTION 1.03 Accounting Terms. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, except as otherwise specifically
122
prescribed herein. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, (i) all terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed, and all computations of amounts and ratios referred to herein shall be made, without giving effect to any election under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 825 (or any other Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect) to value any Indebtedness or other liabilities of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries at “fair value,” as defined therein, (ii) unless the Borrower has requested an amendment pursuant to the second paragraph of the definition of “GAAP” with respect to the treatment of operating leases and Capitalized Lease Obligations under GAAP and until such amendment has become effective, all obligations of any Person that are or would have been treated as operating leases for purposes of GAAP prior to the issuance by the Financial Accounting Standards Board on February 25, 2016 of an Accounting Standards Update (the “ASU”) shall continue to be accounted for as operating leases for purposes of all financial definitions and calculations for purpose of this Agreement (whether or not such operating lease obligations were in effect on such date) notwithstanding the fact that such obligations are required in accordance with the ASU (on a prospective or retroactive basis or otherwise) to be treated as Capitalized Lease Obligations in the financial statements to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 and (iii) the consolidated financial results or performance of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall include the financial results or performance of the Affiliated Practices to the extent such consolidation is required, or is permitted and elected to be so treated by the Borrower, under GAAP.
SECTION 1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
SECTION 1.05 References to Agreements, Laws, etc. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (1) references to Organizational Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications are not prohibited by any Loan Document; and (2) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.
SECTION 1.06 Times of Day and Timing of Payment and Performance. Unless otherwise specified, (1) all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York time (daylight or standard, as applicable) and (2) when the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of “Interest Period”) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day.
SECTION 1.07 Pro Forma and Other Calculations.
123
124
125
126
127
128
SECTION 1.08 Available Amount Transaction. If more than one action occurs on any given date the permissibility of the taking of which is determined hereunder by reference to the amount specified in clause (3) of Section 7.05(a)(C) immediately prior to the taking of such action, the permissibility of the taking of each such action shall be determined independently and in no event may any two or more such actions be treated as occurring simultaneously, i.e., each transaction must be permitted under clause (3) of Section 7.05(a)(C) as so calculated.
SECTION 1.09 Guaranties of Hedging Obligations. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary in any Loan Document, no non-Qualified ECP Guarantor shall be required to guarantee or provide security for Excluded Swap Obligations, and any reference in any Loan Document with respect to such non-Qualified ECP Guarantor guaranteeing or providing security for the Obligations shall be deemed to be all Obligations other than the Excluded Swap Obligations.
SECTION 1.10 Currency Generally.
129
SECTION 1.11 Letters of Credit. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the maximum amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit in effect at such time (not to exceed the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time after giving effect to any automatic reductions or increases, as applicable, to such stated amount pursuant to the terms of the applicable Letter of Credit after the occurrence of any applicable condition (including the expiration of any applicable period); provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any L/C Application related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the stated amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time).
SECTION 1.12 Effect of Benchmark Transition Event.
SECTION 1.12 (1) Benchmark Replacement Setting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, upon Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document:
130
131
ARTICLE II
The Commitments and Borrowings
SECTION 2.01 The Loans.
132
133
134
SECTION 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.
If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan to be made in a Committed Loan Notice, then the applicable Loans shall be made as Eurodollar Rate Loans with an Interest Period of one (1) month. If the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made or continued as the same Type of Loan, which if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, shall have a one-month Interest Period. Any such automatic continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a
135
Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.
136
SECTION 2.03 Letters of Credit.
137
138
In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such L/C Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the relevant Issuing Bank:
139
140
141
No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.
142
143
provided that the foregoing shall not excuse any Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by acts or omissions by such Issuing Bank constituting gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of such Issuing Bank as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction.
The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower from pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Banks, any Related Persons of such Issuing Banks, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of any Issuing Bank, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (a) through (f) of Section 2.03(5); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary
144
notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and such Issuing Bank may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s willful or grossly negligent, or bad faith, failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of document(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, each Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no Issuing Bank shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.
Each Revolving Lender shall, ratably in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, indemnify each Issuing Bank, its Related Persons and their respective directors, officers, agents and employees (to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower) against any cost, expense (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements), claim, demand, action, loss or liability (except such as result from such indemnitees’ willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s willful or grossly negligent, or bad faith, failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of documents(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit in each case as determined in a final and non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction) that such indemnitees may suffer or incur in connection with this Section 2.03 or any action taken or omitted to be taken by such indemnitees hereunder.
the Borrower will Cash Collateralize, or cause to be Cash Collateralized, the then Outstanding Amount of all relevant L/C Obligations, and shall do so not later than 2:00 p.m. on (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clauses (a) or (b), (x) the Business Day that the Borrower receives notice thereof, if such notice is received on such day prior to noon or (y) if clause (x) above does not apply, the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower receives such notice and (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (c), the Business Day on which an Event of Default set forth under Section 8.01(6) occurs or, if such day is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately succeeding such day. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the applicable Issuing Bank, the Borrower will Cash Collateralize all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.17(1)(d) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender). Each Borrower hereby grants to the Administrative
145
Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Banks and the Revolving Lenders, a security interest in all such Cash Collateral. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked accounts at the Administrative Agent and may be invested in readily available Cash Equivalents selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion. If at any time the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are expressly subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent (in its capacity as the depository bank and on behalf of the Secured Parties) or that the total amount of such funds is less than 103% the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all relevant L/C Obligations, the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay, or cause to be paid, to the Administrative Agent, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts at the Administrative Agent as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (a) 103% of such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (b) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the Administrative Agent reasonably determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the relevant Issuing Bank. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds 103% of the then Outstanding Amount of such relevant L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall promptly be refunded to the Borrower. To the extent any Event of Default giving rise to the requirement to Cash Collateralize any Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 2.03(7) is cured or otherwise waived, then so long as no other Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the amount of any Cash Collateral pledged to Cash Collateralize such Letter of Credit shall promptly be refunded to the Borrower.
146
147
SECTION 2.04 Swing Line Loans.
148
149
150
151
SECTION 2.05 Prepayments.
Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 and
152
Section 2.18. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(1), the Borrower may in its sole discretion select the Borrowing or Borrowings (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
provided, that, notwithstanding anything in this clause (e) to the contrary, any such open market purchases or prepayments of any Term B-1 Loans or Term B-2 Loans shall be offered to the Term B-1 Loans and the Term B-2 Loans on a pro rata basis as if such Obligations were a single Class of Term Loans.
in the case of each of the immediately preceding clause (A) made during such fiscal year (without duplication of any payments or prepayments, repurchases or redemptions in such fiscal year that reduced the amount of Excess Cash Flow required to be repaid pursuant to this Section 2.05(2)(a) for any prior fiscal year) or, at the option of the Borrower, after the fiscal year-end but prior to the date a prepayment pursuant to this Section
162
2.05(2)(a) is required to be made in respect of such fiscal year and in each case to the extent such prepayments are not funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than any Indebtedness under a Revolving Facility or any other revolving credit facilities); provided that (w) a prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this 2.05(2)(a) in respect of any fiscal year shall only be required in the amount (if any) by which the ECF Payment Amount for such fiscal year exceeds $2.50 million, (x) the ECF Percentage shall be 25% if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of the fiscal year covered by such financial statements was less than or equal to 5.00 to 1.00 and greater than 4.50 to 1.00 (with the ECF Percentage being calculated after giving effect to such prepayment at a rate of 50%) and (y) the ECF Percentage shall be 0% if the First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the end of the fiscal year covered by such financial statements was less than or equal to 4.50 to 1.00 (with the ECF Percentage being calculated after giving effect to such prepayment at a rate of 25%); provided further that:
163
164
provided, that, all such payments shall be allocated to the AAL First Out Obligations and AAL Last Out Obligations as set forth in the AAL.
165
166
Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05 prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, in lieu of making any payment pursuant to this Section 2.05 in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its discretion, deposit an amount sufficient to make any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder together with accrued interest to the last day of such Interest Period into an account subject to the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with the relevant provisions of this Section 2.05. Such deposit shall be deemed to be a prepayment of such Loans by the Borrower for all purposes under this Agreement.
SECTION 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments.
167
provided, that (w) any reduction of Initial Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must be offered to all of the holders of Initial Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and Initial Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments on a pro rata basis, (x) any reduction of InitialSecond Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must be offered to all of the holders of InitialSecond Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and InitialSecond Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments on a pro rata basis, (y) any reduction of SecondThird Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must be offered to all of the holders of SecondThird Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and SecondThird Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments on a pro rata basis and (z) any reduction of ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term Loan Commitments must be offered to all of the holders of ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-1 Loan Commitments and ThirdFourth Delayed Draw Term B-2 Loan Commitments on a pro rata basis.
Except as provided above, the amount of any such Revolving Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the L/C Sublimit or Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of any Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the applicable Facility or other conditional event, which refinancing or other conditional event shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.
168
SECTION 2.07 Repayment of Loans.
169
170
171
SECTION 2.08 Interest.
SECTION 2.09 Fees.
172
173
SECTION 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 days or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(1), bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.11 Evidence of Indebtedness.
174
SECTION 2.12 Payments Generally.
175
176
SECTION 2.13 Sharing of Payments. Other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, if any Lender of any Class shall obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on account of the Loans of such Class made by it or the participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans held by it (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (1) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact and (2) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans of such Class made by them or such sub-participations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal of or interest on such Loans of such Class or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (a) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (b) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section 2.13 shall not be construed to apply to (i) any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender) or (ii) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.13 may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.10) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased. For purposes of clause (3) of the definition of Excluded Taxes, any participation acquired by a Lender pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be treated as having been acquired on the earlier date(s) on which the applicable interest(s) in the Commitment(s) or Loan(s) to which such participation relates were acquired by such Lender.
SECTION 2.14 Incremental Facilities.
177
178
179
180
181
The Borrower may elect to use the Ratio Based Incremental Amount regardless of whether the Borrower has capacity under the Non-Ratio Based Incremental Amount. Further, the Borrower may elect to use the Ratio Based Incremental Amount prior to using the Non-Ratio Based Incremental Amount, and if both the Ratio Based Incremental Amount and the Non-Ratio Based Incremental Amount are available, unless otherwise elected by the Borrower, then the Borrower will be deemed to have elected to use the Ratio Based Incremental Amount. In addition, any Indebtedness originally designated as incurred pursuant to the Non-Ratio Based Incremental Amount shall be automatically reclassified as incurred under the Ratio Based Incremental Amount at such time as the Borrower would meet the applicable leverage-based incurrence test on a pro forma basis.
182
In any event:
183
184
185
provided further that on the date of effectiveness of any Incremental Revolving Commitments, the L/C Sublimit and/or Swing Line Sublimit, as applicable, shall increase by an amount, if any, agreed upon by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the relevant Issuing Banks and/or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable.
186
SECTION 2.15 [Reserved].
SECTION 2.16 Extensions of Loans.
187
188
189
190
191
192
SECTION 2.17 Defaulting Lenders.
193
194
SECTION 2.18 Prepayment Premium. In the event that, on or prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date, the Term Loans are (a) voluntarily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(1) or Section 10.01(2), (b) mandatorily prepaid pursuant to Section 2.05(2)(d) or (c) accelerated in accordance with Section 8.02 or otherwise become due prior to the Maturity Date as a result of an Event of Default, in each case, the Borrower shall pay a premium in an amount equal to the Prepayment Premium for the amount of Term Loans being prepaid or repaid, in each case to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of each applicable Lender. If the Term Loans are accelerated or otherwise become due prior to their maturity date, in each case, as a result of an Event of Default (including upon the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event (including the acceleration of claims by operation of law)), the amount of principal of and premium on the Term Loans that becomes due and payable shall equal 100% of the principal amount of the Term Loans plus the Prepayment Premium in effect on the date of such acceleration or such other prior due date, as if such acceleration or other occurrence were a voluntary prepayment of the Term Loans accelerated or otherwise becoming due. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that if the Term Loans are accelerated or otherwise become due prior to their maturity date, in each case, in respect of any Event of Default (including upon the occurrence of a bankruptcy or insolvency event (including the acceleration of claims by operation of law)), the Prepayment Premium applicable with respect to a voluntary prepayment of the Term Loans on the applicable date of acceleration will also be due and payable on the date of such acceleration or such other prior due date as though the Term Loans were voluntarily prepaid as of such date and shall constitute part of the Obligations, in view of the impracticability and extreme difficulty of ascertaining actual damages and by mutual agreement of the parties as to a reasonable calculation of each Lender’s loss as a result thereof. Any premium payable above shall be presumed to be the liquidated damages sustained by each Lender and the Borrower agrees that it is reasonable under the circumstances currently existing. THE BORROWER EXPRESSLY WAIVES (TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY LAWFULLY DO SO) THE PROVISIONS OF ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE STATUTE OR LAW THAT PROHIBITS OR MAY
195
PROHIBIT THE COLLECTION OF THE PREPAYMENT PREMIUM IN CONNECTION WITH ANY SUCH ACCELERATION. The Borrower expressly agrees (to the fullest extent it may lawfully do so) that: (A) the Prepayment Premium is reasonable and is the product of an arm’s length transaction between sophisticated business people, ably represented by counsel; (B) the Prepayment Premium shall be payable notwithstanding the then prevailing market rates at the time payment is made; (C) there has been a course of conduct between the Lenders and the Borrower giving specific consideration in this transaction for such agreement to pay the Prepayment Premium; and (D) the Borrower shall be estopped hereafter from claiming differently than as agreed to in this paragraph.
ARTICLE III
Taxes, Increased Costs Protection and Illegality
SECTION 3.01 Taxes.
196
Without limiting the foregoing:
197
For the avoidance of doubt, if a Lender is an entity disregarded from its owner for U.S. federal income tax purposes, references to the foregoing documentation are intended to refer to documentation with respect to such Lender’s owner and, as applicable, such Lender.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.01(3), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to deliver to the Loan Parties and to any successor Administrative Agent any documentation provided by such Lender to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 3.01(3).
198
199
SECTION 3.02 Illegality. If any Lender reasonably determines that any Change in Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for such Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on written notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, (1) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (2) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Loans the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (a) the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans and shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by the Administrative Agent without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans and (b) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate with respect to any Base Rate Loans, the Administrative Agent shall during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such Lender without reference to the Eurodollar Rate component thereof until the Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
SECTION 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates. If the Administrative Agent (in the case of clause (a) or (b) below) or the Required Lenders (in the case of clause (c) below) reasonably determine that for any reason in connection with any request for a Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that:
200
the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (i) the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended, and (ii) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the Eurodollar Rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the Eurodollar Rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.
SECTION 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any Loan) or to increase the cost to such Lender of participating in, issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to participate in or to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, from time to time within fifteen (15) days after demand by such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent), the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered; provided that such amounts shall only be payable by the Borrower to the applicable Lender under this Section 3.04(1) so long as such Lender certifies that it is such Lender’s general policy or practice to demand compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other financing agreements.
201
SECTION 3.05 Funding Losses. Upon written demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, which demand shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits or margin) actually incurred by it as a result of:
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender may make any demand under this Section 3.05 with respect to the “floor” specified in the proviso to the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”.
SECTION 3.06 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation.
202
SECTION 3.07 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances. If (1) any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 or ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.02 or Section 3.04, (2) the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04, (3) any Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.07, (7) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (8) any other circumstance exists hereunder that gives the Borrower the right to replace a Lender as a party hereto, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent,
203
204
In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested that the Lenders consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of each Lender, all affected Lenders or all the Lenders or all affected Lenders with respect to a certain Class or Classes of the Loans/Commitments and (iii) the Required Lenders, Required Revolving Lenders or Required Facility Lenders, as applicable, have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender.”
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
SECTION 3.08 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of the Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE IV
Conditions Precedent to Credit Extensions
SECTION 4.01 Conditions to Credit Extensions on Closing Date. The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction (or waiver) of the following conditions precedent, except as otherwise agreed between the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders:
205
206
provided, however, that with respect to the requirements set forth in clause (1)(d)(i) (other than (i) with respect to the Borrower or (ii) to the extent such certificate has been delivered by the Company on or prior to the Closing Date) above, such certificates, if the Borrower shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Company to deliver such certificates in respect of clause (ii) without undue burden or expense, will not constitute a condition precedent to the obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension hereunder on the Closing Date (provided that, to the extent such certificate is not delivered on the Closing Date, the Borrower shall provide such certificate not later than 60 days after the Closing Date (subject to extensions by the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld)).
207
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 9.03, for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
SECTION 4.02 Conditions to Credit Extensions after the Closing Date. The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Committed
208
Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or a Borrowing pursuant to any Incremental Amendment) after the Closing Date is subject to the following conditions precedent:
In addition, solely to the extent the Borrower has delivered to the Administrative Agent a Notice of Intent to Cure pursuant to Section 8.04, no request for a Revolving Borrowing, a Term Borrowing, a Swing Line Loan or an issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be honored after delivery of such notice until the applicable Cure Amount specified in such notice is actually received by the Borrower (unless otherwise agreed by any Revolving Lenders or Delayed Draw Term Lenders). For the avoidance of doubt, the preceding sentence shall have no effect on the continuation or conversion of any Loans outstanding.
ARTICLE V
Representations and Warranties
The Borrower and, in respect of Sections 5.01, 5.02, 5.04, 5.06, 5.13, 5.17 and 5.20 only, Holdings, represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, after giving effect to the Transactions, at the time of each Credit Extension (solely to the extent required to be
209
true and correct for such Credit Extension pursuant to the terms hereof) or as otherwise required hereunder or under any other Loan Documents; provided that, on the Closing Date, the only representations and warranties made under this Article V shall be the Specified Representations:
SECTION 5.01 Existence, Qualification, Power and Authority; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries that is a Material Subsidiary (and, in the case of clauses (4) and (5) below, each Affiliated Practice):
except, in each case referred to in the preceding clauses (1) (with respect to the good standing of a Person other than the Borrower or Holdings), (2)(a), (3), (4) or (5), to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention.
210
except with respect to any breach, contravention or violation (but not creation of Liens) referred to in the preceding clauses (b) and (c), to the extent that such breach, contravention or violation would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.03 Governmental and Third Party Authorization.
SECTION 5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party hereto or thereto, as applicable. Each Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is party thereto, enforceable against each such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, by general principles of equity and principles of good faith and fair dealing.
SECTION 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.
211
SECTION 5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, overtly threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or any Affiliated Practice that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.07 Labor Matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (1) there are no strikes or other labor disputes against the Borrower or the Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing and (2) hours worked by and payment made based on hours worked to employees of each of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries have not been in violation of the Fair Labor Standards Act or any other applicable Laws dealing with wage and hour matters.
212
SECTION 5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each Loan Party and each of its respective Subsidiaries has good and valid record title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other interest would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, no Material Real Property is owned by any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries.
SECTION 5.09 Environmental Matters. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect: (a) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries and their respective operations and properties is in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (b) each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has obtained and maintained all Environmental Permits required to conduct their operations; (c) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened Environmental Claim in writing or Environmental Liability and (d) none of the Loan Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries or predecessors has treated, stored, transported or Released or arranged for a Release of Hazardous Materials at or from any currently or formerly owned, leased or operated real estate or facility which could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Environmental Liability for any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, and (e) to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, there are no occurrences, facts, circumstances or conditions which could reasonably be expected to give rise to an Environmental Claim.
SECTION 5.10 Taxes. Except as would not, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries has timely filed all tax returns and reports required to be filed, and has timely paid all Taxes (including satisfying its withholding tax obligations) levied or imposed on its properties, income or assets (whether or not shown in a tax return), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions diligently taken and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed Tax assessment, deficiency or other claim against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries except (i) those being actively contested by a Loan Party or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently taken and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (ii) those which would not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.11 ERISA Compliance.
SECTION 5.12 Subsidiaries.
213
SECTION 5.13 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.
SECTION 5.14 Disclosure. As of the Closing Date (with respect to information provided by or relating to the Company and its Subsidiaries, to the best of the Borrower’s knowledge), none of the written information and written data heretofore or contemporaneously furnished in writing by or on behalf of the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor to any Agent or any Lender on or prior to the Closing Date in connection with the Transactions, when taken as a whole, contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make such written information and written data taken as a whole, in the light of the circumstances under which it was delivered, not materially misleading (after giving effect to all modifications and supplements to such written information and written data, in each case, furnished after the date on which such written information or such written data was originally delivered and prior to the Closing Date); it being understood that for purposes of this Section 5.14, such written information and written data shall not include any projections, pro forma financial information, financial estimates, forecasts and forward-looking information or information of a general economic or general industry nature.
SECTION 5.15 Intellectual Property; Licenses, etc. The Borrower and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title to, or a valid license or right to use, all patents, patent rights, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, technology, software, know-how, database rights and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that to the knowledge of the Borrower are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted, except where the failure to have any such rights, either
214
individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the operation of the respective businesses of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower as currently conducted does not infringe upon, dilute, misappropriate or violate any IP Rights held by any Person except for such infringements, dilutions, misappropriations or violations, individually or in the aggregate, that would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any IP Rights is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Subsidiary, that, either individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.16 Solvency. On the Closing Date after giving effect to the Transactions, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.
SECTION 5.17 USA PATRIOT Act; Anti-Terrorism Laws. To the extent applicable, each of the Borrower, the Subsidiaries and the Affiliated Practices are in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the USA PATRIOT Act, (ii) the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (the “FCPA”) and (iii) the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. §§ 1701-1706) and the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 C.F.R. Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other applicable enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto. Neither Holdings, the Borrower nor any Subsidiary nor, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any director, officer or employee of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries, is currently the subject of any sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“OFAC”) (such sanctions, “Sanctions”). No proceeds of the Loans will be used by Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, indirectly, for the purpose of financing activities of or with any Person, or in any country, that, at the time of such financing, is the subject of any Sanctions, except to the extent licensed or otherwise approved by OFAC.
SECTION 5.18 Collateral Documents. Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan Documents and subject to limitations set forth in the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, the provisions of the Collateral Documents, together with such filings and other actions required to be taken hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents (including the delivery to Collateral Agent of any Pledged Collateral required to be delivered pursuant hereto or the applicable Collateral Documents), are effective to create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid, perfected and enforceable first priority Lien (subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01) on all right, title and interest of the respective Loan Parties in the Collateral described therein.
Notwithstanding anything herein (including this Section 5.18) or in any other Loan Document to the contrary, no Loan Party makes any representation or warranty as to (A) the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest in any Equity Interests of any Foreign Subsidiary, or as to the rights and remedies of the Agents or any Lender with respect thereto, under foreign Law, (B) the pledge or creation of any security interest, or the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or the enforceability of any pledge of or security interest to the extent such pledge, security interest, perfection or priority is not required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, (C) on the Closing Date and until required pursuant to Section 4.01, 6.11 or 6.13, the pledge or creation of any security interest,
215
or the effects of perfection or non-perfection, the priority or enforceability of any pledge or security interest to the extent not required on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 4.01 or (D) any Excluded Assets.
SECTION 5.19 HIPAA. None of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any Affiliated Practice has engaged in any activities that are prohibited under HIPAA, or any comparable state Law, except for such activities that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 5.20 Regulatory Matters.
216
ARTICLE VI
Affirmative Covenants
So long as the Termination Conditions have not been satisfied, the Borrower shall (and, with respect to Sections 6.05(1) and 6.11 only, Holdings shall), and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01, 6.02 and 6.03) cause each of the Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each Lender (subject to the limitations on distribution of any such information to Public Lenders as described in Section 6.02) each of the following:
217
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations referred to in Sections 6.01(1) and 6.01(2) may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of any Parent Company or (B) the Borrower’s or such Parent Company’s Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC (and the public filing of such report with the SEC shall constitute delivery under this Section 6.01); provided that with respect to each of the preceding clauses (A) and (B), (1) to the extent such information relates to a Parent Company, if and so long as such Parent Company will have Independent Assets or Operations, such information is accompanied by consolidating information (which need not be
218
audited) that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to such Parent Company and its Independent Assets or Operations, on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and the consolidated Subsidiaries on a stand-alone basis, on the other hand and (2) to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under Section 6.01(1) (it being understood that such information may be audited at the option of the Borrower), such materials are accompanied by a Conforming Accounting Report.
Any financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01(1) or 6.01(2) shall not be required to contain all purchase accounting adjustments relating to the Transactions or any other transaction(s) permitted hereunder to the extent it is not practicable to include any such adjustments in such financial statements.
SECTION 6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent for prompt further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each Lender (subject to the limitations on distribution of any such information to Public Lenders as described in this Section 6.02):
219
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01 or Section 6.02(2) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (a) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s (or any Parent Company’s) website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 hereto (or as such address may be updated from time to time in accordance with Section 10.02); or (b) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/IntraAgency or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that (i) upon written request by the Administrative Agent, the Borrower will deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution by the Administrative Agent to each Lender (subject to the limitations on distribution of any such information to Public Lenders as described in this Section 6.02) until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents or link and, upon the Administrative Agent’s request, provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for timely accessing posted documents or requesting delivery of paper copies of such documents from the Administrative Agent and maintaining its copies of such documents.
The Borrower hereby acknowledges that certain of the Lenders may be “public side” Lenders (i.e. Lenders that do not wish to receive Private-Side Information) (each, a “Public Lender”). In addition and upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to clearly designate as such all information provided to the Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings, the Borrower or the Company which contains exclusively Public-Side Information.
Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, nothing in this Agreement will require Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary to disclose, permit the inspection, examination or making copies or abstracts of, or discussion of, any document, information or other matter, or provide information (i) that constitutes non-financial trade secrets or non-financial proprietary information, (ii) in respect of which disclosure is prohibited by Law or binding agreement or (iii) that is subject to attorney-client or similar privilege or constitutes attorney work product; provided that in the event that the Borrower does not provide information that otherwise would be required to be provided hereunder in reliance on the exclusions in this paragraph relating to violation of any obligation of confidentiality, the Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Administrative Agent promptly upon obtaining knowledge that such information is being withheld (but solely if providing such notice would not violate such obligation of confidentiality).
SECTION 6.03 Notices. Promptly after a Responsible Officer obtains actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent (and Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the other Lenders) of:
220
Party or any Affiliated Practice and any arbitrator or Governmental Authority, (b) the filing or commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliated Practice, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or in respect of IP Rights, (c) the occurrence of any violation by any Loan Party, any of its Subsidiaries or any Affiliated Practice of, or liability under, any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (d) the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, in any such case referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 6.03(2), has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; and
Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (a) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to Section 6.03(1) or (2) (as applicable) and (b) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.
SECTION 6.04 Payment of Taxes. Timely pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, as the same shall become due and payable, all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of Taxes imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of its property, except, in each case, to the extent (1) any such Tax is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP or (2) the failure to pay or discharge the same would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.05 Preservation of Existence, etc.
SECTION 6.06 Maintenance of Properties. Except if the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment used in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted and casualty or condemnation excepted and any repairs and replacements that are the obligation of the owner or landlord of any property leased by the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries excepted.
SECTION 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with insurance companies that the Borrower believes (in the good faith judgment of its management) are financially sound and reputable at the time the relevant coverage is placed or renewed or with a Captive Insurance Subsidiary, insurance with respect to Holdings’ and the Subsidiaries’ properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same
221
or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and the Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, and will furnish to the Lenders, upon written request from the Administrative Agent, information presented in reasonable detail as to the insurance so carried; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries be required to obtain or maintain insurance that is more restrictive than its normal course of practice. Subject to Section 6.13(2), each such policy of insurance will, as appropriate, (i) in the case of each general liability policy, name the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear or (ii) in the case of each casualty insurance policy, contain an additional loss payable clause or endorsement, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Collateral Agent, that names the Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the additional loss payee thereunder, and the Loan Parties shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such policy to provide for at least thirty days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any modification or cancellation of such policy (or ten days’ prior notice in the case of non-payment).
SECTION 6.08 Compliance with Laws. Comply and, to the extent not in contravention of any Services Agreement, use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Affiliated Practice to comply, with the requirements of all Laws (including the USA PATRIOT Act, the FCPA, and Sanctions) and comply with all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or to its business or property, except, in each case (other than the USA PATRIOT Act, the FCPA, and Sanctions), if the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected individually or in the aggregate to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.09 Books and Records. Maintain proper books of record and account, in which entries that are full, true and correct in all material respects shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be (it being understood and agreed that certain Foreign Subsidiaries may maintain individual books and records in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in their respective countries of organization and that such maintenance shall not constitute a breach of the representations, warranties or covenants hereunder).
SECTION 6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants (subject to such accountants’ customary policies and procedures), all at the reasonable expense of the Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided that only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided further that when an Event of Default exists, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any
222
discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accountants. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 6.10 is subject to the last paragraph of Section 6.02.
SECTION 6.11 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security. At the Borrower’s expense, subject to the provisions of the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement and any applicable limitation in any Collateral Document, take all action necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement continues to be satisfied, including (in each case, as applicable, subject to the Excluded Subsidiary Joinder Exception):
223
provided that actions relating to Liens on real property are governed by Section 6.11(2) and not this Section 6.11(1).
224
225
SECTION 6.12 Compliance with Environmental Laws. Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (1) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause any lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits (including any cleanup, removal or remedial obligations) and (2) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits required to conduct its operations or in connection with its properties.
SECTION 6.13 Further Assurances and Post-Closing Covenant.
226
SECTION 6.14 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of (a) the Closing Date Term Loans, together with the Equity Contribution and cash on hand will be used (i) to fund the Closing Date Refinancing, (ii) to pay the Transaction Consideration and (iii) to pay the Transaction Expenses (including to fund original issue discount or upfront fees in connection with the Closing Date Term Loans), (b) the First Amendment Term Loans will be used to finance the acquisition of Portrait Health, Inc. (including working capital adjustments, earn-out payments and purchase price adjustments) and to pay related fees and expenses, (c) the Third Amendment Term Loans will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes and for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents, (d) any Revolving Loans will be used (i) on the Closing Date, solely (A) for working capital needs, (B) for purchase price and working capital adjustments under the Acquisition Agreement and (C) to replace, backstop or cash collateralize existing letters of credit (including by “grandfathering” existing letters of credit) or to issue other Letters of Credit for general corporate purposes (it being understood and agreed that no Revolving Loans will be used to finance the Transaction Consideration, Transaction Costs or the Closing Date Refinancing), and (ii) after the Closing Date, for working capital and general corporate purposes and for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents; provided that proceeds of Revolving Loans may not be used to make Restricted Payments other than as permitted by Sections 7.05(b)(7) or (b)(14)), (de) any Delayed Draw Term Loans will be used (i) to finance Permitted Acquisitions and other Permitted Investments (including working capital adjustments, earn-out payments and purchase price adjustments, including in relation to the Transactions), to build-out new facilities and to pay related fees and expenses, and/or (ii) to repay Revolving Loans, in each case, previously utilized for the uses described in clause (ce)(i) within the last one hundred and eighty (180) days and (ef) any Incremental Loans will be used for working capital and general corporate purposes and for any other purpose not prohibited by the Loan Documents.
SECTION 6.15 Regulatory Matters. Each Loan Party shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of its Subsidiaries and the Affiliated Practices to, (i) comply in all material respects with all applicable Health Care Laws relating to the operation of its business, (ii) keep and maintain all records
227
required to be maintained by any Governmental Authority or under any Health Care Law, and (iii) maintain a corporate and health care regulatory compliance program that addresses the requirements of Health Care Laws, in each case, except where such would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
SECTION 6.16 Accounts; Control Agreements.
SECTION 6.17 Amendments to Management Services Agreement. The Loan Parties shall cause the Management Services Agreement or any similar management or consulting services agreement between Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries to not be amended in any manner materially adverse to the Lenders without the consent of the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative; provided the consent of the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative shall be deemed given if the Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative have not responded to such request for consent within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by Administrative Agent and the AAL Last Out Representative in writing of such request; provided further that any amendment to the Management Services Agreement will be deemed to be (1) not materially adverse to the Lenders to the extent determined by the Borrower in good faith to involve consideration or transaction value the fair market value of which is less than or equal to $2.0 million or (2) materially adverse to the extent it increases the amount of any Management Fees in excess of clause (1) in the aggregate since the Closing Date.
ARTICLE VII
Negative Covenants
So long as the Termination Conditions are not satisfied:
SECTION 7.01 Liens. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly, create, incur or assume any Lien (except any Permitted Lien(s)) on any asset or property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any income or profits therefrom.
The expansion of Liens by virtue of accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be an incurrence of Liens for purposes of this Section 7.01.
SECTION 7.02 Indebtedness.
228
directly or indirectly:
provided that the Borrower may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) or issue shares of Disqualified Stock, and any Subsidiary may incur Indebtedness (including Acquired Indebtedness) and issue shares of Disqualified Stock (any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock incurred or issued pursuant to following clauses (B) and (C), “Permitted Ratio Debt”), in each case, limited to the following:
in each case, determined on a pro forma basis; provided further that (I) Permitted Ratio Debt in the form of Indebtedness (x) shall not mature earlier than the Original Term Loan Maturity Date, (y) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Closing Date Term Loans outstanding on the date of incurrence of such Permitted Ratio Debt and (z) to the extent secured, shall be subject to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (II) any Permitted Ratio Debt incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party, when taken together with (y) all other Permitted Ratio Debt incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to this clause (a) and (z) all Permitted Acquisition Debt incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to clause (b)(14) below, in each case that are at that time outstanding, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million
229
and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a pro forma basis).
230
231
232
in each case, determined on a pro forma basis; provided that, such Permitted Acquisition Debt (I) that is incurred (but not assumed) (x) shall not mature earlier than the Original Term Loan Maturity Date and (y) shall have a Weighted Average Life to Maturity not shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Closing Date Term Loans on the date of incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (II) incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Loan Party, when taken together with (y) all other Permitted Acquisition Debt incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to this clause (14) and (z) all Permitted Ratio Debt incurred or assumed by a Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party pursuant to clause (a) above, in each case that are at that time outstanding, shall not exceed the greater of (x) $10.0 million and (y) 25.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries for the most recently ended Test Period (calculated on a pro forma basis);
233
234
The accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies, in each case, will
235
not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock for purposes of this Section 7.02.
For purposes of determining compliance with any Dollar denominated restriction on the incurrence of Indebtedness or issuance of Disqualified Stock, the Dollar equivalent principal amount of Indebtedness or liquidation preference of Disqualified Stock denominated in a foreign currency will be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock was incurred or issued (or, in the case of revolving credit debt, the date such Indebtedness was first committed or first incurred (whichever yields the lower Dollar equivalent)).
The principal amount of any Indebtedness incurred or Disqualified Stock issued to refinance other Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, if incurred or issued in a different currency from the Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock, as applicable, being refinanced, will be calculated based on the currency exchange rate applicable to the currencies in which such respective Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is denominated that is in effect on the date of such refinancing.
SECTION 7.03 Fundamental Changes. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, consolidate, amalgamate or merge with or into or wind up into another Person, or liquidate or dissolve (including, in each case, pursuant to a Delaware LLC Division) or dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person (other than as part of the Transactions), except that:
236
provided that in the case of clause (d), the Person who receives the assets of such dissolving or liquidated Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall be a Loan Party or such disposition shall otherwise be permitted under Section 7.13;
237
Notwithstanding the above, in the case of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation where the continuing or surviving Person is a Loan Party or any liquidation into a Loan Party or any reorganization of a Loan Party, in each case, in accordance with this Section 7.03, (i) any guarantees and any security interests granted to the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents shall remain in full force and effect and in the case of Collateral perfected (to at least the same extent as in effect immediately prior to such merger, amalgamation, consolidation, dissolution or liquidation) by a first priority security interest (subject to Permitted Liens), (ii) all actions required to maintain such guarantees, security interests in Collateral and said perfected status have been or will be taken, in each case, as required by Sections 6.11 and 6.13 or as reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or the AAL Last Out Representative and (iii) it is understood and agreed that, in the case of any such transaction involving the reorganization of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries into a new jurisdiction in the United States, any existing or after-acquired assets of such Loan Party shall not constitute Excluded Assets of the Loan Party or such Subsidiary an Excluded Subsidiary, in each case, by reason of such reorganization to a new jurisdiction.
SECTION 7.04 Asset Sales. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, consummate any Asset Sale unless:
238
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 7.04 shall not permit the sale, transfer or other disposition of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.
To the extent any Collateral is disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.04 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall automatically be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and, if requested by the Administrative Agent, upon the certification by the Borrower that such disposition is permitted by this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent shall be authorized to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.
SECTION 7.05 Restricted Payments.
239
(all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (A) through (D) above being collectively referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:
240
241
in the case of each of clauses (a) through (h) above of this Section 7.05(a)(3), to the extent Not Otherwise Applied.
242
243
provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (a), (b) and (c) above in any calendar year; provided further that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to the Borrower or any Subsidiary from any
244
future, present or former employees, directors, officers, members of management, consultants or independent contractors (or their respective Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members or any permitted transferees thereof) of the Borrower, any Parent Company or any Subsidiary in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent Company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment for purposes of this Section 7.05 or any other provision of this Agreement;
245
246
247
248
249
The amount of all Restricted Payments (other than cash) will be the fair market value on the date the Restricted Payment is made, or at the Borrower’s election, the date a commitment is made to make such Restricted Payment, of the assets or securities proposed to be transferred or issued by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may be, pursuant to the Restricted Payment.
For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 7.05 will not restrict the making of any AHYDO Payment with respect to, and required by the terms of, any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Subsidiary permitted to be incurred under this Agreement.
SECTION 7.06 Change in Nature of Business. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on the Closing Date or any business(es) or any other activities that are reasonably similar, ancillary, incidental, complementary or related to, or a reasonable extension, development or expansion of, the business conducted or proposed to be conducted by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries on the Closing Date.
SECTION 7.07 Transactions with Affiliates.
250
251
252
253
SECTION 7.08 Burdensome Agreements. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (or, solely in the case of clause (4), that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) to, directly or indirectly, create or otherwise cause to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or consensual restriction (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) on the ability of any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor (or, solely in the case of clause (4), that is a Subsidiary Guarantor) to:
254
provided that any dividend or liquidation priority between or among classes or series of Capital Stock, and the subordination of any obligation (including the application of any remedy bars thereto) to any other obligation will not be deemed to constitute such an encumbrance or restriction.
255
256
257
SECTION 7.09 Accounting Changes. The Borrower shall not, nor shall the Borrower permit any Subsidiary to, make any change in fiscal year; provided, however, that the Borrower may, upon the prior consent of the Required Lenders, change its fiscal year, and, notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 to the contrary, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such permitted change in fiscal year.
SECTION 7.10 Amendments of Organizational Documents, Junior Indebtedness Documents and Services Agreements.
SECTION 7.11 Holdings. Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following and any activities incidental thereto shall be permitted in any event:
258
SECTION 7.12 Financial Covenant. The Borrower and each of the Subsidiaries covenant and agree that, commencing with the Test Period ending September 30,2020, the Borrower shall not permit the Total Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Test Period to be greater than the corresponding ratio set forth below (in each case, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(1) and Section 6.01(2) for such Test Period) (the “Financial Covenant”):
259
Test Period ending: |
Total Net Leverage Ratio |
September 30, 2020 |
8.00:1.00 |
December 31, 2020 |
8.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2021 |
8.00:1.00 |
June 30, 2021 |
8.00:1.00 |
September 30, 2021 |
8.00:1.00 |
December 31, 2021 |
8.00:1.00 |
March 31, 2022 |
8.00:1.00 |
June 30, 2022 |
7.25:1.00 |
September 30, 2022 |
7.25:1.00 |
December 31, 2022 |
7.25:1.00 |
March 31, 2023 |
7.25:1.00 |
June 30, 2023, and each fiscal quarter ending thereafter |
7.00:1.00 |
SECTION 7.13 Investments.
260
ARTICLE VIII
Events of Default and Remedies
SECTION 8.01 Events of Default. Each of the events referred to in clauses (1) through (12) of this Section 8.01 shall constitute an “Event of Default”:
261
262
SECTION 8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default. Subject to Section 8.04 and the AAL, if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may with the consent of the Required Lenders and shall, at the request of the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:
263
provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower, any Subsidiary of the Borrower that is a Significant Subsidiary or any group of Subsidiaries that, taken together, would constitute a Significant Subsidiary under Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now or hereafter in effect, or any successor thereto (the “Bankruptcy Code”), the Commitments of each Lender and any obligation of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of Credit and any obligation of the Swing Line Lender to make Swing Line Loans, will automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid will automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the Letters of Credit as aforesaid will automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
SECTION 8.03 Application of Funds.
264
Subject to Section 2.03(3) and 8.03(2), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause (d) of Section 8.03(1) will be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount will be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, will be paid to the Borrower.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts received from any Loan Party shall not be applied to any Excluded Swap Obligation of such Loan Party.
265
266
SECTION 8.04 Right to Cure.
267
The Cure Amount used to calculate Consolidated EBITDA for one fiscal quarter will be used and included when calculating Consolidated EBITDA for each Test Period that includes such fiscal quarter. The parties hereby acknowledge that (I) this Section 8.04(1) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to the Financial Covenant (and may not be included for purposes of determining any Basket, pricing, mandatory prepayments and the availability or amount permitted pursuant to any covenant under Article VII) and may not result in any adjustment to any amounts (including the amount of Indebtedness) or increase in cash with respect to the fiscal quarter with respect to which such Cure Amount was received other than the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA referred to in the immediately preceding sentence and (II) there shall be no pro forma reduction in Indebtedness (by netting or otherwise) with the proceeds of any Cure Amount for purposes of determining compliance with the Financial Covenant for the fiscal quarter for which such Cure Amount is deemed applied. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01 and Section8.02, (A) upon designation and actual receipt of the Cure Amount by the Borrower in an amount necessary to cure any Event of Default under the Financial Covenant, the Financial Covenant will be deemed satisfied and complied with as of the end of the relevant fiscal quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply with the Financial Covenant and any Event of Default under the Financial Covenant (and any other Default as a result thereof) will be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of the Loan Documents, (B) from and after the date that the Borrower delivers a written notices to the Administrative Agent that it intends to exercise its cure right under this Section 8.04 (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender may exercise any rights or remedies under Section 8.02 (or under any other Loan Document) on
268
the basis of any actual or purported Event of Default under the Financial Covenant (and any other Default as a result thereof) until and unless the Cure Expiration Date has occurred without the Cure Amount having been designated and (C) without limiting any conditions to Credit Extensions set forth in this Agreement, no Lender or Issuing Bank shall be required to (but in its sole discretion may) make any Revolving Loan, Delayed Draw Term Loan or issue or amend any Letter of Credit from and after such time as the Administrative Agent has received the Notice of Intent to Cure unless and until the Cure Amount is actually received by the Borrower.
ARTICLE IX
Administrative Agent and Other Agents
SECTION 9.01 Appointment and Authorization of the Administrative Agent.
269
270
SECTION 9.02 Rights as a Lender. Any Lender that is also serving as an Agent (including as Administrative Agent) hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not an Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include each Lender (if any) serving as an Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Any such Person serving as an Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not an Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them.
SECTION 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this Agreement and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Agent (including the Administrative Agent):
271
Neither the Administrative Agent nor any of its Related Persons shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10.01 and 8.02) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by the final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, in connection with its duties expressly set forth herein. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender.
No Agent-Related Person shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any recital, statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, (vii) any incorrect or inaccurate determination of LIBOR, the Eurodollar Rate or the Base Rate for any purpose under any Loan Document or (viii) the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Eurodollar Rate”, “LIBOR” or with respect to any comparable or successor rate thereto, including without limitation whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate, as it may or may not be adjusted pursuant to
272
Section 1.12, will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, LIBOR or have the same volume or liquidity as did LIBOR prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. The duties of the Administrative Agent shall be mechanical and administrative in nature; the Administrative Agent shall not have by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender or the holder of any Note; and nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon the Administrative Agent any obligations in respect of this Agreement or any other Loan Document except as expressly set forth herein or therein. Each Secured Party, by accepting the benefits of the Loan Documents, hereby waives and agrees not to asset any claim against the Administrative Agent based on the roles, duties and legal relationships expressly disclaimed in this paragraph.
SECTION 9.04 Lack of Reliance on the Administrative Agent. Independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, each Lender and the holder of each Note, to the extent it deems appropriate, has made and shall continue to make (i) its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries in connection with the making and the continuance of the Loans and the taking or not taking of any action in connection herewith and (ii) its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings, the Borrower and the Subsidiaries and, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any of their respective Affiliates shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to provide any Lender or the holder of any Note with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter. The Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and any their respective Affiliates shall not be responsible to any Lender or the holder of any Note for any recitals, statements, information, representations or warranties herein or in any document, certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, perfection, collectability, priority or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or be required to make any inquiry concerning either the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower or any of the Subsidiaries or the existence or possible existence of any Default or Event of Default.
SECTION 9.05 Certain Rights of the Administrative Agent. If the Administrative Agent requests instructions from the Required Lenders with respect to any act or action (including failure to act) in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to refrain from such act or taking such action unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received instructions from the Required Lenders; and the Administrative Agent shall not incur liability to any Lender by reason of so refraining. Without limiting the foregoing, neither any Lender nor the holder of any Note shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or refraining from acting hereunder or under any other Loan Document in accordance with the instructions of the Required Lenders.
SECTION 9.06 Reliance by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any note, writing, resolution, notice, statement, certificate, telex, teletype or facsimile message, cablegram,
273
radiogram, order or other document or telephone message signed, sent or made by any Person that the Administrative Agent believed to be the proper Person, and, with respect to all legal matters pertaining to this Agreement and any other Loan Document and its duties hereunder and thereunder, upon advice of counsel selected by the Administrative Agent. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan or the issuance, extension or increase of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or issuances of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
SECTION 9.07 Delegation of Duties. The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Documents by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Agent-Related Persons. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Agent-Related Persons of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.07 or Section 9.15, the Administrative Agent shall not delegate to any Supplemental Administrative Agent responsibility for receiving any payments under any Loan Document for the account of any Lender, which payments shall be received directly by the Administrative Agent, without prior written consent of the Borrower (not to unreasonably withheld or delayed).
SECTION 9.08 Indemnification. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, to the extent any of the Administrative Agent, any other of its Agent-Related Persons (solely to the extent any such Agent-Related Person was performing services on behalf of the Administrative Agent) or Issuing Bank is not reimbursed and indemnified by the Borrower, the Lenders will reimburse and indemnify any of the Administrative Agent, any other of its Agent-Related Person (solely to the extent any such Agent-Related Person was performing services on behalf of the Administrative Agent) or Issuing Bank, severally and ratably, for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, fines, sanctions, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, judgments, costs, fees, Taxes, commissions, charges, expenses or disbursements of whatsoever kind or nature which may be imposed on, asserted against or incurred by any of the Administrative Agent, any other of its Agent-Related Person (solely to the extent any such Agent-Related Person was performing services on behalf of the Administrative Agent) or Issuing Bank for any action taken or omitted to be taken in performing its duties hereunder, under any other Loan Document, under any Letter of Credit or in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Letters of Credit; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, fines, sanctions, losses, damages, penalties, claims, actions, suits, judgments, suits, costs, fees, Taxes, commissions, charges, expenses or disbursements resulting from any of the Administrative Agent’s, any other of its Agent-Related Person’s or Issuing Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable
274
decision). Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse the Administrative Agent upon demand, severally and ratably, for any costs or out-of-pocket expenses (including Attorney Costs) incurred by the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, consent, waiver or enforcement of, or the taking of any other action (whether through negotiations, through any work-out, bankruptcy, restructuring, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein, to the extent that the Administrative Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of the Borrower, provided that such reimbursement by the Lenders shall not affect the Borrower’s continuing reimbursement obligations with respect thereto, provided further that the failure of any Lender to indemnify or reimburse the Administrative Agent shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation in respect thereof. In the case of any investigation, litigation or proceeding giving rise to any Indemnified Liabilities, this Section 9.08 applies whether any such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Lender or any other Person. The undertaking in this Section 9.08 shall survive termination of the Aggregate Commitments, the payment of all other Obligations and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 9.09 The Administrative Agent in Its Individual Capacity. With respect to its obligation to make Loans under this Agreement, the Administrative Agent shall have the rights and powers specified herein for a “Lender” and may exercise the same rights and powers as though it were not performing the duties specified herein; and the term “Lender,” “Required Facility Lenders”, “Required Lenders”, “Required Revolving Lenders” or any similar terms shall, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise, include the Administrative Agent in its respective individual capacities. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, investment banking, trust or other business with, or provide debt financing, equity capital or other services (including financial advisory services) to any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (or any Person engaged in a similar business with any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof) as if they were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party for services in connection with this Agreement and otherwise without having to account for the same to the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, any Agent or its Affiliates may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that no Agent shall be under any obligation to provide such information to them.
SECTION 9.10 No Other Duties, Etc.. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, a Lender, Swing Line Lender or an Issuing Bank hereunder, as the case may be. None of the Lenders or other Persons identified on the facing page or signature pages of this Agreement as a “lead arranger” or “bookrunner” shall have any obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement other than (a) as expressly provided herein or (b) those applicable to all Lenders, but only to the extent acting in such capacity as a Lender.
275
SECTION 9.11 Resignation by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent may resign from the performance of all its respective functions and duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents at any time by giving 30 Business Days prior written notice to the Lenders and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent becomes subject to a Lender-Related Distress Event, then the Administrative Agent may be removed as the Administrative Agent at the reasonable request of the Required Lenders. If the Administrative Agent becomes subject to an Agent-Related Distress Event, then the Borrower may remove the Administrative Agent from such role upon 15 days’ prior written notice to the Lenders. Such resignation or removal shall take effect upon the appointment of a successor Administrative Agent as provided below.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no successor Administrative Agent shall be appointed unless such successor Administrative Agent represents and warrants that it is (i) a “U.S. person” and a “financial institution” and that it will comply with its “obligation to withhold,” each within the meaning of U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.1441-1, or (ii) a Withholding U.S. Branch.
Upon any such notice of resignation by, or notice of removal of, the Administrative Agent, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder who shall be a commercial bank or trust company reasonably acceptable to the Borrower (it being agreed that HPS (or its Affiliates or Approved Funds) is acceptable to Borrower), which acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(1) or Section 8.01(6) has occurred and is continuing).
If a successor Administrative Agent shall not have been so appointed within such 30 Business Day period, the Administrative Agent, with the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that the Borrower’s consent shall not be required if (i) the proposed replacement is HPS (or its Affiliates or Approved Funds) and notice of such replacement is delivered to the Borrower or (ii) an Event of Default under Section 8.01(1) or Section 8.01(6) has occurred and is continuing), shall then appoint a successor Administrative Agent who shall serve as Administrative Agent hereunder or thereunder until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above.
If no successor Administrative Agent has been appointed pursuant to the foregoing by the 35th Business Day after the date such notice of resignation was given by the Administrative Agent or such notice of removal was given by the Required Lenders or the Borrower, as applicable, the Administrative Agent’s resignation shall nonetheless become effective and the Required Lenders shall thereafter perform all the duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or under any other Loan Document until such time, if any, as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided above. The retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and except for any indemnity payments or other amounts then owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as
276
the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section 9.11.
Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder and upon the execution and filing or recording of such financing statements, or amendments thereto, and such amendments or supplements to the Mortgages, and such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Required Lenders may request, in order to (i) continue the perfection of the Liens granted or purported to be granted by the Collateral Documents or (ii) otherwise ensure that the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement is satisfied, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 9.11).
The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Agent-Related Persons in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
Upon a resignation or removal of the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.11, the Administrative Agent (i) shall continue to be subject to Section 10.09 and (ii) shall remain indemnified to the extent provided in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the provisions of this Article IX (and the analogous provisions of the other Loan Documents) shall continue in effect for the benefit of the Administrative Agent for all of its actions and inactions while serving as the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 9.12 Collateral Matters. Each Lender (including in its capacities as a potential Cash Management Bank and a potential Hedge Bank) irrevocably authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to take the actions to be taken by them as set forth in Sections 7.04 and 10.24.
Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth herein, any action taken by the Required Lenders, the Required Revolving Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders, the Required Revolving Lenders or the Required Facility Lenders, as applicable, of the powers set forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be authorized and binding upon all of the Lenders. The Collateral Agent is hereby authorized on behalf of all of the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from any Lender, from time to time, to take any action with respect to any Collateral or Collateral Documents which may be necessary or desirable to perfect and maintain perfected the security interest in and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
277
Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Collateral Agent’s authority to release or subordinate particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 9.12. In each case as specified in this Section 9.12, Section 7.04 and Section 10.24, the applicable Agent will (and each Lender irrevocably authorizes the applicable Agent to), at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release or subordination of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents, this Section 9.12, Section 7.04 and Section 10.24.
The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Lenders or to any other Person to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by any Loan Party or is cared for, protected or insured or that the Liens granted to the Collateral Agent herein or pursuant hereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to the Collateral Agent in this Section 9.12, Section 7.04, Section 10.24 or in any of the Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission or event related thereto, the Collateral Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion, given the Collateral Agent’s own interest in the Collateral as one of the Lenders and that the Collateral Agent shall have no duty or liability whatsoever to the Lenders, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable decision).
SECTION 9.13 [Reserved].
SECTION 9.14 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:
278
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or Issuing Bank any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or Issuing Bank or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or Issuing Bank in any such proceeding.
The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363,1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar Laws in any other jurisdictions to which a Loan Party is subject, (b) at any other sale or foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) the Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that would vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) in the asset or assets so purchased (or in the Equity Interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are used to consummate such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles to make a bid, (ii) to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by the Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or Equity Interests thereof shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders, irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in clauses (a) through (i) of the first proviso to Section 10.01(1) of this Agreement), (iii) the Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations to any such acquisition vehicle pro rata by the Lenders, as a result of which each of the Lenders shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle on account of the assignment of the Obligations to be credit bid, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of debt credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Lenders pro rata and the Equity Interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of the Obligations that had
279
been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.
SECTION 9.15 Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents.
SECTION 9.16 Intercreditor Agreements. The Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent are hereby authorized to enter into any Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is (and shall be) binding upon them. Each Secured Party (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and
280
will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof and (c) without any further consent of the Lenders, hereby authorizes and instructs the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to negotiate, execute and deliver on behalf of the Secured Parties any amendment (or amendment and restatement) to the Collateral Documents or any Intercreditor Agreement contemplated hereunder (including any such amendment (or amendment and restatement) of any intercreditor agreement to provide for the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted hereunder that will be secured on a junior lien basis to or pari passu basis with the Obligations). In addition, each Secured Party hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent to enter into (a) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements and (b) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (a) and (b), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required or permitted by this Agreement (including any such amendment (or amendment and restatement) of any intercreditor agreement to provide for the incurrence of any Indebtedness permitted hereunder that will be secured on a junior lien basis to or pari passu basis with the Obligations). Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.
SECTION 9.17 Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any Guaranty or any Collateral Document, no Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank that obtains the benefits of Section 8.03, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article IX to the contrary, the Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Obligations arising under Secured Cash Management Agreements and Secured Hedge Agreements unless the Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as the Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Cash Management Bank or Hedge Bank, as the case may be.
SECTION 9.18 Withholding Tax. To the extent required by any applicable Laws, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 3.01, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within ten (10) days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in
281
circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding tax ineffective). Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent, within 10 days after demand therefor, for (i) any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 10.07(e) relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by the Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.18. The agreements in this Section 9.18 shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations. For purposes of this Section 9.18, the term “Lender” includes any Issuing Bank and any Swing Line Lender.
ARTICLE X
Miscellaneous
SECTION 10.01 Amendments, etc.
282
283
provided that:
284
provided further that notwithstanding the foregoing:
285
286
287
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.01, (x) each Replacement Amendment may, without the consent of any other Loan Party, Agent or Lender other than the Required Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 10.01(2) (for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 10.01(2) shall supersede any other provisions in this Section 10.01 to the contrary), including to effect technical and corresponding amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (y) at the option of the Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, incorporate terms that would be favorable to existing Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes for the benefit of such existing Lenders of the applicable Class or Classes, in each case under this clause (y), so long as the Administrative Agent reasonably agrees that such modification is favorable to the applicable Lenders.
288
SECTION 10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.
Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next succeeding Business Day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (2) below shall be effective as provided in such subsection (2).
289
290
SECTION 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 8.02 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender from exercising the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (c) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 10.10 (subject to the terms of Section 2.13) or (d) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided further that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 8.02 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.13, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
SECTION 10.04 Costs and Expenses. The Borrower agrees (a) if the Closing Date occurs and to the extent not paid or reimbursed on or prior to the Closing Date, to pay or reimburse the Agents, each Issuing Bank, each Swing Line Lender and each Arranger for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Agents and the Arrangers incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any amendment, waiver, consent or other
291
modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of a single U.S. counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders taken as a whole, one counsel to HPS and, if necessary, a single local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction, and (b) upon presentation of a summary statement, together with any supporting documentation reasonably requested by the Borrower, to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders, taken as a whole, within thirty (30) calendar days following a written demand therefor for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, and including all Attorney Costs of one counsel to the Administrative Agent and one counsel to the Lenders (and, if necessary, one local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction to each group of affected Lenders similarly situated taken as a whole)). The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid within thirty (30) calendar days following receipt by the Borrower of an invoice relating thereto setting forth such expenses in reasonable detail. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
SECTION 10.05 Indemnification by the Borrower. The Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agents, each Issuing Bank, each Swing Line Lender, and each other Lender, the Arrangers and their respective Related Persons (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (including Attorney Costs and Environmental Liabilities) to which any such Indemnitee may become subject arising out of, resulting from or in connection with (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of one counsel to all Indemnitees taken as a whole and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel for all Indemnitees taken as a whole in each relevant material jurisdiction, and solely in the case of a conflict of interest, one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction to each group of affected Indemnitees similarly situated taken as a whole) any actual or threatened claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to the Transactions or to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and administration of this Agreement, , the other Loan Documents, the Loans, the Letters of Credit or the use, or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by any Issuing Bank to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding), and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”); provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses resulted from (x) the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any of its Related Indemnified Persons, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction, (y) a material breach of any obligations under any Loan Document by such Indemnitee or any of its Related Indemnified Persons as determined by a
292
final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction or (z) any dispute solely among Indemnitees other than any claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or in fulfilling its role as an administrative agent or any similar role under any Loan Document and other than any claims arising out of any act or omission of Holdings or any of its Affiliates (as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction). To the extent that the undertakings to indemnify and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.05 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any applicable Law or public policy, the Borrower shall contribute the maximum portion that they are permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable Law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement (except to the extent such damages are found in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence of such Indemnitee), nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date) (other than, in the case of any Loan Party, in respect of any such damages incurred or paid by an Indemnitee to a third party for which such Indemnitee is otherwise entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 10.05). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, stockholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid within thirty (30) calendar days after written demand therefor. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. This Section 10.05 shall not apply to Taxes, except any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-tax claim.
SECTION 10.06 Marshaling; Payments Set Aside. None of the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of the Loan Parties or any other party or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Overnight Rate from time to time in effect.
293
SECTION 10.07 Successors and Assigns.
294
295
296
In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or sub participations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, the applicable Pro Rata Share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full Pro Rata Share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans in accordance with its Pro Rata Share. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to clause (c) of this Section 10.07 (and, in the case of an Affiliated Lender or a Person that, after giving effect to such assignment, would become an Affiliated Lender, to the requirements of clause (h) of this Section 10.07), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, other than in connection with an assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(l), (x) the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and (y) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 10.04 and 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment), but shall in any event continue to be subject to Section 10.09. Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(d).
EACH LENDER HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HOLDINGS AND THE BORROWER OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, ANY AFFILIATED LENDER (INCLUDING ANY SPONSOR OR ANY CO-SPONSOR) AND ANY DEBT FUND AFFILIATE MAY FROM TIME TO TIME PURCHASE OR TAKE ASSIGNMENT OF TERM LOANS HEREUNDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THIS
297
AGREEMENT, INCLUDING PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.05 AND THIS SECTION 10.07 (INCLUDING THROUGH OPEN MARKET PURCHASES).
298
299
300
Each Affiliated Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) if it acquires any Person who is also a Lender, and each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent and the Borrower promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days) if it becomes an Affiliated Lender. The Administrative Agent may conclusively rely upon any notice delivered pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence or pursuant to clause (v) of this subsection (h) and shall not have any liability for any losses suffered by any Person as a result of any purported assignment to or from an Affiliated Lender.
301
302
303
SECTION 10.08 Resignation of Issuing Bank and Swing Line Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender may, upon thirty (30) Business Days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as an Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, respectively, so long as on or prior to the expiration of such 30-Business Day period with respect to such resignation, the relevant Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender shall have identified a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as applicable. In the event of any such resignation of an Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of the relevant Issuing Bank or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If an Issuing Bank resigns as an Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as an Issuing Bank and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(3)). If the Swing Line Lender resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(3)).
SECTION 10.09 Confidentiality. Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information in accordance with its customary procedures (as set forth below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, agents, trustees, managers, controlling Persons, advisors, partners, financing sources and representatives who need to know such information (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential, with such Affiliate being responsible for such Person’s compliance with this Section 10.09; provided, however, that such Agent or Lender, as applicable, shall be principally liable to the extent this Section 10.09 is violated by one or more of its Affiliates or any of its or their respective partners, directors, officers, employees, legal counsel, independent auditors, agents, trustees, managers, financing sources, controlling Persons, advisors or representatives), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners); provided, however, that each Agent and each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly thereof (except in connection with any request as part of a regulatory examination) to the extent it is legally permitted to do so, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or otherwise (including by order) as required by applicable Law or regulation or as requested by a governmental authority; provided that such Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (except in connection with any request as part of a regulatory examination) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (d) to any other party
304
hereto, subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 10.09, to (i) subject to Section 10.07(b)(v)(D), any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or any Eligible Assignee (or its agent) invited to be an Additional Lender or (ii) any actual or prospective direct or indirect counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Holdings, the Borrower or any of their Subsidiaries or any of their respective obligations; provided that such disclosure shall be made subject to the acknowledgment and acceptance by such prospective Lender, Participant or Eligible Assignee that such Information is being disseminated on a confidential basis (on substantially the terms set forth in this paragraph or as is otherwise reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, including as set forth in any confidential information memorandum or other marketing materials) in accordance with the market standards for dissemination of such type of information which shall in any event require “click through” or other affirmative action on the part of the recipient to access such confidential information, (e) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense, (f) on a confidential basis to (i) [reserved], (ii) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers or other market identifiers with respect to the credit facilities provided hereunder, or (iii) service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration, settlement and management of this Agreement and the credit facilities provided hereunder, (g) with the consent of the Borrower, (h) to rating agencies and to market data collectors for customary purposes in the lending industry in connection with the Facilities or (i) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach by any Person of this Section 10.09 or any other confidentiality provision in favor of any Loan Party, (y) becomes available to any Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a non-confidential basis from a source other than Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof, and which source is not known by such Agent, such Lender or the applicable Affiliate to be subject to a confidentiality restriction in respect thereof in favor of Holdings, the Borrower or any Affiliate thereof or (z) is independently developed by the Agents, the Lenders or their respective Affiliates, in each case, so long as not based on information obtained in a manner that would otherwise violate this Section 10.09.
For purposes of this Section 10.09, “Information” means all information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof relating to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Agent or any Lender on a non-confidential basis prior to disclosure by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; it being understood that no information received from Holdings, the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof after the date hereof shall be deemed non-confidential on account of such information not being clearly identified at the time of delivery as being confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 10.09 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so in accordance with its customary procedures if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Each Agent and each Lender acknowledges that (a) the Information may include trade secrets, protected confidential information, or material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of such information and (c) it will handle such information in accordance with
305
applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws and to preserve its trade secret or confidential character.
The respective obligations of the Agents, the Arrangers, the Lenders and any Issuing Bank under this Section 10.09 shall survive, to the extent applicable to such Person, (x) the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement, (y) any assignment of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and (z) the resignation or removal of any Agent, Swing Line Lender or Issuing Bank.
SECTION 10.10 Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and each Issuing Bank is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender or such Issuing Bank to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Loan Party then due and payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such Issuing Bank, irrespective of whether or not such Lender or such Issuing Bank shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (a) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders and (b) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender and each Issuing Bank under this Section 10.10 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or such Issuing Bank may have. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.
SECTION 10.11 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
SECTION 10.12 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents
306
constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging (including in .pdf format) means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
SECTION 10.13 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “delivery,” “execution,” “execute,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in or related to any document to be signed in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including without limitation Assignment and Assumptions, amendments or other modifications, Committed Loan Notices, Swing Line Loan Notices, waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by the Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable Law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
SECTION 10.14 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.
SECTION 10.15 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.
307
SECTION 10.16 GOVERNING LAW.
SECTION 10.17 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
308
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 10.17.
SECTION 10.18 Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent, each Lender, each other party hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
SECTION 10.19 Lender Action. Each Lender agrees that it shall not take or institute any actions or proceedings, judicial or otherwise, for any right or remedy against any Loan Party under any of the Loan Documents or the Secured Hedge Agreements (including the exercise of any right of setoff, rights on account of any banker’s lien or similar claim or other rights of self-help), or institute any actions or proceedings, or otherwise commence any remedial procedures, with respect to any Collateral or any other property of any such Loan Party, without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders (or the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Required Lenders). The provisions of this Section 10.19 are for the sole benefit of the Lenders and shall not afford any right to, or constitute a defense available to, any Loan Party.
SECTION 10.20 Use of Name, Logo, etc. The Administrative Agent or the Arrangers may use each Loan Party’s name in customary advertising material relating to the financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement in the publication of such advertising materials in the ordinary course; provided that any such material shall be provided to the Borrower for its review and consent prior to publication. Such consent, if granted, shall remain effective until revoked by such Loan Party in writing to the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 10.21 USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender that is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the USA PATRIOT Act. The Borrower shall, promptly following a request by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and other information that the Administrative Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
SECTION 10.22 Service of Process. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.02. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
309
SECTION 10.23 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each of the Borrower and Holdings acknowledges and agrees that (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each of the Borrower and Holdings has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each of the Borrower and Holdings is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (ii) (A) each Agent, the Arrangers and each Lender is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) none of the Agents, the Arrangers or any Lender has any obligation to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) the Agents, the Arrangers and the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Borrower, Holdings and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Agents, the Arrangers nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Borrower, Holdings or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of the Borrower and Holdings hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agents, the Arrangers or any Lender with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.
SECTION 10.24 Release of Collateral and Guarantee Obligations; Subordination of Liens.
310
311
SECTION 10.25 Assumption and Acknowledgment. Effective immediately after the consummation of the Closing Date Merger and the funding of the Closing Date Loans hereunder, and without affecting any of the obligations of Holdings as a Guarantor under any Loan Document, the Company hereby assumes all of the Initial Borrower’s rights, title, interests, duties, liabilities and obligations (including the Obligations) under the Loan Documents as the “Borrower” hereunder (collectively, the “Assumption”) including, any claims, liabilities, or obligations arising from Initial Borrower’s failure to perform any of its covenants, agreements, commitments or obligations under the Loan Documents to be performed prior to the date of the Assumption. Holdings hereby acknowledges the Assumption by the Company and its effectiveness immediately after the consummation of the Acquisition, the execution and delivery by the Company of a counterpart hereto and the funding of the Closing Date Loans hereunder. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon its execution and delivery of a counterpart hereto, the Company hereby expressly agrees to observe and perform and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, representations, warranties, and agreements contained herein which are binding upon, and to be observed or performed by, the Borrower. Each Agent and each Lender hereby consents to the Assumption.
SECTION 10.26 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Solely to the extent any Lender that is an Affected Financial Institution is a party to this Agreement, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among the parties hereto, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
312
SECTION 10.27 Acknowledgement Regarding Any Supported QFCs. To the extent that the Loan Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any Hedge Agreements or any other agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, “QFC Credit Support”, and each such QFC, a “Supported QFC”), the parties hereto hereby acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the “U.S. Special Resolution Regimes”) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Loan Documents and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):
In the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a “Covered Party”) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Loan Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Loan Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support.
SECTION 10.28 Separate Obligations. Each Term Lender acknowledges and agrees that because of their differing rights in proceeds of the Collateral, the Term Loan Obligations are fundamentally different from the Revolving Loan Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or confirmed in any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Borrower or Guarantor as a debtor. No Term Lender shall seek in any such Insolvency Proceeding to be treated as part of the same class of creditors as the Revolving Lenders or shall oppose any pleading or motion by the Revolving Lenders for the Revolving Lenders and the Term Lenders to be treated as separate classes of creditors. Notwithstanding the
313
foregoing, and regardless of whether the Term Loan Obligations and the Revolving Loan Obligations are separately classified in any such plan of reorganization, the Term Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree that to the extent that the aggregate value of the Collateral exceeds the amount of the Revolving Loan Obligations, the Revolving Lenders shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of interest, and fees, costs and charges incurred subsequent to the commencement of the applicable Insolvency Proceeding (regardless of whether such interest, and fees, costs and charges incurred subsequent to the commencement of the applicable Insolvency Proceeding is allowed as part of the claims of the Revolving Lenders under section 506(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise) before any distribution (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or otherwise) is made in respect of any of the claims held by the Term Lenders. The Term Lenders hereby acknowledge and agree to hold in trust for the benefit of the Revolving Lenders and to turn over to the Revolving Lenders all distributions received or receivable by them in any Insolvency Proceeding (whether pursuant to a plan of reorganization or otherwise) to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of the preceding sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Term Lenders.
SECTION 10.29 AAL. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Liens securing the Obligations, the exercise of any right or remedy with respect thereto and certain of the rights of the Secured Parties are subject to the provisions of the AAL. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the AAL and this Agreement, the terms of the AAL shall govern and control.
[SIGNATURE PAGES INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]
314
Exhibit 21.1
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Entity |
|
Jurisdiction |
Subsidiaries of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. |
|
|
LifeStance TopCo, L.P. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of LifeStance TopCo, L.P. |
|
|
LifeStance Ultimate Holdings, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of LifeStance Ultimate Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of Lynnwood Intermediate Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of LifeStance Health Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
LifeStance Health, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of LifeStance Health, Inc. |
|
|
Balance Women's Health, Inc. |
|
Oklahoma |
LifeStance Health – Nevada, LLC |
|
Nevada |
LifeStance Health – Wisconsin, LLC |
|
Wisconsin |
Advent Medical Group, LLC |
|
Missouri |
LifeStance Health – Arizona, LLC |
|
Arizona |
OBHC Management Company Inc. |
|
Washington |
Orlando Behavioral Healthcare Corporation |
|
Florida |
LifeStance Health – Colorado, LLC |
|
Colorado |
Delaware County Professional Services, Inc. |
|
Pennsylvania |
LifeStance Health – Michigan, LLC |
|
Michigan |
Carmel Psych Management Services, LLC |
|
New York |
Behavioral Health Solutions, LLC |
|
Missouri |
Commonwealth Counseling Associates, Inc. |
|
Virginia |
Advent Professionals, LLC |
|
Missouri |
Orlando Behavioral Administrators Corporation |
|
Florida |
Alternative Behavioral Care, LLC |
|
Missouri |
Behavioral Health Practice Services, LLC |
|
Delaware |
Psychological & Behavioral Consultants, LLC |
|
Ohio |
Behavioral Health Management Solutions, Inc. |
|
New Hampshire |
Personal Recovery Network, LLC |
|
Georgia |
Anxiety and Stress Management Institute, LLC |
|
Georgia |
The Counseling Center of Nashua, Inc. |
|
New Hampshire |
LHM MASS, Inc. |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of LHM MASS, Inc. |
|
|
LifeStance Health Management Massachusetts, LLC |
|
Delaware |
|
|
|
Subsidiaries of Behavioral Health Practice Services, LLC |
|
|
Portrait Health Properties, Inc. |
|
Illinois |
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-257086) of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. of our report dated March 17, 2022 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Seattle, Washington
March 17, 2022
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael Lester, certify that:
Date: March 17, 2022 |
|
By: |
/s/ Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael Bruff, certify that:
Date: March 17, 2022 |
|
By: |
/s/ J. Michael Bruff |
|
|
|
J. Michael Bruff |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael K. Lester, Chief Executive Officer of LifeStance Health Group, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
Date: March 17, 2022 |
|
By: |
/s/ Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Michael K. Lester |
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of LifeStance Health Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ending December 31, 2021, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, J. Michael Bruff, Chief Financial Officer of LifeStance Health Group, Inc., certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the best of my knowledge:
Date: March 17, 2022 |
|
By: |
/s/ J. Michael Bruff |
|
|
|
J. Michael Bruff |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |